Abap Interview Questions

ABAP Interview Questions & Answers
Set 1
1. What s an ABAP data dctonary? - ABAP 4 data dctonary descrbes the ogca
structures of the ob|ects used n appcaton deveopment and shows how they are
mapped to the
underyng reatona database n tabes/vews.
2. What are domans and data eement? - Domans: Doman s the centra ob|ect for
descrbng the technca characterstcs of an attrbute of an busness ob|ects. It
descrbes the vaue
range of the fed. Data Eement: It s used to descrbe the semantc defnton of the
tabe feds ke descrpton the fed. Data eement descrbes how a fed can be
dspayed to end-user.
3. What s foregn key reatonshp? - A reatonshp whch can be defned between
tabes and must be expcty defned at fed eve. Foregn keys are used to ensure
the consstency of
data. Data entered shoud be checked aganst exstng data to ensure that there are
now contradctons. Whe defnng foregn key reatonshp cardnaty has to be
specfed. Cardnaty
mentons how many dependent records or how referenced records are possbe.
4. Descrbe data casses.- Master data: It s the data whch s sedom changed.
Transacton data: It s the data whch s often changed. Organzaton data: It s a
customzng data whch s
entered n the system when the system s confgured and s then rarey changed.
System data: It s the data whch R/3 system needs for tsef.
5. What are ndexes? - Indexes are descrbed as a copy of a database tabe reduced
to specfc feds. Ths data exsts n sorted form. Ths sortng form eases fast access
to the fed of the
tabes. In order that other feds are aso read, a ponter to the assocated record of
the actua tabe s ncuded n the ndex. The ndexes are actvated aong wth the
tabe and are created
automatcay wth t n the database.
6. Dfference between transparent tabes and pooed tabes. - Transparent tabes:
Transparent tabes n the dctonary have a one-to-one reaton wth the tabe n
database. Its
structure corresponds to snge database fed. Tabe n the database has the same
name as n the dctonary. Transparent tabe hods appcaton data. Pooed tabes.
Pooed tabes n the
dctonary have a many-to-one reaton wth the tabe n database. Tabe n the
database has the dfferent name as n the dctonary. Pooed tabe are stored n tabe
poo at the database
eve.
7. What s an ABAP/4 Ouery? - ABAP/4 Ouery s a powerfu too to generate smpe
reports wthout any codng. ABAP/4 Ouery can generate the foowng 3 smpe
reports: Basc Lst: It s
the smpe reports. Statstcs: Reports wth statstca functons ke Average,
Percentages. Ranked Lsts: For anaytca reports. - For creatng a ABAP/4 Ouery,
programmer has to create
user group and a functona group. Functona group can be created usng wth or
wthout ogca database tabe. Fnay, assgn user group to functona group. Fnay,
create a query on the
functona group generated.
8. What s BDC programmng? - Transferrng of arge/externa/egacy data nto SAP
system usng Batch Input programmng. Batch nput s a automatc procedure
referred to as
BDC(Batch Data Communcatons).The centra component of the transfer s a queue
fe whch receves the data ve a batch nput programs and groups assocated data
nto "sessons".
9. What are the functona modues used n sequence n BDC? - These are the 3
functona modues whch are used n a sequence to perform a data transfer
successfuy usng BDC
programmng: BDC_OPEN_GROUP - Parameters ke Name of the cent, sessons and
user name are specfed n ths functona modues. BDC_INSERT - It s used to nsert
the data for
one transacton nto a sesson. BDC_CLOSE_GROUP - Ths s used to cose the batch
nput sesson.
10. What are nterna tabes? - Interna tabes are a standard data type ob|ect whch
exsts ony durng the runtme of the program. They are used to perform tabe
cacuatons on subsets of
database tabes and for re-organzng the contents of database tabes accordng to
users need.
11. What s ITS? What are the merts of ITS? - ITS s a Internet Transacton Server. ITS
forms an nterface between HTTP server and R/3 system, whch converts screen
provded data by
the R/3 system nto HTML documents and vce-versa. Merts of ITS: A compete web
transacton can be deveoped and tested n R/3 system. A transacton components,
ncudng those
used by the ITS outsde the R/3 system at runtme, can be stored n the R/3 system.
The advantage of automatc anguage processng n the R/3 system can be utzed to
anguagedependent HTML documents at runtme.
12. What s DynPro?- DynPro s a Dynamc Programmng whch s a combnaton of
screen and the assocated fow ogc Screen s aso caed as DynPro.
13. What are screen panter and menu panter? - Screen panter: Screen panter s a
too to desgn and mantan screen and ts eements. It aows user to create GUI
screens for the
transactons. Attrbutes, ayout, fed attrbutes and fow ogc are the eements of
Screen panter. Menu panter: Menu panter s a too to desgn the nterface
components. Status, menu
bars, menu sts, F-key settngs, functons and ttes are the components of Menu
panters. Screen panter and menu panter both are the graphca nterface of an
ABAP/4 appcaton.
14. What are the components of SAP scrpts? - SAP scrpts s a word processng too of
SAP whch has the foowng components: Standard text. It s ke a standard norma
document.
Layout sets. - Layout set conssts of the foowng components: Wndows and pages,
Paragraph formats, Character formats. Creatng forms n the R/3 system. Every ayout
set conssts of
Header, paragraph, and character strng. ABAP/4 program.
15. What s ALV programmng n ABAP? When s ths grd used n ABAP? - ALV s
Appcaton Lst vewer. Sap provdes a set of ALV (ABAP LIST VIEWER) functon
modues whch
can be put nto use to embesh the output of a report. Ths set of ALV functons s
used to enhance the readabty and functonaty of any report output. Cases arse n
sap when the output
of a report contans coumns extendng more than 255 characters n ength. In such
cases, ths set of ALV functons can hep choose seected coumns and arrange the
dfferent coumns
from a report output and aso save dfferent varants for report dspay. Ths s a very
effcent too for dynamcay sortng and arrangng the coumns from a report output.
The report
output can contan up to 90 coumns n the dspay wth the wde array of dspay
optons.
16. What are the events n ABAP/4 anguage?- Intazaton, At seecton-screen, Start-
of-seecton, end-of-seecton, top-of-page, end-of-page, At ne-seecton, At user-
command, At
PF, Get, At New, At LAST, AT END, AT FIRST.
17. What s CTS and what do you know about t?- The Change and Transport System
(CTS) s a too that heps you to organze deveopment pro|ects n the ABAP
Workbench and n
Customzng, and then transport the changes between the SAP Systems and cents n
your system andscape. Ths documentaton provdes you wth an overvew of how to
manage changes
wth the CTS and essenta nformaton on settng up your system and cent
andscape and decdng on a transport strategy. Read and foow ths documentaton
when pannng your
deveopment pro|ect.
18. What are ogca databases? What are the advantages/ ds-advantages of ogca
databases? - To read data from a database tabes we use ogca database. A ogca
database
provdes read-ony access to a group of reated tabes to an ABAP/4 program.
Advantages: ) check functons whch check that user nput s compete, correct, and
pausbe. ) Meanngfu
data seecton. ) Centra authorzaton checks for database accesses. v)good read
access performance whe retanng the herarchca data vew determned by the
appcaton ogc. ds
advantages: )If you do not specfy a ogca database n the program attrbutes, the
GET events never occur. )There s no ENDGET command, so the code bock
assocated wth an event
ends wth the next event statement (such as another GET or an END-OF-SELECTION).
19. What s a batch nput sesson?- BATCH INPUT SESSION s an ntermedate step
between nterna tabe and database tabe. Data aong wth the acton s stored n
sesson e data for
screen feds, to whch screen t s passed, program name behnd t, and how next
screen s processed.
20. How to upoad data usng CATT? - These are the steps to be foowed to upoad
data through CATT: Creaton of the CATT test case & recordng the sampe data nput.
Downoad of the
source fe tempate. Modfcaton of the source fe. Upoad of the data from the
source fe.
21. What s Smart Forms? - Smart Forms aows you to create forms usng a graphca
desgn too wth robust functonaty, coor, and more. Addtonay, a new forms
deveoped at SAP
w be created wth the new Smart Form souton.
22. How can I make a dfferentaton between dependent and ndependent data? -
Cent dependent or ndependent transfer requrements ncude cent specfc or cross
cent
ob|ects n the change requests. Workbench ob|ects ke SAPScrpt are cent specfc;
some entres n customzng are cent ndependent. If you dspay the ob|ect st for
one change request,
and then for each ob|ect the ob|ect attrbutes, you w fnd the fag cent specfc. If
one ob|ect n the task st has ths fag on, then that transport w be cent
dependent.http://abap-tutoras.com 2010
23. What s the dfference between macro and subroutne? - Macros can ony be used
n the program they are defned n and ony after the defnton are expanded at
compaton /
generaton. Subroutnes (FORM) can be caed from both the program they are
defned n and other programs. A MACRO s more or ess an abbrevaton for some
nes of code that are used
more than once or twce. A FORM s a oca subroutne (whch can be caed externa).
A FUNCTION s (more or ess) a subroutne that s caed externa. Snce debuggng a
MACRO s not
reay possbe, prevent the use of them (Ive never used them, but seen them n
acton). If the subroutne s used ony oca (caed nterna) use a FORM. If the
subroutne s caed externa
(used by more than one program) use a FUNCTION.
Set 2
http://abap-tutoras.comhttp://abap-tutoras.com 2010
O: Is there any standard SAP report whch gves a count of the number of tmes a
program s executed?
A: Try transacton STAT
O: When we create a customer the nformaton s updated n structure RF02D and the
some tabes ke KNA1 are updated. How can we fnd the tabes for master data
transactons?
A: Go to ABAP Workbench -> Overvew -> appcaton herarchy - SAP -> foow the
customzng based tree for your appcaton. Doube cck on a owest herarchy eve
to get for the correct
marked deveopment cass. Here you can fnd a the tabes, vews, ogca databases
etc. used for a system operaton.
O: How can we use CAD wth SAP ?
A: Thrd party toos from Egner + Partner provde nterfaces to SAP. Another thrd
party software - Fastook Pus from Kame Software enabes you to vew a of the
Autocad formats.
O: How can I access SAP through Internet?
A: SAP has ts own Internet transacton Server (ITS) . Other products ncude Haht,
WebOb|ects, NetDynamcs etc. Each product has ts' own archtecture.
However to access the database, access paths SAP GUI or RFC Channe have to be
used.
O: How can we transport the standard text?
A: Refer note 3355 n OSS for a compete expanaton. The SAPscrpt ob|ects that
shoud be transported must be wrtten n a transport request.
The entres are as foows:
R3TR FORM NAME (NAME = Name of the ayout set)
R3TR STYL NAME (NAME = Name of the stye)
R3TR TEXT OB|ECT,NAME,ID,L
(OB|ECT = Text ob|ect, NAME = Text name, ID = Text ID, L = Text anguage)
If you want to transport a number of texts, you can use report RSTXTRAN to nsert the
ndvdua text keys nto a correcton. The transport request must be entered and
reeased va the
transport system.
O: How to fnd what transactons a partcuar user was runnng for a gven perod n
the past (Eg: from 1
st
of a month )
A: You may use the transacton - STAT.
O: We want protect/ock a fed so that ony seected peope can change the vaue
whe others can ony read. How to set the authorzatons?
A: Create an authorzaton ob|ect for change mode. Loop at screen n the user ext
and set nput to 0. Check the user based on sy-uname and the authorzaton. Decde
whether nput shoud
be 0 or 1.
O: How to ock an user defned transacton for some tme durng whch no user can
access the same?
A: Use transacton SM01. Scro through the transactons and check aganst the
transacton to be ocked. And after the mantenance s over, go back to SM01 and
uncheck the same to
unock.
B D C
O: Our ABAP program s workng propery n Foreground. Can I schedue t for
background processng on the weekend?
A: SAP standard program RSBDCSUB heps you to schedue the |ob. Create a varant
for RSBDCSUB wth the BDC sesson name.
O: How can we send a ma to the user ntmatng hm that hs report/BDC s
competed n background?
A: You can use FUNCTION RS_SEND_MAIL_FOR_SPOOLLIST
If Unx s beng used, you may send a report to any nternet ma wth the foowng:
REPORT ZSNDMAIL .
DATA: COMND(200) type c.
DATA: RESULT(200) type c occurs 100 wth header ne.
PARAMETERS: FILE(60) type c ower case defaut '/sapdata/sd_outbound/testma.dat'.
PARAMETERS: SUB|ECT(60) type c ower case.
PARAMETERS: EMAIL(60) type c ower case.
INITIALIZATION.
TRansLATE EMAIL TO LOWER CASE.
START-OF-SELECTION.
TRansLATE EMAIL TO LOWER CASE.
CONCATENATE 'cat' FILE '| em -s &Ouot;' sub|ect '&Ouot;' ema nto comnd
seperated by space.
CALL 'SYSTEM' ID 'COMMAND' FIELD comnd 'TAB' FIELD UNIX_RESULTS-*SYS*.
Loop at Resuts.
wrte: /1 resuts.
endoop
end-of-seecton.
SAPScrpt
O: We get the tota number of pages as expected by usng 'SAPSCRIPT-FORMPAGES'
n a dupex ayout. In our case dupex case s aways 'Terms & Condtons'. We do not
want the number
of pages as n dupex prntng. What s the best possbe souton?
A: On the Terms & Condtons page, Change the Page counter mode to 'HOLD' to keep
the page counter from ncrementng when you prnt the Term & Condtons.
O: Can I Prnt a ogo on an Invoce?
A: Save a Logo usng Pantshop Pro or Core Draw as Tff fe. Use RSTXLDMC to
convert the ogo to standard text n SapScrpt. When the program s executed, the
path and fe name have
to be correcty specfed.
Process coud be ke the foowng:
Run RSTXLDMC
Enter fe name C:\MAIL\COMPLOGO.TIF
Resouton for Tff fe
Absoute X-poston
Absoute Y-poston
Absoute postonng
Reserved heght
Shft to rght
UOM = CM
Text tte
Lne wdth for text = 132
Text name ZHEX-MACRO-COMPLOGO
Text ID ST
Text anguage = E
Postscrpt scanghttp://abap-tutoras.com 2010
Wdth & Heght accordng to PS scang
Number of Tff gray eves (2,4,9) 2
Then Create a new wndow 'COMP' wth attrbutes;
Wndow COMP descrpton Company Logo
Wndow type CONST
Left margn 7.00 CH wndow wdth 10.00 CH
Upper margn LN wndow heght 8.00 LN
Fnay n the text eement , menton
/: INCLUDE 'ZHEX-MACRO-COMPLOGO' OB|ECT TEXT ID ST LANGUAGE 'E'.
Pease note that f ob|ect name s not ndcated as 'ZHEX...', the ogo may not be
prnted!
You w not be abe to see the ogo n a test prnt. The same w be prnted n actua
prntout.
If you are usng two ogos n the same ayout, the names of the ogos shoud be
unque. Say 'ZHEX-MACRO-LOGO1' and 'ZHEX-MACRO-LOGO2'. Ese a the
nformaton w be overwrtten.
If the ogo s not EXACTLY TIFF 6.0 , the same w not be prnted.
See OSS notes 5995, 18045, 39031 for some nputs.
RFC
O: We want to move a SAP tabe to an Access tabe usng
TABLE_EXPORT_TO_MSACCESS_RFC
Importng parameters are
DBNAME
DEST
FLG_APPEND
FLG_POPUP
LANGU
The tabe has three coumns:
TABNAM
MANDT
SDATA
We have no Exportng parameters.
How sha we set the parameters?
A: Insta the PS uttes, whch are part of SAPGUI nsta CD. You may run report
RIACCESS from SE38. Go to SALE -> Communcaton -> Defne RFC Destnaton. Setup
two RFC
destnatons PS_ACCESS_1 and PS_ACCESS_2 and w have to get them to pont to
wdpsastr.exe and wdpsatab.exe respectvey. Then execute RIACCESS and choose
PS_ACCESS_1 to
generate access tabes. Pease note that Access ony supports tabes wth up 255
feds.
O: We want an RFC do the foowng transactons - MB1A, MB1C,>MB01 (goods
recept/ssue).
A: Ca the RFC INBOUND_IDOC_PROCESS wth IDOC_CONTROL and IDOC_DATA. The
structure n the fed sdata n the IDOC_DATA are e1mbxyh and e1mbxy.
Transports
O: In a Dev nstance, we want to transport a modfcaton to a ayout set from one
cent to another. What s the best way?
A: use transacton SE71. Choose Uttes->Copy from Cent. Layout sets need not be
transported between cents , va transport requests DEVKxxxxxx.
O: We need to keep track of the transports that need to fow through to other systems
(e, DEV, TST, TRN, PRD etc). Is there a way do ths?
A: SAPCRAFT enabes you to contro the CTS from DEV system. Ths keeps track of a
transports at a stages and enabes you to aocate Import, export and Authorzaton
functons to
specfc user.
Tabes
O: We specfy the ogca database. And we want a fed that s not present n any of
the tabes defauted n ogca database. How can we want to add ths addtona fed
from a dfferent
tabe?
A: . Presume you have a
ogca database
tabe 1
tabe 2
tabe 3
Defne the requred fed as addtona fed say fd of tabe 1, tabe 2 or tabe 3
and then n the code secton defne.
Perform get_f1d(zxxxxxxx) usng f1d.
Form zxxxxxxx coud be ke;
Form get_f1d usng f.
Seect * from where 'condtons'
f = tabe4 - f1d.
O:We need to downoad an nterna tabe to the Presentaton Server(oca
workstaton). Whenever we run the program, the same fe has to be saved as a
separate fe n sequenta order.
Ex: 0001.txt, 0002.txt etc. Where can we store the ast fe number?
A: SAP has a tabe TVARV for storng the varants.
A record may be created n TVARV for a the programs that requre ths knd of
ncrementa records.
For Ex: the record coud be 100Zmm10001 MM sequence rec where frst part conssts
of cent code and the program beng run. Cent code s requred because TVARV
does not has a fed
for cent code. The second part s the descrpton ndcatng the purpose what the
record s created. Ths entre strng may be posted n the Name fed (char - 30).
The Type fed ( char- 1) may be popuated wth P or S (Parameter or Seecton)
Low fed (char- 45) may be popuated wth '0001' when run frst tme and ncrement
t by one n your program for downoadng of the nterna tabe.
Batch nput / Drect nput
O: We are cang transacton VL01 n batch nput to create deveres usng a program
for devery due st. How ever we areunabe to create deveres for transport stock
orders. Why?
A: Batch-nputs cannot be used to f the &Ouot;devery due st&Ouot; screen
because t s not a dynpro. Ths s a standard SAP report. A SAP report (check wth
&Ouot;System ->
Status&Ouot;) may be caed usng SUBMIT sentence wth the approprate optons . It
s preferred to ca a report than create a Batch-nput program.
O: What are some sampe Drect nput data transfer programs?
A: In MM for Matera Master data - RMDATIND
FI - for Accountng Documents - RFBIBL00
PP - for Independent requrements - RM06IN00
CA - for Cassfcaton data - RCCLBI03
Set 3
O1. Whch one of the foowng commands s used n dr-down reportng?
A. END-OF-PAGE
B. LEAVE SCREEN
C. MODULE SET_SCREEN
D. ON VALUE-REOUEST
E. AT LINE-SELECTION
ANS._______________________
O2. Whch INCLUDE contans standard
subroutnes used n BDC programs?
1. BDCRSSUB
2. RSSUBBDC
3. BDCRECXX
4. RSBDC|OB
ANS._______________________
O3. Tabe znfo Entres:
Id name http://abap-tutoras.com 2010
saes saes2
Fed Type
C C P P
a1 Smth
100.00 50.00
a1
|ones 100.00 50.00
a2 Bob 100.00
50.00
a3 Bob
100.00 50.00
a4
Mke 100.00 50.00
a5 Mary 100.00
50.00
a5 Mary
100.00 50.00http://abap-tutoras.com 2010
Usng the above nformaton, what s the resut of
the foowng code?
Loop at znfo.
At new name.
Sum.
Wrte: /
znfo-d, znfo-name, znfo-saes.
Endat.
Endoop.
1. a1 Smth 100.00
a1 |ones 100.00
a2 Bob 200.00
a4 Mke 100.00
a5 Mary 100.00
2. a1 |ones 200.00
a2 Bob 200.00
a4 Mke 100.00
a5 Mary 100.00 http://abap-tutoras.com 2010
a5 Mary
100.00
3. a1 Smth 100.00
a1 |ones 100.00
a2 Bob 100.00
a3 Bob
100.00
a4 Mke 100.00
a5 Mary 200.00
4. a1 Smth 200.00
a2 Bob
100.00
a3 Bob 100.00
a4 Mke 100.00
a5 Mary 200.00
5. a1 |ones
200.00
a2 Bob 200.00
a4 Mke 100.00 http://abap-tutoras.com 2010
a5 Mary 100.00
ANS.______________________________
O4. Whch return code s assocated wth a faed
authorty check due to ack of user authorzaton for the chosen acton?
1. 0
2. 4
3. 8
4. 12
5. 24
ANS.______________________________
O5.
data: x type I vaue 5,

y type I vaue 10.
Do 2 tmes. http://abap-tutoras.com 2010
Perform cacuate usng x
changng y.
Enddo.
Form cacuate usng px ke x
changng py ke y.
Statcs z type I.
py = px + z.
Z = z + 1.
px = px + 1.
Endform.
What are the vaues of x, y, and z
after executon?
1. x = 7, y = 7, z = 2
2. x = 7, y = 15, z = 2
3. x = 5, y = 8, z =
0 http://abap-tutoras.com 2010
4. x = 5, y = 6, z = 0
5. x = 5, y =
10, z = 1
ANS.______________________________
O6. data: tab1 ke tab occurs 0 wth header ne,
tab2 ke tab occurs 0 wth header ne.
Loop at tab1.
Append tab2.
Endoop.
Free: tab2.
Wrte: tab1, /tab2.
If the Contents of Itab1 =
Header 0
ne 1 http://abap-tutoras.com 2010
What s the output of the above program?
1. Header 0
Header 0
2. Header 0
ne 1
Header 0
ne 1
3. ne 1
4. Header 0
ne 1
5. Header 0
ANS.______________________________
O7. Background |obs vewed n SM50 are of whch process type?
1. BTC http://abap-tutoras.com 2010
2. SPO
3.
BKG
4. DIA
5. UPD
ANS.______________________________
O8.
data: f1(12)
type c vaue 'Test Varant',
f2(6) type c,
f3(8)
type c.
Move: f1 to f2,
f2 to
f3.http://abap-tutoras.com 2010
What do f1, f2, and f3 contan after executng the above code?
1. f1: 'Test Varant'

f2: 'arant'
f3: ' Varant'

2.
f1: 'Test Varant'
f2: 'Test V'
f3: 'Test Var'
f2: 'arant'
f3: ' arant' http://abap-tutoras.com 2010
f2: 'Test V'
f3: 'Test V '
f2: 'Test V'
f3: 'st Vara'
ANS.______________________________
O9.
REPORT ZTEST.
TABLES:
MARC.
DATA: WERKS LIKE MARC-WERKS.
Whch one of the foowng contans the ength
defnton of WERKS?
1. Tabe MARC http://abap-tutoras.com 2010
2. The Doman characterstcs
3. Program
ZTEST
The Data Eement defnton
The DATA statement
ANS.______________________________
O10. fed name modue check_vadty
on nput.

Whch statement s correct regardng the above code?
1. The modue s processed durng PBO.
2. The modue s processed ony f a vaue has been entered n that fed.
3. The modue s processed ony f the user presses F4 on that fed.
4. The modue s processed f a fed n the chan has a vaue.
The modue
s processed ony f the vaue of the fed s not the nta vaue.http://abap-
tutoras.com 2010
ANS.______________________________
O11. data: begn of apha,
c1 vaue 'A',
c2 vaue 'B',
c3 vaue 'C',
c4 vaue 'D',
c5 vaue 'E',
c6 vaue 'F',
end of apha.
Data wa(1)
type c vaue 'X'.
Do 3 tmes varyng wa from apha-c1 next apha-c3.
Wrte wa no-gap.
Enddo.
What s the output of the above code?
ACF
ACC
ABC http://abap-tutoras.com 2010
ACA
ACE
ANS.______________________________
O12.
Whch INCLUDE contans standard subroutnes used n BDC programs?
1. BDCINCLUDE
2. RSBDCSUB
3. BDCRECXX
4. RSBDCINC
5. BDCSUBMIT
ANS.______________________________
O12. Whch one of the foowng s INCORRECT regardng tabes for data custers?
1. The tabe s dvded nto ogcay reated areas, defned http://abap-
tutoras.com 2010
by a two-character ID.
2. The area ID shoud be named RELID.
3. The fed STRTF2 s the ast fed n the key.
4. The tabe shoud be a custer tabe.
The tabe ends wth the feds
CLUSTR and CLUSTD.
ANS.______________________________
O13.
data: word(8) vaue 'ABCDEFGH'.
Shft word.
Wrte: / word.
Shft word rght.
Shft word
crcuar.
Wrte: / word.
What s the Output for ths?
ANS.______________________________http://abap-tutoras.com 2010
O14. data:
begn of tab occurs 3,
fed1 type I,
fed2(10) type c,
end of tab.
Move: 10 to
tab-fed1,
'Corp1' to tab-fed2.
Append tab sorted by fed1.
Move: 5 to tab-fed1,
Append tab sorted by fed1.
Append tab http://abap-tutoras.com 2010
sorted by fed1.
Append tab
sorted by fed1.
Append tab
sorted by fed1.
Loop at tab.
Wrte: / tab-fed1,
tab-fed2
Endoop.
What s the output of the above code after
executon?
1. 5 Corp2 http://abap-tutoras.com 2010
6 Corp4
10 Corp1
10
Corp5
15 Corp3
2. 15 Corp3
10 Corp1
10 Corp5
3. 6 Corp4
10 Corp5
15 Corp3
4. 15 Corp5
10 Corp4
6 Corp3
5 Corp2
5. 15 Corp3
6 Corp1
5 Corp4
O15. Whch one of the foowng s an
INVALID structure decaraton?
1. data: struc type t_struc.
2. data: begn of struc,
fed1,
fed2,
end of struc.
3. data: struc ke ne of tab.
4. data: struc ke
mara-matnr.
data: begn of struc.
Incude structure s_type.
End of struc.
O16. Your program specs ca for you to read the frst 10 records from a text
fe (fname1), and wrte them out to another text fe (fname2).
Whch bock of code w accompsh the resut desred n the above scenaro?
1. open dataset fname1 for nput n text mode.
Open dataset fname2 for output n text mode.
Do 10 tmes.
Read fname1 nto hod_var.
Wrte hod_var to fname2.
Enddo.
2. open dataset fname1 for output n text mode.
Open dataset fname2 for nput.
Do 10
tmes.
Read fe fname1 nto hod_var.
Transfer hod_var to fname2.
Enddo.http://abap-tutoras.com 2010
3. open fe fname1 for nput.
Open fe fname2 for output.
Do 10 tmes.
Read
fe fname1 nto hod_var.
Transfer hod_var nto fname2.
Enddo.
4. open
dataset fname1 for output n text mode.
Open dataset fname2 for nput n text mode.
Do 10 tmes.
Read
dataset fname1 nto hod_var.
Enddo.
5.
open fe fname1 for output.
Open fe fname2 for nput.
Read dataset fname1 nto hod_var 10 tmes. http://abap-tutoras.com 2010
ANS.______________________________
O17.
DATA: carrd LIKE sfght-carrd,
connd LIKE sfght-connd,
date LIKE sfght-fdate.
1. Seect
sfght-carrd sfght-connd sfght-fdate
2. Into (carrd, connd, date) from
3. Sfght as sfght INNER |OIN
Spf as spf
4. On sfght-carrd = spf-carrd
5. And sfght-connd gt spf-connd
6. Where
spf-fdate t '19990101'.
7. Wrte: / carrd, connd, date. http://abap-tutoras.com 2010
8. Endseect.
Whch ne n the above code contans a syntax error ?
Lne 1
Lne
3
Lne 4
Lne 5
Lne 6
ANS.______________________________
O18. Whch one of the foowng s an
INCORRECT form of the WRITE statement?
1. wrte x under y
currency us.
2. wrte x no-sgn.
3. wrte http://abap-tutoras.com 2010
x eft-|ustfed no-gap.
4. wrte x no-decmas.
5. wrte x no-zero.
ANS.______________________________
O19. 1. Tabes: ztabe.
2. Data: tab ke ztabe occurs 0 wth
header ne.
3. Seect * nto tabe tab from ztabe.
4. Loop at tab.
5. Itab-fed1 = 'XYZ'.
6. Modfy tab.
7. Endoop.
8. Update ztabe from tab.
Inta state of ztabe
-----------------------------
fed1 fed2
-----------------------------
ABC 123 http://abap-tutoras.com 2010
XYZ 456
DEF 123
XYZ 789
GHI 789
Gven the nta state of tab, how many
updates to ztabe w occur after executng the above code?
a. 0
b. 1
c. 2
d. 3
e. 5
ANS.______________________________
O20.
Data: fed1(4) vaue 'Test',
fed2 type I vaue 10,
fed3(6) vaue ' Test2'. http://abap-tutoras.com 2010
Data: fed4 type I vaue 20.
Wrte: fed1, 5 ':', fed2,
/ fed3+1, 5 ':', fed4.
What s the output of the above code after executon?
1. Test: 10
Test2:
2. Test: 10
Test2: 20
3. Test:10
Test2:20
4. Test: 10
Test: 20
5. Test: 10
Test:
O21. 1. SUBMIT (PROG) AND RETURN
2. USING
SELECTION-SET 'MASS-MAINT'
3. WITH CREDAT EO SY-DATUM
4. VIA |OB |OB_NAME NUMBER |OB_ID
5. TO SAP-SPOOL
6. DESTINATION PRINT_NAME
7. COPIES 1
8. IMMEDIATELY ' '
9. COVER TEXT 'MASS MAINT'
10.
KEEP IN SPOOL 'X'
11. LINE-COUNT 65
12. LINE-SIZE 132
13. LAYOUT 'X_65_132'
14. INCLUDE SPOOL
DYNPRO.
The above code s used to submt a program as part of a dynamcay created |ob.
Whch of http://abap-tutoras.com 2010
the above nes contans a syntax error? (Presumng a used varabes are decared
correcty.)
Lne 1
Lne 4
Lne 6
Lne 10
Lne
14
ANS.______________________________
O22.
Whch one of the foowng s output to the |ob og when ncuded n an ABAP program
runnng n the
background?
1. prnt functon modues
2. Submt statements
3. report parameters
4. Wrte statements
message statements
O23.
1. Must use mara-matnr's
converson ext
2. Is a requred fed
3. Appears as 100 on the seecton screen
4. Check for a vad mara
-matnr
Whch one of the foowng s the correct way to defne a seecton-screen parameter
(n) wth
the above propertes?
1. parameters: n ke mara-matnr defaut 100
obgatory.
2. parameters: n type I defaut '100'.
3. parameters:
n type I defaut 100 requred.
At seecton-screen on n.
Seect snge * from mara where matnr = n.
If sy-http://abap-tutoras.com 2010
subrc ne 0.
Message e000 wth 'Incorrect number'.
Endf.
4.
parameters: n ke mara-matnr defaut 100 obgatory.
At seecton-screen on n.
Seect snge * from mara where
matnr = n.
If sy-subrc ne 0.
Message e000(00) wth 'Incorrect number'.
Endf.
parameter: n type mara-matnr vaue 100.
ANS.______________________________
O24. 1 TABLES: MARC.
2 DATA: BEGIN OF ITAB OCCURS 0,
3 FIELD1(5),
4 FIELD2(5), http://abap-tutoras.com 2010
5 END OF ITAB.
6 READ ITAB WITH KEY MATNR = '12345'.
7 IF SY-SUBRC = 0.
8
WRITE:/ ITAB-MATNR.
9 ENDIF.
In whch ne the syntax error exts.
ANS.______________________________
O25.When referrng to the
COLLECT statement, whch one of the foowng s correct?
1.
The COLLECT statement w add up ALL feds n an nterna tabe.
2. When usng
COLLECT, a of the feds that are not part of the tabe key must have a numerc
type.http://abap-tutoras.com 2010
3. If an entry wth the same key aready exsts, the COLLECT statement appends a
new
ne to the tabe.
4. When usng COLLECT on a sorted tabe, the system fnds
exstng nes usng a sequenta search.
Usng COLLECT, you can have dupcate entres n the resutng
tab.
ANS.______________________________
O26. Whch WHERE cause
woud seect a programs that start wth 'ZR_'?
1. where
program ke 'ZR#_%' ESCAPE '#'
2. where program ke 'ZR*_%'
3. where program = 'ZR_*'
4. where program =
'ZR%_*'
where program ke 'ZR%_%' ESCAPE '%'http://abap-tutoras.com 2010
ANS.______________________________
O27. To ensure that reated nes appear on the same
page of a report st, whch statement woud you use?
1. group
2. new-page group
3. reserve
4. hde
wrte onbock
ANS.______________________________
O28.
Loop at tab.
Wrte tab.
Endoop.
From where s the wrtten ne derved n http://abap-tutoras.com 2010
the above oop statement?
1. sy-subrc
2. sy-se
3. The tabe work area
4. sy-ndex
The tabe header
ANS.______________________________
O29.
data: begn of
tab occurs 0,
num1 type I,
num2 type I,
num3 type I,
mark,

end of tab.
Deete from tab where mark eq 'D'. http://abap-tutoras.com 2010
Itab entres:
1 2 3 D
2 3 4
3 4 5 D
4 5 6 D
7 8 9 d
7 8 9 D
Gven the ITAB entres, what are the contents of ITAB after executng the above code?
1. 2 3 4
3 4 5 D
4 5 6 D
7 8 9 d
7 8 9
D

2. 2 3 4
3. 7 8
9 d
7 8 9 Dhttp://abap-tutoras.com 2010
4. 1 2 3 D
2 3 4
3 4 5 D
4 5 6 D
7 8 9
d
5. 2 3 4
7 8 9 d
ANS.______________________________
O30. Whch statement retreves data from a LOGICAL database?
1. SET
2. LET
3. SELECT
4. RETRIEVE
5. GET
O31. Program specfcatons ask for error checkng on a seecton-screen
whch contans a parameter nsde a frame. Whch event beow woud you
use to ensure the above specfcaton s met?
1. at seecton-screen
2. at seecton-screen on bock b1
3. check seecton-screen
4. seecton-screen on fed f1
5. seecton-screen check bock b1
ANS.______________________________
O32. You press F1(Hep), then F9(Technca char) on a screen fed to get ts
parameter ID. Where
s the parameter ID nked to the screen fed?
1. The hep defnton
2. Tabe PARAM
3. The screen defnton
4. The doman
5. The data eement
O33. Whch one of the foowng commands s used nsde an ABAP program to go nto
debug mode?
debug
stop
break-pont
break at
/h
ANS.______________________________
O34. Whch one of the foowng statements about Pooed and Custer tabes s
correct?
1. Pooed and Custer tabes can be |oned.
2. A tabe entres n a Custer tabe are stored n fed VARKEY.
3. Pooed and Custer tabes physcay exst n the database.
4. A key feds of a Pooed tabe must contan nteger data types.
Pooed and Custer tabes share nformaton from mutpe tabes.
ANS.______________________________
Set 4
1. If a tabe does not have MANDT as part of the prmary key, t s ____.
A: A structure
B: Invad
C: Cent-ndependent
D: Not mandatory
2. In regard to CALL, whch of the foowng s NOT a vad statement?
A: CALL FUNCTION
B: CALL SCREEN
C: CALL TRANSACTION
D: CALL PROGRAM
3. Name the type of ABAP Dctonary tabe that has these characterstcs:
Same number of feds as the database tabe
Same name as database tabe
Maps 1:1 to database tabe
A: Pooed
B: Custer
C: Transparent
D: Vew
4. An event starts wth an event keyword and ends wth:
A: Program executon.
B: END-OF-EVENT.
C: Another event keyword.
D: END-EVENT.
5. What s the system fed for the current date?
A: SY-DATUM
B: SY-DATE
C: SY-DATID
D: SY-SDATE
6. The foowng code ndcates:
SELECT fd1 fd2 FROM tab1 APPENDING TABLE tab
WHERE fd1 IN sfd1.
A: Add rows to the exstng rows of tab.
B: Add rows to tab after frst deetng any exstng rows of tab.
C: Seect rows from tab1 for matchng tab entres.
D: Nothng, ths s a syntax error. http://abap-tutoras.com 2010
7. You may change the foowng data ob|ect as shown beow so that t equas 3.14.
CONSTANTS: PI type P decmas 2 vaue '3.1'.
PI = '3.14'.
A: True
B: Fase
8. The SAP servce that ensures data ntegrty by handng ockng s caed:
A: Update
B: Daog
C: Enqueue/Dequeue
D: Spoo
9. Whch of these sentences most accuratey descrbes the GET VBAK LATE. event?
A: Ths event s processed before the second tme the GET VBAK event s processed.
B: Ths event s processed after a occurrences of the GET VBAK event are competed.
C: Ths event w ony be processed after the user has seected a basc st row.
D: Ths event s ony processed f no records are seected from tabe VBAK.
10. Whch of the foowng s not a true statement n regard to a hashed nterna tabe
type?
A: Its key must aways be UNIOUE.
B: May ony be accessed by ts key.
C: Response tme for accessng a row depends on the number of entres n the tabe.
D: Decared usng nterna tabe type HASHED TABLE.
11. TO ncude database-specfc SOL statements wthn an ABAP program, code them
between:
A: NATIVE SOL_ENDNATIVE.
B: DB SOL_ENDDB.
C: SELECT_ENDSELECT.
D: EXEC SOL_ENDEXEC.
12. To measure how ong a bock of code runs, use the ABAP statement:
A: GET TIME .
B: SET TIME FIELD .
C: GET RUN TIME FIELD .
D: SET CURSOR FIELD .
13. When a secondary st s beng processed, the data of the basc st s avaabe by
defaut.
A: True
B: Fase
14. Gven: http://abap-tutoras.com 2010
DATA: BEGIN OF tab OCCURS 10,
qty type I,
END OF tab.
DO 25 TIMES. tab-qty = sy-ndex. APPEND tab. ENDDO.
LOOP AT tab WHERE qty > 10.
WRITE: /1 tab-qty.
ENDLOOP.
Ths w resut n:
A: Output of ony those tab rows wth a qty fed ess than 10
B: Output of the frst 10 tab rows wth a qty fed greater than 10
C: A syntax error
D: None of the above
15. After a DESCRIBE TABLE statement SY-TFILL w contan
A: The number of rows n the nterna tabe.
B: The current OCCURS vaue.
C: Zero, f the tabe contans one or more rows.
D: The ength of the nterna tabe row structure.
16. You may decare your own nterna tabe type usng the TYPES keyword.
A: True
B: Fase
17. After addng rows to an nterna tabe wth COLLECT, you shoud avod addng
more rows wth APPEND.
A: True
B: Fase
18. Whch of the foowng s not a component of contro break processng when
oopng at an nterna tabe?
A: AT START OF
B: AT FIRST
C: AT LAST
D: AT NEW
19. A dctonary tabe s made avaabe for use wthn an ABAP program va the
TABLES statement.
A: True
B: Fase
20. Whch of the foowng woud be best for hdng further seecton crtera unt a
functon s chosen?
A: AT NEW SELECTION-SCREEN http://abap-tutoras.com 2010
B: SELECTION-SCREEN AT LINE-SELECTION
C: SUBMIT SELECTION-SCREEN
D: CALL SELECTION-SCREEN
21. What must you code n the fow ogc to prevent a modue from beng caed
uness a fed contans a non-nta vaue (as
determned by ts data type)?
A: ON INPUT
B: CHAIN
C: FIELD
D: ON REOUEST
22. The AT USER-COMMAND event s trggered by functons defned n the ____.
A: screen panter
B: ABAP report
C: menu panter status
D: ABAP Dctonary
23. In regard to a functon group, whch of the foowng s NOT a true statement?
A: Combnes smar functon modues.
B: Shares goba data wth a ts functon modues.
C: Exsts wthn the ABAP workbench as an ncude program.
D: Shares subroutnes wth a ts functon modues.
24. In regard to SET PF-STATUS, you can deactvate unwanted functon codes by
usng ____.
A: EXCLUDING
B: IMMEDIATELY
C: WITHOUT
D: HIDE
25. In regard to data transported n PAI when the FIELD statement s used, whch of
the foowng s NOT a true statement?
A: Feds n PBO are transported drecty from PAI.
B: Feds wth dentca names are transported to the ABAP sde.
C: Feds not defned n FIELD statements are transported frst.
D: Feds that are defned n FIELD statements are transported when ther
correspondng modue s caed.
26. The order n whch an event appears n the ABAP code determnes when the event
s processed.
A: True
B: Fase
27. A fed decared as type T has the foowng nterna representaton:
A: SSMMHH
B: HHMMSS http://abap-tutoras.com 2010
C: MMHHSS
D: HHSSMM
28. Whch of the foowng s NOT a component of the defaut standard ABAP report
header?
A: Date and Tme
B: Lst tte
C: Page number
D: Underne
29. Assumng a pushbutton wth functon code 'FUNC' s avaabe n the toobar of a
st report, what event s processed when
the button s ccked?
A: AT USER-COMMAND.
B: AT PFn.
C: AT SELECTION-SCREEN.
D: END-OF-SELECTION.
30. In regard to fed seecton, what opton of the SELECT statement s requred?
A: FOR ALL ENTRIES
B: WHERE
C: INTO
D: MOVE-CORRESPONDING
31. The foowng program outputs what?
report z|gtest1
wrte: /1 'Ready_'.
PARAMETER: test.
INITIALIZATION.
wrte: /1 'Set_'.
START-OF-SELECTION.
wrte: /1 'GO!!'.
A: Set_ GO!! (each on ts own ne)
B: Set_ Ready_ GO!! (a on ther own nes)
C: Ready_ GO!! (each on ts own ne)
D: Ready_ Set_ GO!! (a on ther own nes)
32. To decare a seecton crteron that does not appear on the seecton screen, use:
A: NO-DISPLAY
B: INVISIBLE
C: MODIF ID
D: OBLIGATORY http://abap-tutoras.com 2010
33. An nterna tabe that s nested wthn another nterna tabe shoud not contan a
header ne.
A: True
B: Fase
34. What s output by the foowng code?
DATA: BEGIN OF tab OCCURS 0, etter type c, END OF tab.
tab-etter = 'A'. APPEND tab. tab-etter = 'B'. APPEND tab.
tab-etter = 'C'. APPEND tab. tab-etter = 'D'. APPEND tab.
LOOP AT tab.
SY-TABIX = 2.
WRITE tab-etter.
EXIT.
ENDLOOP.
A: A
B: A B C D
C: B
D: B C D
35. To seect a database entres for a certan WHERE cause nto an nterna tabe n
one step, use
A: SELECT_INTO TABLE tab_
B: SELECT_INTO tab_
C: SELECT_APPENDING tab
D: SELECT_tab_
36. After a successfu SELECT statement, what does SY-SUBRC equa?
A: 0
B: 4
C: 8
D: Nu
37. Ths seecton screen syntax forces the user to nput a vaue:
A: REOUIRED-ENTRY
B: OBLIGATORY
C: DEFAULT
D: SELECTION-SCREEN EXCLUDE
38. If the foowng code resuts n a syntax error, the remedy s:
DATA: tab TYPE SORTED TABLE OF rec_type WITH UNIOUE KEY fed1
WITH HEADER LINE.
tab-fed1 = 'Company'. tab-fed2 = '1234'. INSERT TABLE tab. http://abap-
tutoras.com 2010
tab-fed1 = 'Bank'. tab-fed2 = 'ABC'. INSERT TABLE tab.
SORT tab.
LOOP AT tab.
wrte: /1 tab-fed1, tab-fed2.
ENDLOOP.
A: There s no syntax error here
B: Remove the SORT statement
C: Change INSERT to APPEND
D: Add a WHERE cause to the oop
39. If ths code resuts n an error, the remedy s:
SELECT fd1 fd2 FROM tab1 WHERE fd3 = pfd3.
WRITE: /1 tab1-fd1, tab1-fd2.
ENDSELECT.
A: Add a SY-SUBRC check.
B: Change the WHERE cause to use fd1 or fd2.
C: Remove the /1 from the WRITE statement.
D: Add INTO (tab1-fd1, tab1-fd2).
40. When modfyng an nterna tabe wthn LOOP AT tab. _ ENDLOOP. you must
ncude an ndex number.
A: True
B: Fase
41. To aow the user to enter vaues on the screen for a st fed, use:
A: OPEN LINE.
B: SET CURSOR FIELD.
C: WRITE fd AS INPUT FIELD.
D: FORMAT INPUT ON.
42. Before a functon modue may be tested, t must frst be:
A: Lnked
B: Authorzed
C: Reeased
D: Actve
43. To ncude a fed on your screen that s not n the ABAP Dctonary, whch ncude
program shoud contan the data
decaraton for the fed?
A: PBO modue ncude program
B: TOP ncude program
C: PAI modue ncude program
D: Subroutne ncude program http://abap-tutoras.com 2010
44. If a tabe contans many dupcate vaues for a fed, mnmze the number of
records returned by usng ths SELECT
statement addton.
A: MIN
B: ORDER BY
C: DISTINCT
D: DELETE
45. The system nterna tabe used for dynamc screen modfcaton s named:
A: ITAB
B: SCREEN
C: MODTAB
D: SMOD
46. Wthn the source code of a functon modue, errors are handed va the keyword:
A: EXCEPTION
B: RAISE
C: STOP
D: ABEND
47. Whch system fed contans the contents of a seected ne?
A: SY-CUCOL
B: SY-LILLI
C: SY-CUROW
D: SY-LISEL
48. The foowng statement wrtes what type of data ob|ect?
WRITE: /1 'Tota Amount:'.
A: Text tera
B: Text varabe
C: In-code comment
D: Text nteger
49. For the code beow, second_fed s of what data type?
DATA: frst_fed type P, second_fed ke frst_fed.
A: P
B: C
C: N
D: D
50. Whch of the foowng descrbes the nterna representaton of a type D data
ob|ect? http://abap-tutoras.com 2010
A: DDMMYYYY
B: YYYYDDMM
C: MMDDYYYY
D: YYYYMMDD
51. A BDC program s used for a of the foowng except:
A: Downoadng data to a oca fe
B: Data nterfaces between SAP and externa systems
C: Inta data transfer
D: Enterng a arge amount of data
52. In regard to PERFORM, whch of the foowng s NOT a true statement?
A: May be used wthn a subroutne.
B: Requres actua parameters.
C: Recursve cas are aowed n ABAP.
D: Can ca a subroutne n another program.
53. What s the transacton code for the ABAP Edtor?
A: SE11
B: SE38
C: SE36
D: SE16
54. In regard to HIDE, whch of the foowng s NOT a true statement?
A: Saves the contents of varabes n reaton to a st ne's row number.
B: The hdden varabes must be output on a st ne.
C: The HIDE area s retreved when usng the READ LINE statement.
D: The HIDE area s retreved when an nteractve event s trggered.
55. Database ocks are suffcent n a mut-user envronment.
A: True
B: Fase
56. The compete technca defnton of a tabe fed s determned by the fed's:
A: Doman
B: Fed name
C: Data type
D: Data eement
57. In regard to LEAVE, whch of the foowng s NOT a true statement?
A: May be used to return mmedatey to a cang program.
B: May be used to stop the current oop pass and get the next.
C: May be used to start a new transacton. http://abap-tutoras.com 2010
D: May be used to go to the next screen.
SELECT fd6 fd3 fd2 fd1 FROM tab1 INTO CORRESPONDING FIELDS OF TABLE tab
WHERE fd3 = pfd3.
A: The order of the feds n tab does not matter.
B: F the header ne of tab, but not the body.
C: Tabe tab can ony contan feds aso n tabe tab1.
D: None of the above.
59. The ABAP statement beow ndcates that the program shoud contnue wth the
next ne of code f the nterna tabe tab:
CHECK NOT tab|| IS INITIAL.
A: Contans no rows
B: Contans at east one row
C: Has a header ne
D: Has an empty header ne
60. What w be output by the foowng code?
DATA: BEGIN OF tab OCCURS 0, fva type , END OF tab.
tab-fva = 1. APPEND tab.
tab-fva = 2. APPEND tab.
FREE tab.
WRITE: /1 tab-fva.
A: 2
B: 0
C: bank
D: 1
61. To aow the user to enter a range of vaues on a seecton screen, use the ABAP
keyword:
A: DATA.
B: RANGES.
C: PARAMETERS.
D: SELECT-OPTIONS.
62. If an nterna tabe s decared wthout a header ne, what ese must you decare
to work wth the tabe's rows?
A: Another nterna tabe wth a header ne.
B: A work area wth the same structure as the nterna tabe.
C: An nterna tabe type usng the TYPES statement.
D: A PARAMETER. http://abap-tutoras.com 2010
63. Assumng an nterna tabe contans 2000 entres, how many entres w t have
after the foowng ne of code s
executed?
DELETE tab FROM 1500 TO 1700.
A: Ths s a syntax error.
B: 1801
C: 1800
D: 1799
64. To remove nes from a database tabe, use ____.
A: UPDATE
B: MODIFY
C: ERASE
D: DELETE
65. A of the foowng may be performed usng SET CURSOR except:
A: Move the cursor to a specfc fed on a st.
B: Move the cursor to a specfc st ne.
C: Move the cursor to a specfc pushbutton, actvatng that functon.
D: Move the cursor to a specfc row and coumn on a st.
66. When s t optona to pass an actua parameter to a requred forma parameter of
a functon modue?
A: The actua parameter s type C.
B: The forma parameter contans a defaut vaue.
C: The forma parameter's \"Reference\" attrbute s turned on.
D: It s never optona.
67. Codng two INITIALIZATION events w cause a syntax error.
A: True
B: Fase
68. Addng a COMMIT WORK statement between SELECT_ENDSELECT s a good
method for mprovng performance.
A: True
B: Fase
69. To save nformaton on a st ne for use after the ne s seected, use ths
keyword.
A: APPEND
B: EXPORT
C: WRITE
D: HIDE
70. To bypass automatc fed nput checks, ncude ths n PAI. http://abap-
tutoras.com 2010
A: AT EXIT-COMMAND
B: ON INPUT
C: ON REOUEST
D: LEAVE TO SCREEN 0.
71. Wthn a functon modue's source code, f the MESSAGE_RAISING statement s
executed, a of the foowng system feds
are fed automatcay except:
A: SY-MSGTY
B: SY-MSGNO
C: SY-MSGV1
D: SY-MSGWA
REPORT ZLISTTST.
START-OF-SELECTION.
WRITE: text-001.
FORMAT HOTSPOT ON.
WRITE: text-002.
FORMAT HOTSPOT OFF.
AT LINE-SELECTION.
WRITE / text-003.
A: Text-002 may not be seected.
B: The vaue of text-002 s stored n a speca memory area.
C: Text-002 may be ccked once to trgger the output of text-003.
D: None of the above.
73. The ____ type of ABAP Dctonary vew conssts of one or more transparent tabes
and may be accessed by an ABAP
program usng Open SOL.
A: Database vew
B: Pro|ecton vew
C: Hep vew
D: Entty vew
74. A concrete fed s assocated wth a fed-symbo va ABAP keyword
A: MOVE
B: WRITE
C: ASSIGN
D: VALUE
75. The output for the foowng code w be:
report zabaprg.
DATA: char_fed type C.
char_fed = 'ABAP data'. http://abap-tutoras.com 2010
WRITE char_fed.
A: ABAP data
B: A
C: Nothng, there s a syntax error
D: None of the above
76. Page footers are coded n the event:
A: TOP-OF-PAGE.
B: END-OF-SELECTION.
C: NEW-PAGE.
D: END-OF-PAGE.
77. The event AT SELECTION-SCREEN OUTPUT. occurs before the seecton screen s
dspayed and s the best event for
assgnng defaut vaues to seecton crtera.
A: True
B: Fase
78. The TABLES statement decares a data ob|ect.
A: True
B: Fase
79. Assumng tab1-fd7 s not a key fed, how can you prevent readng a the tabe
rows?
SELECT fd1 fd2 fd3 FROM tab1 INTO (fd4, fd5, fd6)
WHERE fd7 = pfd7.
WRITE: /1 fd4, fd5, fd6.
ENDSELECT.
A: Take fd7 out of the WHERE cause.
B: Create an ndex n the ABAP Dctonary for tab1-fd7.
C: Use INTO TABLE nstead of |ust INTO.
D: Take the WRITE statement out of the SELECT_ENDSELECT.
80. Whch of the foowng s NOT a requred attrbute when creatng an ABAP
program?
A: Appcaton
B: Tte
C: Status
D: Type
81. When creatng a transparent tabe n the ABAP Dctonary, whch step
automatcay creates the tabe n the underyng
database?
A: Addng technca settngs to the tabe
B: Checkng the tabe syntax http://abap-tutoras.com 2010
C: Savng the tabe
D: Actvatng the tabe
82. Wthn the ABAP program attrbutes, Type = 1 represents:
A: INCLUDE program
B: Onne program
C: Modue poo
D: Functon group
E: Subroutne poo
83. If ths code resuts n an error, the remedy s:
SELECT fd1 SUM( fd1 ) FROM tab1 INTO_
A: Remove the spaces from SUM( fd1 ).
B: Move SUM( fd1 ) before fd1.
C: Add GROUP BY f1.
D: Change to SUM( DISTINCT f1 ).
84. Whch keyword adds rows to an nterna tabe whe accumuatng numerc
vaues?
A: INSERT
B: APPEND
C: COLLECT
D: GROUP
85. Assumng tab has a header ne, what w be output by the foowng code?
READ TABLE tab INDEX 3 TRANSPORTING fed1.
WRITE: /1 tab-fed1, tab-fed2.
A: The contents of the thrd row's tab-fed1.
B: The contents of the thrd row's tab-fed1 and tab-fed2.
C: The contents of the thrd row's tab-fed2.
D: Nothng.
SELECTION-SCREEN BEGIN OF BLOCK B1.
PARAMETERS: myparam(10) type C,
Myparam2(10) type N,
SELECTION-SCREEN END OF BLOCK.
A: Draw a box around myparam and myparam2 on the seecton screen.
B: Aow myparam and myparam2 to be ready for nput durng an error daog.
C: Do not dspay myparam and myparam2 on the seecton screen.
D: Dspay myparam and myparam2 ony f both feds have defaut vaues.
87. Whch statement w sort the data of an nterna tabe wth feds FRUIT, OTY, and
PRICE so that t appears as foows? http://abap-tutoras.com 2010
FRUIT OTY PRICE
Appes 12 22.50
Appes 9 18.25
Oranges 15 17.35
Bananas 20 10.20
Bananas 15 6.89
Bananas 5 2.75
A: SORT tab DESCENDING BY OTY PRICE.
B: SORT tab BY PRICE FRUIT.
C: SORT tab.
D: SORT tab BY PRICE DESCENDING.
88. Whch keyword adds a ne anywhere wthn an nterna tabe?
A: APPEND
B: MODIFY
C: ADD
D: INSERT
89. To read a snge ne of an nterna tabe, use the foowng:
A: LOOP AT tab. _ ENDLOOP.
B: READ tab.
C: SELECT SINGLE * FROM tab.
D: READ TABLE tab.
90. Whch Open SOL statement shoud not be used wth custer databases?
A: UPDATE
B: MODIFY
C: DELETE
D: INSERT
91. To ncude a fed on your screen that s not n the ABAP Dctonary, whch ncude
program shoud contan the data
decaraton for the fed?
A: PBO modue ncude program
B: TOP ncude program
C: PAI modue ncude program
D: Subroutne ncude program
92. Ths fow ogc statement s used to make mutpe feds open for nput after an
error or warnng message.
A: GROUP
B: FIELD-GROUP
C: CHAIN
D: LOOP AT SCREEN http://abap-tutoras.com 2010
93. Gven:
PERFORM subroutne USING var.
The var fed s known as what type of parameter?
A: Forma
B: Actua
C: Statc
D: Vaue
Set 5
1. What s the typca structure of an ABAP/4 program?
HEADER ,BODY,FOOTER.
2. What are fed symbos and fed groups.?
Have you used "component dx of structure" cause wth fed groups?
Fed symbos:-
Fed groups :-
3. What shoud be the approach for wrtng a BDC program?
STEP 1: CONVERTING THE LEGACY SYSTEM DATA TO A FLAT FILE to nterna tabe
CALLED "CONVERSION".
STEP 2: TRANSFERING THE FLAT FILE INTO SAP SYSTEM CALLED "SAP DATA
TRANSFER".
STEP 3: DEPENDING UPON THE BDC TYPE )ca transacton(Wrte the program
expcty)
) create sessons (sessons are created and processed.f success data w transfer).
4. What s a batch nput sesson?
BATCH INPUT SESSION s an ntermedate step between nterna tabe and database
tabe.
Data aong wth the acton s stored n sesson e data for screen feds, to whch
screen t s passed,program name behnd t,
and how next screen s processed.
5. What s the aternatve to batch nput sesson?
Ca transacton.
6. A stuaton: An ABAP program creates a batch nput sesson.
We need to submt the program and the batch sesson n back ground. How to do t?
Pease go to SM36 and create background |ob by gvng |ob name,|ob cass and |ob
steps (|OB SCHEDULING)
8. What are the probems n processng batch nput sessons?
How s batch nput process dfferent from processng onne?
PROBLEMS:-
) If the user forgets to opt for keep sesson then the sesson w be automatcay
removed from the sesson queue(og
remans). However f sesson s processed we may deete t manuay.
)f sesson processng fas data w not be transferred to SAP database tabe.
10. What are the dfferent types of data dctonary ob|ects?
tabes, structures, vews, domans, data eements, ock ob|ects, Matchcode ob|ects.
11. How many types of tabes exsts and what are they n data dctonary?
4 types of tabes
)Transparent tabes - Exsts wth the same structure both n dctonary as we as n
database exacty wth the same data and
feds. Both Opensq and Natvesq can be used.http://abap-tutoras.com 2010
)Poo tabes & )Custer tabes -
These are ogca tabes that are arranged as records of transparent tabes.one cannot
use natve sq on these tabes
(ony opensq).They are not managabe drecty usng database system toos.
v)Interna tabes - .
12. What s the step by step process to create a tabe n data dctonary?
Step 1: creatng domans(data type,fed ength,range).
step 2: creatng data eements(propertes and type for a tabe
fed).
step 3: creatng tabes(SE11).
13. Can a transparent tabe exst n data dctonary but not n the data base
physcay?
No. Transporent tabes do exst wth the same structure, both n the dctonary as we
as n database, exacty wth the same
data and the feds.
14. What are the domans and data eements?
DOMAINS : FORMAL DEFINITION OF THE DATA TYPES.THEY SET ATTRIBUTES SUCH AS
DATA TYPE,LENGTH,RANGE.
DATA ELEMENT : A FIELD IN R/3 SYSTEM IS A DATA ELEMENT.
15. Can you create a tabe wth feds not referrng to data eements?
YES. eg:- ITAB LIKE SPFLI.here we are referenng to a data ob|ect(SPFLI) not data
eement.
16. What s the advantage of structures? How do you use them n the ABAP
programs?
The most mportant advantage of the structures s that they have goba exstence
(.e.; these coud be used by any other
program wthout creatng t agan).
17. What does an extract statement do n the ABAP program?
Once you have decared the possbe record types as fed groups and defned ther
structure, you can f the extract dataset
usng the foowng statements:
EXTRACT .
When the frst EXTRACT statement occurs n a program, the system creates the
extract dataset and adds the frst extract record
to t. In each subsequent EXTRACT statement, the new extract record s added to the
dataset
EXTRACT HEADER.
When you extract the data, the record s fed wth the current vaues of the
correspondng feds.
As soon as the system has processed the frst EXTRACT statement for a fed group ,
the structure of the correspondng extract
record n the extract dataset s fxed. You can no onger nsert new feds nto the fed
groups and HEADER. If you try to modfy
one of the fed groups afterwards and use t n another EXTRACT statement, a
runtme error occurs. http://abap-tutoras.com 2010
By processng EXTRACT statements severa tmes usng dfferent fed groups, you f
the extract dataset wth records of
dfferent ength and structure. Snce you can modfy fed groups dynamcay up to
ther frst usage n an EXTRACT statement,
extract datasets provde the advantage that you need not determne the structure at
the begnnng of the program.
18. What s a coect statement? How s t dfferent from append?
If an entry wth the same key aready exsts, the COLLECT statement does not append
a new ne, but adds the contents of the
numerc feds n the work area to the contents of the numerc feds n the exstng
entry.
19. What s open sq vs natve sq?
ANS:-
20. What does an EXEC SOL stmt do n ABAP? What s the dsadvantage of usng t?
21. What s the meanng of ABAP/4 edtor ntegrated wth ABAP/4 data dctonary?
22. What are the events n ABAP/4 anguage?
Intazaton, At seecton-screen,Start-of-seecton,end-of-seecton,top-of-page,end-
of-page, At ne-seecton,At usercommand,At PF,Get,At New,At LAST,AT END, AT
FIRST.
23. What s an nteractve report?
What s the obvous dff of such report compared wth cassca type reports?
An Interactve report s a dynamc dr down report that produces the st on users
choce.
dff:-
a) THE LIST PRODUCED BY CLASSICAL REPORT DOESN'T aow user to nteract wth
the system
the st produced by nteractve report aows the user to nteract wth the system.
b) ONCE A CLASSICAL REPORT EXECUTED USER LOOSES CONTROL.IR USER HAS
CONTROL.
c) IN CLASSICAL REPORT DRILLING IS NOT POSSIBLE.IN INTERACTIVE DRILLING IS
POSSIBLE.
24. What s a dr down report?
Its an Interactve report where n the user can get more reavent data by seectng
expcty.
25. How do you wrte a functon modue n SAP? Descrbe.
Creatng functon modue:-
caed program - se37-creatng funcgrp,funcmodue by assgnng
attrbutes,mportng,exportng,tabes,exceptons.
cang program - SE38-n pgm cck pattern and wrte functon name- provde
export,mport,tabes,excepton vaues.
26. What are the exceptons n functon modue?
COMMUNICATION_FAILURE
SYSTEM_FAILURE http://abap-tutoras.com 2010
27. What s a functon group?
GROUP OF ALL RELATED FUNCTIONS.
28. How are the date and tme fed vaues stored n SAP?
DD.MM.YYYY. HH:MM:SS
30. Name a few data dctonary ob|ects?
TABLES,VIEWS,STRUCTURES,LOCK OB|ECTS,MATCHCODE OB|ECTS.
31. What happens when a tabe s actvated n DD?
It s avaabe for any nserton,modfcaton and updaton of records by any user.
32. What s a check tabe and what s a vaue tabe?
Check tabe w be at fed eve checkng.
Vaue tabe w be at doman eve checkng ex: scarr tabe s check tabe for carrd.
33. What are match codes? descrbe?
It s a smar to tabe ndex that gves st of possbe vaues for ether prmary keys or
non-prmary keys.
34. What transactons do you use for data anayss?
35. What s tabe mantenance generator?
36. What are ranges? What are number ranges?
max,mn vaues provded n seecton screens.
37. What are seect optons and how are they dfferent from parameters?
seect optons provde ranges where as parameters do not.
SELECT-OPTIONS decares an nterna tabe whch s automatcay fed wth vaues or
ranges
of vaues entered by the end user. For each SELECT-OPTIONS , the system creates a
seecton tabe.
SELECT-OPTIONS FOR .
A seecton tabe s an nterna tabe wth feds SIGN, OPTION, LOW and HIGH.
The type of LOW and HIGH s the same as that of .
The SIGN fed can take the foowng vaues: I Incusve (shoud appy) E Excusve
(shoud not appy)
The OPTION fed can take the foowng vaues: EO Equa GT Greater than NE Not
equa BT Between LE Less
than or equa NB Not between LT Less than CP Contans pattern GE Greater than or
equa NP No pattern.
Seect Optons vs Parameters
PARAMETERS aow users to enter a snge vaue nto an nterna fed wthn a report.
SELECT-OPTIONS aow users to f an nterna tabe wth a range of vaues.
For each PARAMETERS or SELECT-OPTIONS statement you shoud defne text
eements by choosng
Goto - Text eements - Seecton texts - Change. http://abap-tutoras.com 2010
Eg:- Parameters name(30).
when the user executes the ABAP/4 program,an nput fed for 'name' w appear on
the seecton screen.You can change the
comments on the eft sde of the nput feds by usng text eements as descrbed n
Seecton Texts.
38. How do you vadate the seecton crtera of a report?
And how do you dspay nta vaues n a seecton screen?
vadate :- by usng match code ob|ects.
dspay :- Parameters defaut 'xxx'.
seect-optons for spf-carrd.

39. What are seecton texts?
40. What s CTS and what do you know about t?
The Change and Transport System (CTS) s a too that heps you to organze
deveopment pro|ects n the ABAP Workbench and
n Customzng, and then transport the changes between the SAP Systems and cents
n your system andscape.
Ths documentaton provdes you wth an overvew of how to manage changes wth
the CTS and essenta nformaton on settng
up your system and cent andscape and decdng on a transport strategy. Read and
foow ths documentaton when pannng
your deveopment pro|ect.
For practca nformaton on workng wth the Change and Transport System, see
Change and Transport Organzer and
Transport Management System.
41. When a program s created and need to be transported to prodn does seecton
texts aways go wth t? f not how do you
make sure? Can you change the CTS entres? How do you do t?
42. What s the cent concept n SAP? What s the meanng of cent ndependent?
43. Are programs cent dependent?
Yes.Group of users can access these programs wth a cent no.
44. Name a few system goba varabes you can use n ABAP programs?
SY-SUBRC,SY-DBCNT,SY-LILLI,SY-DATUM,SY-UZEIT,SY-UCOMM,SY-TABIX.....
SY-LILLI IS ABSOLUTE NO OF LINES FROM WHICH THE EVENT WAS TRIGGERED.
45. What are nterna tabes? How do you get the number of nes n an nterna tabe?
How to use a specfc number occurs statement?
)It s a standard data type ob|ect whch exsts ony durng the runtme of the
program.
They are used to perform tabe cacuatons on subsets of database tabes and for re-
organsng the contents of database tabes
accordng to users need.http://abap-tutoras.com 2010
)usng SY-DBCNT.
)The number of memory aocatons the system need to aocate for the next record
popuaton.
46. How do you take care of performance ssues n your ABAP programs?
Performance of ABAPs can be mproved by mnmzng the amount of data to be
transferred.
The data set must be transferred through the network to the appcatons, so reducng
the amount OF tme and aso reduces the
network traffc.
Some measures that can be taken are:
- Use vews defned n the ABAP/4 DDIC (aso has the advantage of better reusabty).
- Use fed st (SELECT cause) rather than SELECT *.
- Range tabes shoud be avoded (IN operator)
- Avod nested SELECTS.
)system toos
)fed symbos and fed groups.
ans:-
Fed Symbos : Fed symbos are pacehoders for exstng feds. A Fed Symbo does
not physcay reserve space for a
fed,but ponts to a fed whch s not known unt runtme of the program.
eg:- FIELD-SYMBOL ||.
Fed groups : A fed group combnes severa feds under one name.At runtme,the
INSERT command s used to defne whch
data feds are assgned to whch fed group.
There shoud aways be a HEADER fed group that defnes how the extracted data w
be sorted,the data s sorted by the feds
grouped under the HEADER fed group.
47. What are datasets?
The sequenta fes(ON APPLICATION SERVER) are caed datasets. They are used for
fe handng n SAP.
48. How to fnd the return code of a statement n ABAP programs?
Usng functon modues.
49. What are nterface/converson programs n SAP?
CONVERSION : LEGACY SYSTEM TO FLAT FILE.
INTERFACE : FLAT FILE TO SAP SYSTEM.
50. Have you used SAP supped programs to oad master data?
51. What are the technques nvoved n usng SAP supped programs? Do you prefer
to wrte your own programs to oad master
data? Why?
52. What are ogca databases? What are the advantages/dsadvantages of ogca
databases? http://abap-tutoras.com 2010
To read data from a database tabes we use ogca database. A ogca database
provdes read-ony access to a group of reated
tabes to an ABAP/4 program.
advantages
The programmer need not worry about the prmary key for each tabe.Because
Logca database knows how the dfferent tabes
reate to each other,and can ssue the SELECT command wth proper where cause to
retreve the data.
)An easy-to-use standard user nterface.
)check functons whch check that user nput s compete,correct,and pausbe.
)meanngfu data seecton.
v)centra authorzaton checks for database accesses.
v)good read access performance whe retanng the herarchca data vew
determned by the appcaton ogc.
dsadvantages
)If you donot specfy a ogca database n the program attrbutes,the GET events
never occur.
)There s no ENDGET command,so the code bock assocated wth an event ends wth
the next event
statement (such as another GET or an END-OF-SELECTION).
53. What specfc statements do you usng when wrtng a dr down report?
AT LINE-SELECTION,AT USER-COMMAND,AT PF.
54. What are dfferent toos to report data n SAP? What a have you used?
55. What are the advantages and dsadvantages of ABAP/4 query too?

56. What are the functona areas? User groups? and how does ABAP/4 query work n
reaton to
these?
57. Is a ogca database a requrement/must to wrte an ABAP/4 query?
59. What are Change header/deta tabes? Have you used them?
60. What do you do when the system crashes n the mdde of a BDC batch sesson?
we w ook nto the error og fe (SM35).
61. What do you do wth errors n BDC batch sessons?
We ook nto the st of ncorrect sesson and process t agan. To correct ncorrect
sesson we anayze the sesson to determne
whch screen and vaue produced the error.For sma errors n data we correct them
nteractvey otherwse
modfy batch nput program that has generated the sesson or many tmes even the
datafe.
62. How do you set up background |obs n SAP? What are the steps? What are the
event drven batch |obs?
go to SM36 and create background |ob by gvng |ob name,|ob cass and |ob steps(|OB
SCHEDULING)
63. Is t possbe to run host command from SAP envronment? How do you run?
http://abap-tutoras.com 2010

64. What knd of fnanca perods exst n SAP? What s the reavent tabe for that?
65. Does SAP hande mutpe currences? Mutpe anguages?
Yes.
66. What s a currency factorng technque?
67. How do you document ABAP/4 programs? Do you use program documentaton
menu opton?
68. What s SAPscrpt and ayout set?
The too whch s used to create ayout set s caed SAPscrpt. Layout set s a desgn
document.
69. What are the ABAP/4 commands that nk to a ayout set?
Contro commands,system commands,
70. What s output determnaton?
71. What are IDOCs?
IDOCs are ntermedate documents to hod the messages as a contaner.
72. What are screen panter? menu panter? Gu status?
dynpro - fow ogc + screens.
menu panter -
GUI Status - It s subset of the nterface eements(tte bar,menu bar,standard too
bar,push buttons) used for a certan screen.
The status comprses those eements that are currenty needed by the transacton.
73. What s screen fow ogc? What are the sectons n t? Expan PAI and PBO.
The contro statements that contro the screen fow.
PBO - Ths event s trggered before the screen s dspayed.
PAI - Ths event s responsbe for processng of screen after the user enters the data
and ccks the pushbutton.
74. Overa how do you wrte transacton programs n SAP?
Create program-SE93-create transcode-Run t from command fed.
75. Does SAP has a GUI screen panter or not? If yes what operatng systems s t
avaabe on? What s the other type of screen
panter caed?
76. What are step oops? How do you program pagedown pageup n step oops?
step oops are repeated bocks of fed n a screen.
77. Is ABAP a GUI anguage?
Yes.
ABAP IS AN EVENT DRIVEN LANGUAGE.http://abap-tutoras.com 2010
78. Normay how many and what fes get created when a transacton program s
wrtten?
What s the XXXXXTOP program?
ABAP/4 program.
DYNPRO
79. What are the ncude programs?
When the same sequence of statements n severa programs are to be wrtten
repeady they are coded n ncude programs
(Externa programs) and are ncuded n ABAP/4 programs.
80. Can you ca a subroutne of one program from another program?
Yes- ony externa subroutnes Usng 'SUBMIT' statement.
81. What are user exts? What s nvoved n wrtng them? What precatons are
needed?
82. What are RFCs? How do you wrte RFCs on SAP sde?
83. What are the genera namng conventons of ABAP programs?
Shoud start wth Y or Z.
84. How do you fnd f a ogca database exsts for your program requrements?
SLDB-F4.
85. How do you fnd the tabes to report from when the user |ust te you the
transacton he uses? And a the underyng data s
from SAP structures?
Transcode s entered n command fed to open the tabe.Uttes-Tabe contents-
dspay.
86. How do you fnd the menu path for a gven transacton n SAP?
87. What are the dfferent modues of SAP?
FI,CO,SD,MM,PP,HR.
89. How do you get hep n ABAP?
HELP-SAP LIBRARY,by pressng F1 on a keyword.
90. What are dfferent ABAP/4 edtors? What are the dfferences?
91. What are the dfferent eements n ayout sets?
PAGES,Page wndows,Header,Paragraph,Character Strng,Wndows.
92. Can you use f then ese, perform ..etc statements n sap scrpt?
yes.
93. What type of varabes normay used n sap scrpt to output data?
94. How do you number pages n sapscrpt ayout outputs?
95. What takes most tme n SAP scrpt programmng?
LAYOUT DESIGN AND LOGO INSERTION.http://abap-tutoras.com 2010
96. How do you use tab sets n ayout sets?
97. How do you backup sapscrpt ayout sets? Can you downoad and upoad? How?
98. What are presentaton and appcaton servers n SAP?
The appcaton ayer of an R/3 System s made up of the appcaton servers and the
message server. Appcaton programs n
an R/3 System are run on appcaton servers. The appcaton servers communcate
wth the presentaton components, the
database, and aso wth each other, usng the message server.
99. In an ABAP/4 program how do you access data that exsts on a presentaton
server vs on an appcaton server?
)usng oop statements.
)fat
100. What are dfferent data types n ABAP/4?
Eementary -
predefned C,D,F,I,N,P,T,X.
userdefned TYPES.
ex: see n nte book page no 35/65
Structured -
predefned TABLES.
userdefned Fed Strngs and nterna tabes.
101. What s dfference between sesson method and Ca Transacton?
102. Settng up a BDC program where you fnd nformaton from?
103. What has to be done to the packed feds before submttng to a BDC sesson.
feds converted nto character type.
104. What s the structure of a BDC sessons.
BDCDATA (standard structure).
105. What are the feds n a BDC_Tab Tabe.
program,dynpro,dynbegn,fnam,fva.
106. What do you defne n the doman and data eement.
Technca detas ke
107. What s the dfference between a poo tabe and a transparent tabe and how
they are stored at the database eve.
)Poo tabes s a ogca representaton of transparent tabes .Hence no exstence at
database eve. Where as transparent tabes
are physca tabes and exst at database eve.
108. What s cardnaty? http://abap-tutoras.com 2010
For cardnaty one out of two (doman or data eement) shoud be the same for Ztest1
and Ztest2 tabes. M:N
Cardnaty specfes the number of dependent(Target) and ndependent (source)
enttes whch can be n a reatonshp.
Set 6
What s a tabe poo?
A tabe poo (or poo) s used to combne severa ogca tabes n the ABAP/4
Dctonary. The defnton of a poo conssts of at
east two key feds and a ong argument fed (VARDATA).
What are pooed tabes?
These are ogca tabes, whch must be assgned to a tabe poo when they are
defned. Pooed tabes can be used to store
contro data (such as screen sequences or program parameters).
What are oca ob|ects?
Loca ob|ects (Dev cass$TMP) are ndependent of correcton and transport system.
What s the max. no. Of structures that can be ncuded n a tabe or structure? To
how many tabes can an append structure be
assgned?
Nne, One.
What s the dfference between a Substructure and an Append Structure?
In case of a substructure, the reference orgnates n the tabe tsef, n the form of
a statement ncude..
In case of an append structure, the tabe tsef remans unchanged and the
reference orgnates n the append
structure.
Can you deete a doman, whch s beng used by data eements?
No.
What are converson routnes?
Non-standard conversons from dspay format to sap nterna format and vce-versa
are mpemented wth so caed converson
routnes.http://abap-tutoras.com 2010
It s not possbe to create an ABAP/4 program, whch contans ony Subroutnes (T/F).
F
Data can be passed between cang programs and the subroutnes usng Parameters.
Apart from the structure and seectons of the LDB the GET statements n the report
determnes the behavor of the database at
runtme.
Is t true that the Logca Database reads the data from the database tabes usng
Seect Statements (T/F).
Yes. We are codng that n Database part of LDB.
The UNDER Command aows for vertca agnment of feds one beow the other.
If SY-UZEIT has the vaue 6:34:45 t can be dspayed as 063445 usng No Edt Mask.
To execute a page break under the condton that ess than a certan number of nes
s eft on a page s acheved by RESERVE n
nes.
How woud you defne a fed symbo?
FIELD-SYMBOLS<FS>.
In reaton to modue poo programmng scroabe feds have a ___________ that s
smaer than the _________. - Vsbe
ength, defned ength.
The message type determnes ______ and __________. - Where the message s
dspayed, what acton the user can/must take
on the current screen.http://abap-tutoras.com 2010
The dfferent types of wndows are ______ , _______ , _________ ( Man, VAR and CONST)
Each page can consst of up to
________ man wndows (99).
What are the 2 prncpa advantages of forms over reports? - Forms have font contro
and have graphc eements, forms can be
event trggered.
What are the dfferent bufferng types for tabes? - snge record generc and fu.
When transferrng data nto the SAP system, we can refer to 2 types of transfers.
Name them. - conversons and nterfaces.
Name the 5 dfferent types of work processes. - daog, update, enqueue, spoo,
background.
Whch two events are trggered by pressng the F1 and F4 keys respectvey n Daog
Programmng? - POV and POH Requestshttp://abap-tutoras.com 2010
1. What nformaton does the SAP data dctonary store? - Metadata
2. _____________ provdes the nterface between the ABAP dctonary and the
underyng DBMS. - Database Utty.
3. What are the basc ob|ects of the ABAP Dctonary? - tabes, data eements and
domans.
4. A fed s not a dctonary ob|ect. True/Fase - true
5. What are tabe feds defned by n SAP R/3? - data eements and domans.
6. A doman specfes the _______________ and ________________ of a fed. - technca
characterstcs, aowed vaues
7. What represents the reatonshps between tabes n the ABAP dctonary. - Foregn
keys
8. In order to have a foregn key reatonshp estabshed n SAP, the feds nvoved
must share the same ______________
and that ________________ must have a ___________________ specfed. - doman,
doman, vaue tabe.
9. What s the dfference between a vaue tabe and a check tabe? - vaue tabe
contans set of aowed vaues attached to
a doman, check s that whch s referenced by a foregn key.
10. When creatng foregn key reatonshps you shoud aways specfy the
______________ cardnaty of that reatonshp.
11. In the nstance the prmary of a check tabe has mutpe vaues, what are the
dfferent types of assgnments that may be
made for each fed whe creatng the foregn key reatonshp? - fed-by-fed,
assgnment, parta foregn key, constant
foregn key.
12. Name the 5 dfferent tabe types n the SAP ABAP dctonary. - transparent,
structures, poo tabes, custer tabes, vews.
13. SAP stores __________ data and ____________ excusvey n transparent tabes. -
master, transacton.
14. What type of data s stored by poo tabes? - contro data e.g. screen sequences
or program parameters.
15. Name the dfferent data casses tabes n the ABAP dctonary may be assgned to.
- master data (app0), transacton
data (app1), organzaton and customzng data (app2) and user data (user).
16. What are the dfferent bufferng types for tabes? - snge record generc and fu.
17. Groups of feds may be added to customer tabes usng ____________. -
substructures.
18. Groups of feds may be added to SAP devered tabes usng ____________ and
_____________. - append structures
and customzng ncudes.
19. In the case of nested structures upto how many nestng eves are aowed? - 9
20. In a nested chan, TRANSP tabe types may exst
a) once - correct answer
b) twce
c) thrcehttp://abap-tutoras.com 2010
d) none of the above
21. What s the dfference between an eementary search hep and a coectve search
hep?
22. Name the dfferent ponts at whch a search hep mght be attached n the exact
order n whch the system checks for
them. - fed, tabe, data eement.
23. The CLEAR <fed> statement sets a fed back to ts defaut vaue - True/Fase
ans: fase.
24. Expan n bref what happens f the ogca outcome of a CHECK statement
evauates to fase n case the CHECK
statement s n a oop, outsde a oop but wthn a subroutne and both outsde a oop
and outsde a subroutne.
25. The ___________ statement uncondtonay termnates a oop, subroutne or
program. - EXIT
26. An nterna tabe type s defned usng the ____________ statement wheras an
nterna tabe ob|ect s created usng the
_____________ statement. - TYPES, DATA.
27. In case of nterna tabes, where user-defned key s used dfferentate between
unque and non-unque keys. -
addtona records wth the same key woud be permtted n case of the atter.
28. If an nterna tabe s created usng the nta sze addton then what probem s
faced whe usng the statement
APPEND <nterna tabe> SORTED BY <fed>? - number of entres n the tabe
exceedng the nta sze cause are
deeted.
29. Wrte the dfferent varants of the READ TABLE cause. - read tabe <nterna
tabe>, read tabe <nterna tabe> wth key
<key>, read tabe <nterna tabe> wth key <key> bnary search, read tabe
<nterna tabe> ndex <>.
30. Dfferentate between the CLEAR, REFRESH AND FREE nterna tabe statements. -
cear ntazes a feds n the header
ne, refresh deetes a tabe nes but the storage space s not reeased and header
ne remans unchanged and free
reeases the storage space for the tabe and the header ne remans unchanged.
31. Name the three methods by whch parameters may be passed to a subroutne. -
pass by vaue, pass by vaue and resut
and pass by reference.
32. ________ and ___________ are the two statements that can be used to defne new
varabes wthn subroutnes wth
type ength and defaut vaues. - data, statcs
33. Name the 5 dfferent types of work processes. - daog, update, enqueue, spoo,
background.
34. Name the dfferent optons avaabe for schedung |obs. - mmedate, date/tme,
after |ob, after event, at operaton
mode.
35. Whch functon modue shoud be used for creatng a oca fe when the user s
not to be aowed to enter the fe name
and the fe type. - ws_downoad
36. When transferrng data nto the SAP system, we can refer to 2 types of transfers.
Name them. - conversons and
nterfaces.
37. Name the dfferent feds of the BDCDATA structure aong wth ther descrptons.
38. ABAP s an __________ programmng anguage. - event-drven
39. ________________________ event aows a programmer to dspay headers for deta
sts. - top-of-page-durng neseecton
40. Name the dfferent events n ABAP reportng n the order n whch they are
trggered.
41. In a programs GUI refers to 5 components. Name them. - Functon key
assgnments, standard toobar, appcaton
toobar, menu bar and ttebar.
42. Whch system fed s automatcay updated when the at ne-seecton event s
trggered? - Sy-se.
43. Whch statement s used to store specfc feds from the users seected ne? -
Hde
44. What syntax s used for storng the contents of a specfed ne number nto the
sy-se system fed? - read ne
45. What check needs to be done n case of a read ne statement to prevent endess
oopng? - system fed sy-subrc to be
checked.http://abap-tutoras.com 2010
46. What syntax s used for retrevng both the fed name and ts vaue that the user
seected on the report? - get cursor
fed <varabe 1> vaue <varabe 2>
47. How can the defaut sze of 132 coumns be overrdden n case a report? - ne-
sze command.
48. When you refer to any fed n ABAP program component or fow ogc t refers to
the ___________ fed and not the
___________ fed. - program, screen.
49. A I/O tempates are automatcay checked by the system for _____________ and
_____________ and I/O tempates
panted from the ABAP dctonary are checked for _____________ and _______________. -
requred fed, proper
format, foregn key vaue, vad vaue.
50. Name the dfferent types of messages. - success, nformaton, abend, ext,
warnng, error.
51. Whch syntax s used for keepng screen feds open for nput even after erroneous
entres n case of daog
programmng? - chan endchan
52. Name the 2 types of ocks as used n SAP. - database ocks and ogca ocks
53. Name the functon modue used for handng user-defned ock ob|ects. - enqueue
- dequeue
54. In the nstance the daog program eads from one screen to the next, the
___________ are carred forth whe the
________________ are automatcay reeased by the system. - ogca ocks, database
ocks
55. Whch two events are trggered by pressng the F1 and F4 keys respectvey n
Daog Programmng? - POV and POH
Requests
Set 7
1. What guarantees the ntegraton of a appcaton modues?
The R/3 bass system guarantees the ntegraton of a appcaton modues. The
R/3 bass s/w provdes the run tme
envronment for the R/3 appcatons ensures optma ntegraton, defnes a stabe
archtectura frame for system
enhancements, and contans the admnstraton toos for the entre system.One of the
man tasks of the bass system s
to guarantee the portabty of the compete system.
2. What are the centra nterfaces of the R/3 system?
Presentaton Interface.
Database Interface.
Operatng system Interface.
3. Whch nterface contros what s shown on the p.c.?
Presentaton Interface.
4. Whch nterface converts SOL requrements n the SAP deveopment system to
those of the database?
Database Interface.
5. What s SAP dspatcher?
SAP dspatcher s the contro agent that manages the resources for the R/3
appcatons.
6. What are the functons of dspatcher?
Equa dstrbuton of transacton oad to the work processes.
Management of buffer areas n man memory.
Integraton of the presentaton eves.
Organzaton of communcaton actvtes.
7. What s a work process?
A work process s where ndvdua daog steps are actuay processed and the work s
done. Each work process
handes one type of request.http://abap-tutoras.com 2010
8. Name varous work processes of R/3 system?
Daog or Onne (processes ony one request at a tme).
Background (Started at a specfc tme)
Update (prmary or secondary)
Enque (Lock mechansm).
Spoo (generated onne or durng back ground processng for prntng).
9. Expan about the two servces that are used to dea wth communcaton.
Message Servce: Used by the appcaton servers to exchange short nterna
messages, a system communcatons.
Gateway Servce: Enabes communcaton between R/3 and externa appcatons
usng CPI-C protoco.
10. Whch work process trggers database changes?
Update work process.
11. Defne servce (wthn R/3)?
A servce s a process or group of processes that perform a specfc system functon
and often provde an appcatonprogrammng nterface for other processes to ca.
12. What are the ro and page areas?
Ro and page areas are SAP R/3 buffers used to store user contexts (process
requests). The SAP dspatcher assgns
process requests to work processes as they are queued n the ro and page areas.
Pagng area hods data from the appcaton programs.
Ro area hods data from prevous daog steps and data that characterze the user.
13. What are the dfferent ayers n R/3 system?
Presentaton Layer.
Appcaton Layer.
Database Layer.http://abap-tutoras.com 2010
14. What are the phases of background processng?
|ob Schedung.
|ob Processng.
|ob Overvew.
15. What components of the R/e system ntate the start of background |obs at the
specfed tme?
The batch scheduer ntates the start of background |ob. The dspatcher then sends
ths request to an avaabe
background work process for processng.
16. Defne Instance.
An nstance s an admnstratve unt n whch components of an R/3 systems
provdng one or more servces are
grouped together. The servces offered by an nstance are started and stopped at
random. A components are
parameterzed usng a |ont nstance profe. A centra R/3 system conssts of a snge
nstance n whch a-necessary
SAP servces are offered. Each nstance uses separate buffer areas.
17. From hardware perspectve, every nformaton system can be dvded nto three
task areas Presentaton,
Appcaton Logc and Data Storage.
The R/3 Bass software s hghy sutabe for use n mut-eve cent/server
archtectures.
18. What are R/3 Bass confguratons?
A centra system wth centray nstaed presentaton software.
Two-eve cent/server system wth roed out presentaton software.
Two-eve cent/server system. Presentaton and Appcaton run on the same
computer.
Three-eve cent/server system. Presentaton, Appcaton and database each run on
separate computers.
19. What s a Servce n SAP termnoogy?
A servce refers to somethng offered by a s/w component.
20. What s Server n SAP termnoogy?
A component can consst of one process or a group and s then caed the server for
the respectve servce.
21. What s a cent n SAP termnoogy?http://abap-tutoras.com 2010
A S/W component that uses the servce (offered by a s/w component) s caed a
Cent. At the same tme these cents
may aso be servers for other servces.
22.What s a SAP system?
The unon of a s/w components that are assgned to the same databases s caed as
a SAP system.
23. What s the means of communcatons between R/3 and externa appcatons?
The means of communcaton between R/2,R/3 and externa appcatons s va the
CPI-C hander or SAP Gateway,
usng the CPI-C Protoco.
24. What s the protoco used by SAP Gateway process?
The SAP Gateway process communcates wth the cents based on the TCP/IP
Protoco.
25. Expand CPI-C.
Common Program Interface Communcaton.
26. What s a Spoo request?
Spoo requests are generated durng daog or background processng and paced n
the spoo database wth nformaton
about the prnter and prnt format. The actua data s paces n the Tem Se
(Temporary Sequenta ob|ects).
27. What are dfferent types of Log records?
V1 and V2. V1 must be processed before V2. But, we can have more than one V2
ogs.
28. What are the types of Update requests?
An update request can be dvded nto one prmary (V1) and severa Secondary
update components (V2). Tme-crtca
operatons are paced n V1 component and those whose tmng s ess crtca are
paced n V2 components. If a V1
update fas, V2 components w not be processed.
29. Daog work processes perform ony one daog step and then avaabe for the
next request.
30. Expan what s a transacton n SAP termnoogy.
In SAP termnoogy, a transacton s seres of ogcay connected daog steps.
31. Expan how SAP GUI handes output screen for the user.http://abap-tutoras.com
2010
The SAP front-end s/w can ether run on the same computer or on dfferent computers
provded for that purpose. User
termna nput s accepted by the SAP termna program SAP GUI, converted to SAP
propretary format and sent to the
SAP dspatcher. The dspatcher coordnates the nformaton exchange between the
SAP GUIs and the work processes.
The dspatcher frst paces the processng request n request queues, whch t then
processes. The dspatcher dspatches
the requests one after another, to the avaabe work process. The actua processng
takes pace n the work process.
When processng s compete, the resut of a work process s returned va the
dspatcher to the SAP GUI. The SAP
GUI nterprets the receved data and generates the output screen for the user.
BDC
1. What s fu form of BDC Sesson?
Batch Data Communcaton Sesson.
2. What are the steps n a BDC sesson?
The frst step n a BDC sesson s to dentfy the screens of the transacton that the
program w process. Next step s
to wrte a program to bud the BDC tabe that w be used to submt the data to SAP.
The fna step s to submt the
BDC tabe to the system n the batch mode or as a snge transacton by the CALL
TRANSACTION command.
3. How do you fnd the nformaton on the current screen?
The nformaton on the current screen can be found by SYSTEM STATUS command
from any menu.
4. How do you save data n BDC tabes?
The data n BDC tabes s saved by usng the fed name BDC_OKCODE and fed
vaue of /11.
5. What s the ast entry n a BDC tabes?
In a BDC tabes the ast entry s to save the data by usng the fed name
BDC_OKCODE and a fed vaue of /11.
6. What s a mutpe ne fed?
A mutpe ne fed s a speca knd of fed whch aows the user to enter mutpe
nes of data nto t.
7. How do you popuate data nto a mutpe ne fed?
To popuate data nto a mutpe ne fed, an ndex s added to the fed name to
ndcate whch ne s to be popuated
by the BDC sesson (Lne ndex).
8. Wrte the BDC tabe structure.
BDC tabe structurehttp://abap-tutoras.com 2010
FIELD TYPE DESCRIPTION
Program CHAR (8) Program name of transacton.
DynPro CHAR (4) Screen number of transacton.
DynBegn CHAR (1) Indcator for new screen.
Fnam CHAR (35) Name of database fed from screen.
Fva CHAR (80) Vaue to submt to fed.
9. Does the CALL TRANSACTION method aow mutpe transactons to be
processed by SAP?
No. The CALL TRANSACTION method aows ony a snge transacton to be processed
by SAP.
10. Does the BDC-INSERT functon aow mutpe transactons to be processed by
SAP?
Yes.
11. What s the syntax for ,CALL TRANSACTION?
CALL TRANSACTION trans |usng bdctab MODE mode|.
Three possbe entres are there for MODE.
A - Show a screens.
E - Show ony screens wth errors.
N - Show no screens.
1. What are the ayers of data descrpton n R/3?
The externa ayer.
The ABAP/4 ayer.
The database ayer.http://abap-tutoras.com 2010
2. Defne externa ayer?
The externa ayer s the pane at whch the user sees and nteracts wth the data,
that s, the data format n the user
nterface. Ths data format s ndependent of the database system used.
3. Defne ABAP/4 ayer?
The ABAP/4 ayer descrbes the data formats used by the ABAP/4 processor.
4. Defne Database ayer?
The database ayer descrbes the data formats used n the database.
5. What s a Data Cass?
The Data cass determnes n whch tabe space the tabe s stored when t s created
n the database.
6. What s a Sze Category?
The Sze category descrbes the probabe space requrement of the tabe n the
database.
7. How many types of sze categores and data casses are there?
There are fve sze categores (0-4) and 11 data casses ony three of whch are
approprate for appcaton tabes:
APPL0- Master data (data frequenty accessed but rarey updated).
APPL1- Transacton data (data that s changed frequenty).
APPL2- Organzatona data (customzng data that s entered when system s
confgured and then rarey
changed).
The other two types are:
USR
USR1 - Intended for customers own deveopments.
8. What are contro tabes?
The vaues specfed for the sze category and data cass are mapped to database-
specfc vaues va contro tabes.
9. What s the functon of the transport system and workbench organzer? http://abap-
tutoras.com 2010
The functon of the transport system and the Workbench Organzer s to manage any
changes made to ob|ects of the
ABAP/4 Deveopment Workbench and to transport these changes between dfferent
SAP systems.
10. What s a tabe poo?
Dctonary. The defnton of a poo conssts of
at east two key feds and a ong argument fed (VARDATA).
11. What are pooed tabes?
These are ogca tabes, whch must be assgned to a tabe poo when they are
12. What s a tabe custer?
A tabe custer combnes severa ogca tabes n the ABAP/4 Dctonary. Severa
ogca rows from dfferent custer tabes
are brought together n a snge physca record. The records from the custer tabes
assgned to a custer are thus stored n
a snge common tabe n the database.
13. How can we access the correcton and transport system?
Each tme you create a new ob|ect or change an exstng ob|ect n the ABAP/4
Dctonary, you branch automatcay to the
Workbench Organzer or correcton and transport system.
14. Whch ob|ects are ndependent transport ob|ects?
Domans, Data eements, Tabes, Technca settngs for tabes, Secondary ndexes for
transparent tabes, Structures, Vews,
Matchcode ob|ects, Matchcode Ids, Lock ob|ects.
15. How s converson of data types done between ABAP/4 & DB ayer?
Converson between ABAP/4 data types and the database ayer s done wthn the
database nterface.
16. How s converson of data types done between ABAP/4 & externa eve?
Converson between the externa ayer and the ABAP/4 ayer s done n the SAP daog
manager DYNP.
17. What are the Data types of the externa ayer?
ACCP, Char, CLNT, CUKY, CURR, DATS, DESC, FLTP, INT1, INT2, INT4, LANG, LCHR,
LRAW, NUMC, PREC, OUAN, RAW, TIMS,
UNIT,VARC.
18. What are the Data types of the ABAP/4 ayer? http://abap-tutoras.com 2010
Possbe ABAP/4 data types:
C: Character.
D: Date, format YYYYMMDD.
F: Foatng-pont number n DOUBLE PRECISION (8 bytes).
I: Integer.
N: Numerca character strng of arbtrary ength.
P: Amount of counter fed (packed; mpementaton depends on h/w patform).
S: Tme Stamp YYYYMMDDHHMMSS.
V: Character strng of varabe ength, ength s gven n the frst two bytes.
X: Hexadecma (bnary) storage.
19. How can we set the tabe spaces and extent szes?
You can specfy the extent szes and the tabe space (physca storage area n the
database) n whch a transparent tabe s to
be stored by settng the sze category and data cass.
20. What s the functon of the correcton system?
The correcton system manages changes to nterna system components. Such as
ob|ects of the ABAP/4 Dctonary.
21. What are oca ob|ects?
Loca ob|ects (Dev cass$TMP) are ndependent of correcton and transport system.
22. What s a Deveopment cass?
Reated ob|ects from the ABAP/4 repostory are assgned to the same deveopment
cass. Ths enabes you to correct and
transport reated ob|ects as a unt.
23. What s a data dctonary? http://abap-tutoras.com 2010
Data Dctonary s a centra source of data n a data management system. Its man
functon s to support the creaton and
management of data defntons. It has detas about
what data s contaned?
What are the attrbutes of the data?
What s the reatonshp exstng between the varous data eements?
24. What functons does a data dctonary perform?
In a data management system, the prncpa functons performed by the data
dctonary are
Management of data defntons.
Provson of nformaton for evauaton.
Support for s/w deveopment.
Support form documentaton.
Ensurng that the data defntons are fexbe and up-to-date.
25. What are the features of ABAP/4 Dctonary?
The most mportant features are:
Integrated to aABAP/4 Deveopment Workbench.
Actve n the runtme envronment.
26. What are the uses of the nformaton n the Data dctonary?
The foowng nformaton s drecty taken from the Data dctonary:
Informaton on feds dspayed wth F1 hep.
Possbe entres for feds dspayed wth F4 hep.
Matchcode and hep vews search uttes.
27. What are the basc ob|ects of the data dctonary? http://abap-tutoras.com 2010
Tabes
Domans
Data eements
Structures
Foregn Keys
28. What are the aggregate ob|ects n the data dctonary?
Vews
Match codes
Lock ob|ects.
29. In the ABAP/4 Dctonary Tabes can be defned ndependent of the underyng
database (T/F).
True.
30. ABAP/4 Dctonary contans the Logca defnton of the tabe.
31. A fed contanng currency amounts (data type CURR) must be assgned to a
reference tabe and a
reference fed. Expan.
As a reference tabe, a system contanng a the vad currences s assgned or any
other tabe, whch contans a fed wth
the currency key format. Ths fed s caed as reference fed. The assgnment of the
fed contanng currency amounts to
the reference fed s made at runtme. The vaue n the reference fed determnes the
currency of the amount.
32. A fed contanng quantty amounts (data type OUAN) must be assgned to a
reference tabe and a
reference fed. Expan?
As a reference tabe, a system tabe contanng a the vad quantty unts s assgned
or any other tabe, whch contans a
fed wth the format or quantty unts (data type UNIT). Ths fed s caed as
reference fed.
The assgnment of the fed contanng quantty amounts to the reference fed s
made at runtme. The vaue n the
reference fed determnes the quantty unt of the amount.
33. What s the sgnfcance of Technca settngs (specfed whe creatng a tabe n
the data dctonary)? By
specfyng technca settngs we can contro how database tabes are created n the
database. The
technca settngs aows us to http://abap-tutoras.com 2010
Optmze storage space requrements.
Tabe access behavor.
Bufferng requred.
Changes to entres ogged.
34. What s a Tabe attrbute?
The tabes attrbutes determne who s responsbe for mantanng a tabe and whch
types of access are aowed for the
tabe. The most mportant tabe attrbutes are:
Devery cass.
Tabe mantenance aowed.
Actvaton type.
35. What s the sgnfcance of Devery Cass?
The devery cass contros the degree to whch the SAP or the customer s
responsbe for tabe mantenance.
Whether SAP provdes the tabe wth or wthout contents.
Determnes the tabe type.
Determnes how the tabe behaves when t s frst nstaed, at upgrade, when t s
transported, and when a
cent copy s performed.
36. What s the max. no. Of structures that can be ncuded n a tabe or structure.
Nne.
37. What are two methods of modfyng SAP standard tabes?
Append Structures and
Customzng Incudes.
38. What s the dfference between a Substructure and an Append Structure?
In case of a substructure, the reference orgnates n the tabe tsef, n the form of a
statement ncude..http://abap-tutoras.com 2010
In case of an append structure, the tabe tsef remans unchanged and the
reference orgnates n the append
structure.
39. To how many tabes can an append structure be assgned.
One.
40. If a tabe that s to be extended contans a ong fed, we cannot use append
structures why?
Long feds n a tabe must aways be ocated n the end, as the ast fed of the tabe.
If a tabe has an append structure the
append ne must aso be on the ast fed of the tabe.
41. Can we ncude customzng ncude or an append structure wth Pooed or Custer
tabes?
No.
42. What are the two ways for restrctng the vaue range for a doman?
By specfyng fxed vaues.
By stpuatng a vaue tabe.
43. Structures can contan data ony durng the runtme of a program (T/F)
True.
44. What are the aggregate ob|ects n the Dctonary?
Vews
Match Code.
Lock Ob|ect.
45. What are base tabes of an aggregate ob|ect?
The tabes makng up an aggregate ob|ect (prmary and secondary) are caed
aggregate ob|ect.
46. The data of a vew s not physcay stored, but derved from one or more tabes
(t/f)
True.
47. What are the 2 other types of Vews, whch are not aowed n Reease 3.0?
Structure Vews.
Entty Vews.
48. What s a Match Code?
Match code s a too to hep us to search for data records n the system. Match
Codes are an effcent and user-frendy
search ad where key of a record s unknown.
49. What are the two eves n defnng a Match Code?
Match Code Ob|ect.
Match Code Id.
50. What s the max no of match code Ids that can be defned for one Match code
ob|ect?
A match code Id s a one character ID that can be a etter or a number.
51. Can we defne our own Match Code IDs for SAP Matchcodes?
Yes, the number 0 to 9 are reserved for us to create our own Match Code Ids for a SAP
defned Matchcode ob|ect.
52. What s an Update type wth reference to a Match code ID?
If the data n one of the base tabes of a matchcode ID changes, the matchcode data
has to be updated. The update type
stpuates when the matchcode s to be updated and how t s to be done. The update
type aso specfes whch method s to
be used for Budng matchcodes. You must specfy the update type when you defne
a matchcode ID.
53. Can matchcode ob|ect contan Ids wth dfferent update types?
Yes.
54. What are the update types possbe?
The foowng update types are possbe:
Update type A: The matchcode data s updated asynchronousy to database
changes.
Update type S: The matchcode data s updated synchronousy to database changes.
Update type P: The matchcode data s updated by the appcaton
program.http://abap-tutoras.com 2010
Update type I: Access to the matchcode data s managed usng a database
vew.
Update type L: Access to the matchcode s acheved by cang a functon modue.
55. What are the two dfferent ways of budng a match code ob|ect?
A match code can be but n two dfferent ways:
Logca structure: The matchcode data s set up temporary at the moment
when the match code s accessed.
(Update type I, k).
Physca Structure: The match code data s physcay stored n a separate tabe n the
database. (Update type
A, S, P).
56. What are the dfferences between a Database ndex and a match code?
Match code can contan feds from severa tabes whereas an ndex can
contan feds from ony one tabe.
Match code ob|ects can be but on transparent tabes and pooed and custer tabes.
57. What s the functon of a Doman?
A doman descrbes the technca settngs of a tabe fed.
A doman defnes a vaue range, whch sets the permssbe data vaues for the feds,
whch refers to ths
doman.
A snge doman can be used as bass for any number of feds that are dentca n
structure.
58. Can you deete a doman, whch s beng used by data eements?
No.
59. What are converson routnes?
Non-standard conversons from dspay format to sap nterna format and vce-
versa are mpemented wth so
caed converson routnes.
60. What s the functon of a data eement?
A data eement descrbes the roe payed by a doman n a technca context. A data
eement contans semantc nformaton.
61. Can a doman, assgned to a data eement be changed? http://abap-tutoras.com
2010
Yes. We can do so by |ust overwrtng the entry n the fed doman.
62. Can you deete data eement, whch s beng used by tabe feds.
No.
63. Can you defne a fed wthout a data eement?
Yes. If you want to specfy no data eement and therefore no doman for a fed, you
can enter data type and fed ength
and a short text drecty n the tabe mantenance.
64. What are nu vaues?
If the vaue of a fed n a tabe s undefned or unknown, t s caed a nu vaue.
65. What s the dfference between a structure and a tabe?
Structures are constructed the amost the same way as tabes, the ony dfference
usng that no database tabe s generated
from them.
66. What s a vew?
A vew s a ogca vew on one or more tabes. A vew on one or more tabes .e., the
data from a vew s not actuay
physcay stored nstead beng derved from one or more tabes.
67. How many types of Vews are there?
Database Vew
Hep Vew
Pro|ecton Vew
Mantenance Vew
68. What s Lockng?
When two users smutaneousy attempt to access the same data record, ths s
synchronzed by a ock mechansm.
69. What s database utty? http://abap-tutoras.com 2010
Database utty s the nterface between the ABAP/4 Dctonary and the underyng
the SAP system.
70. What are the basc functons of Database utty?
The basc functons of database utty are:
Create database ob|ects.
Deete database ob|ects.
Ad|ust database ob|ects to changed ABAP/4 dctonary defnton.
71. What s Repostory Info. Systems?
It s a too wth whch you can make data stored n the ABAP/4 Dctonary avaabe.
1. Does every ABAP/4 have a moduar structure?
Yes.
2. What s Moduarzaton and ts benefts?
If the program contans the same or smar bocks of statements or t s requred to
process the same functon severa tmes,
we can avod redundancy by usng moduarzaton technques. By moduarzng the
ABAP/4 programs we make them easy to
read and mprove ther structure. Moduarzed programs are aso easer to mantan
and to update.
3. Name the ABAP/4 Moduarzaton technques.
Source code modue.
Subroutnes.
Functons.
4. How can we create caabe modues of program code wthn one ABAP/4 program?
By defnng Macros.
By creatng ncude programs n the brary.
5. M s the attrbute type of the modue program.
6. Is t possbe to pass data to and from ncude programs expcty? http://abap-
tutoras.com 2010
No. If t s requred to pass data to and from modues t s requred to use subroutnes
or functon modues.
7. What are subroutnes?
Subroutnes are program modues, whch can be caed from other ABAP/4 programs
or wthn the same program.
8. What are the types of Subroutnes?
Interna Subroutnes: The source code of the nterna subroutnes w be n
the same ABAP/4 program as the
cang procedure (nterna ca).
Externa Subroutnes: The source code of the externa subroutnes w be n an
ABAP/4 program other than
the cang procedure.
9. It s not possbe to create an ABAP/4 program, whch contans ony Subroutnes
(T/F).
Fase.
10. A subroutne can contan nested form and endform bocks. (T/F)
Fase.
11. Data can be passed between cang programs and the subroutnes usng
Parameters.
12. What are the dfferent types of parameters?
Forma Parameters: Parameters, whch are defned durng the defnton of
subroutne wth the FORM statement.
Actua Parameters: Parameters whch are specfed durng the ca of a subroutne
wth the PERFORM statement.
13. How can one dstngush between dfferent knds of parameters?
Input parameters are used to pass data to subroutnes.
Output parameters are used to pass data from subroutnes.
14. What are the dfferent methods of passng data?
Cang by reference: Durng a subroutne ca, ony the address of the actua
parameter s transferred to the
forma parameters. The forma parameter has no memory of ts own, and we work
wth the fed of the cang
program wthn the subroutne. If we change the forma parameter, the fed contents
n the cang program
aso changes.http://abap-tutoras.com 2010
Cang by vaue: Durng a subroutne ca, the forma parameters are created
as copes of the actua
parameters. The forma parameters have memory of ther own. Changes to the forma
parameters have no
effect on the actua parameters.
Cang by vaue and resut: Durng a subroutne ca, the forma parameters
are created as copes of the actua
parameters. The forma parameters have ther own memory space. Changes to the
forma parameters are
coped to the actua parameters at the end of the subroutne.
15. The method by whch nterna tabes are passed s By Reference.
16. How can an nterna tabe wth Header ne and one wthout header ne be
dstngushed when passed to a
subroutne?
Itab || s used n the form and endform f the nterna tabe s passed wth a
header ne.
17. What shoud be decared expcty n the correspondng ABAP/4 Statements to
access nterna tabes
wthout header nes & why?
Work Area. Ths s requred as the Work Area s the nterface for transferrng data to
and from the tabe.
18. A subroutne can be termnated uncondtonay usng EXIT. (T/F)
True.
19. A subroutne can be termnated upon a condton usng CHECK Statement.
20. Functon Modues are aso externa Subroutnes. (T/F).
True.
21. What s the dfference between the functon modue and a norma ABAP/4
subroutne?
In contrast to norma subroutnes functon modues have unquey defned nterface.
Decarng data as common parts s not
possbe for functon modues. Functon modues are stored n a centra brary.
22. What s a functon group?
A functon group s a coecton of ogcay reated modues that share goba data
wth each other. A the modues n the
group are ncuded n the same man program. When an ABAP/4 program contans a
CALL FUNCTION statement, the system
oads the entre functon group n wth the program code at runtme. Every functon
modue beongs to a functon group.http://abap-tutoras.com 2010
23. What s the dsadvantage of a ca by reference?
Durng a ca by reference damage or oss of data s not restrcted to the subroutne,
but w nstanty ead to changes to the
orgna data ob|ects.
24. A functon modue can be caed from a transacton screen outsde an ABAP/4
program. (T/F).
True.
25. What s an update task?
It s an SAP provded procedure for updatng a database.
26. What happens f a functon modue runs n an update task?
The system performs the modue processng asynchronousy. Instead of carryng out
the ca mmedatey, the system wats
unt the next database update s trggered wth the COMMIT WORK command.
27. The functon modues are created and stored n the Functon Lbrary.
28. When a functon modue s actvated syntax checkng s performed automatcay.
(Y/N)
True.
29. What s the use of the RAISING excepton?
The rasng excepton determnes whether the cang program w hande the
excepton tsef or eave the excepton to the
system.
30. What s the dfference between nterna tabes and extract datasets?
The nes of an nterna tabe aways have the same structure. By usng
extract datasets, you can hande groups
of data wth dfferent structure and get statstca fgures from the grouped data.
You have to defne the structure of the nterna tabe at the begnnng. You need not
defne the structure of
the extract dataset.
In contrast to nterna tabes, the system party compresses exact datasets when
storng them. Ths reduces
the storage space requred.
Interna tabes requre speca work area for nterface whereas extract datasets do
not need a speca work
area for nterface.http://abap-tutoras.com 2010
31. It s possbe to assgn a oca data ob|ect defned n a subroutne or functon
modue to a fed group.
(T/F).
Fase.
32. What s the dfference between fed-group header and other fed groups?
The header fed group s a speca fed group for the sort crtera. The system
automatcay prefxes any other fed groups
wth the header fed group.
33. Can a fed occur n severa fed groups.
Yes. But t eads to unnecessary data redundancy.
34. When sortng the extract dataset the feds used as defaut sort key e n the
Header fed group.
35. What does the nsert statement n extract datasets do?
It defnes the feds of a fed group.
36. What does the extract statement do n extract datasets?
The data s wrtten to vrtua memory by extract commands.
37. A fed-groups statement or an nsert statement reverses storage space and
transfers vaues. (T/F).
Fase.
38. Whe usng extract datasets t s requred to have a speca workarea for nterface
(T/F)
Fase.
39. The LOOP-ENDLOOP on extract datasets can be used wthout any knd of errors
(T/F)
Fase. It causes runtme errors.
40. The Maxmum no of key feds that can be used n a header s 50.
41. Whe sortng fed groups we cannot use more than one key fed (T/F).
Fase.
42. Whe sortng, f the man storage avaabe s not enough, the system wrtes data
to an externa hep fe. The
SAP profe parameter, whch determnes ths hep fe, s DIR_SORTTMP.http://abap-
tutoras.com 2010
43. The extract statements n fed groups can be used before or after processng the
sort statements. (T/F)
FALSE.
REPORT GENERATION - FORMATTING
1. The agnment of a type ,c fed n a report s eft Agned.
2. In the statement Wrte:/15(10) Ofa-fnr. what do the number 15 and 10 stand for
15 stand for the offset on the screen and 10 stands for the fed ength dspayed.
3. Specfy the defaut agnment for the foowng fed types:
D - Left, F-Rght, N-Left, I-Rght, T-Left.
4. If s_tme has the vaue ,123456 how woud you get an output of 12:34:56 wth a
snge ,Wrte:
statement.
Wrte:s_tme usng edt mask--:--:--.
5. In order to suppress the eadng zeroes of a number fed the keywords used are
NO-ZERO.
6. The tota no of date formats that can be used to dspay a date durng output s
MM/DD/YY,
DD/MM/YY, DD/MM/YYYY, MM/DD/YYYY, MMDDYY, DDMMYY, YYMMDD.
7. The UNDER Command aows for vertca agnment of feds one beow the other.
8. In order to concatenate strngs ony for output purposes the command NO-GAP can
be used n
con|uncton wth the ,Wrte statement.
9. The no of decma paces for output can be defnes wthn a wrte statement. (T/F).
TRUE. Wrte:/<F> decmas 2.
10. Data can be moved from one fed to another usng a ,Wrte: Statement and
stored n the desred format.
(T/F).
TRUE. Wrte: Date_1 to Date_2 format DD/MM/YY.
11. In the statement Wrte:/15(10) fa1-fnr. The vaues 15 and 11 can aso be defned
by varabes (T/F).
Fase.
12. Dfferentate between the foowng two statements f any.
ULINE.http://abap-tutoras.com 2010
Wrte: sy-une.
No-dfference. Except that une s used outsde the Wrte Statement.
13. In order to skp a snge ne the number of nes need not be gven as an
assgnment (T/F)
TRUE.
14. The "SKIP TO LINE ne number" s dependent on the LINE-COUNT statement
ncuded n the report
statement of the program.
15. In order to skp coumns the command used s POSITION <n>.
16. In order to have bodfaced text as output the command used s
Wrte:<f>INTENSIFIED.
17. Background and foreground coors can be nterchanged usng the command
Format Inverse.
18. In order to restore the system defauts for a changes made wth the format
statement s Format Reset.
19. Lke ULINE the statement VLINE s used to nsert vertca nes. (T/F).
Fase.
20. Suppressng the number sgns (+/-) s carred out usng the addton NO-SIGNS to
the Wrte statement. (T/F). Fase.
21. If SY-UZEIT has the vaue 6:34:45 t can be dspayed as 063445 usng No Edt
Mask.
22. If the varabe "Text" has the vaue ,ABCDEF the output for the statement
"Wrte:/Text+2(3)" w be
"CDE"
23. The feds specfed by seect-optons and parameters statement cannot be
grouped together n the
seecton screen. (T/F). Fase.
24. When cang an externa report the parameters or seect-optons specfed n the
externa report cannot
be caed. (T/F)
FALSE.
25. Seecton Texts n the text eements of the program heps n changng the
dspayed names of varabes n
the parameters statement.
26. Type F datatype cannot be used to defne parameters.
27. Roundng off of vaues can be carred out usng the wrte statement. (T/F). TRUE
28. How woud you defne the exponents for a type ,f fed?
Exponent <e>.
29. How woud you format the output as eft, centered or rght-|ustfed usng the
wrte statement.
Left-|ustfed, Centered, Rght-|ustfed.http://abap-tutoras.com 2010
30. If the same formattng optons were used for a WRITE statement that foows the
FORMAT statement,
whch settngs woud take precedence.
The settngs n the Wrte Statement.
31. For each new event, the system resets a formattng optons to ther defaut
vaues (T/F)
TRUE.
32. A formattng optons have the defaut vaue OFF. (T/F).
TRUE.
33. How woud you set the formattng optons statcay and dynamcay wthn a
report? Statcay:
FORMAT <opton1>|ON|OFF|..
Dynamcay: FORMAT <opton1> = <var1><opton2>=<var2>..
34. The page footer s defned usng the statement END-OF-PAGE.
35. The processng bock foowng END-OF-PAGE s processed ony f you reserve nes
for the footer n the
LINE-COUNT opton of the REPORT statement. (T/F)
TRUE.
36. To execute a page break under the condton that ess than a certan number of
nes s eft on a page s
acheved by RESERVE n nes.
37. The RESERVE statement ony takes effect f output s wrtten to the subsequent
page. No bank pages
are created and t defnes a bock of nes that must be output as a whoe. (T/F). TRUE.
38. To set the next output ne to the frst ne of a bock of nes defned wth the
RESERVE statement the
statement BACK s used.
39. What s the mt for the ength of a page f the page ength s not specfed n the
report statement. 60,000
nes.
40. How woud you start the prntng process from wthn the program whe creatng
a st?
NEW-PAGE PRINT ON.
41. You can change the wdth of pages wthn st eves trggered by page breaks.
(T/F).
FALSE.
42. Hotspots are speca areas of an output st used to trgger events. (T/F) TRUE.
43. To desgnate feds as hotspots at runtme, use FORMAT HOTSPOT =
<h>.http://abap-tutoras.com 2010
44. Horzonta nes created wth ULINE and bank nes created wth SKIP can be
formatted as hotspots.
(T/F). FALSE.
45. How woud you suppress the dspay of a parameter on the seecton screen?
Parameters <p> .....No-Dspay.
46. Can you assgn a matchcode ob|ect to a parameter? If so how?
Yes. PARAMETERS <p>....MATCHCODE OB|ECT <ob|>....
47. For each SELECT-OPTIONS statement, the system creates a seecton tabe. (T/F)
TRUE.
48. To poston a set of parameters or comments on a snge ne on the seecton
screen, you must decare the
eements n a bock encosed by
SELECTION-SCREEN BEGIN OF LINE.
....
SELECTION-SCREEN END OF LINE.
49. How can Symbos or R/3 cons be output on the screen?
WRITE <symbo-name>AS SYMBOL.
WRITE <con-name> AS ICON.
50. In the standard settng, you cannot create empty nes wth the WRITE statement
aone. (T/F). TRUE.
REPORTING - GENERAL
1. The system fed, whch ndcates success or faure of a SOL operaton, s SY-
SUBRC.
2. What s the syntax for specfyng database tabe name at runtme n SELECT
statement.
NAME = SPFL1.
SELECT * FROM (NAME).http://abap-tutoras.com 2010
.......
.......
ENDSELECT.
3. How do you read seected nes of database tabe nto an nterna tabe n packages
of predefned sze.
SELECT * FROM <SPFLI>INTO TABLE <ITAB>PACKAGE SIZE<N>.
Where n s varabe.
4. Name the WILDCARD characters whch are used for comparsons wth character
strngs & numerc
strngs. ,% and ,-,.
5. In SELECT statements can you specfy a varabe n WHERE condton or a part of
the condton, f so
what s the syntax.
SELECT * FROM <tabe>WHERE <var1><condton><var or const>.
6. Name the ABAP/4 key words, whch are used to change the contents of database
tabe.
UPDATE or MODIFY.
7. How to specfy a cent for database tabe processng.
TABLES SPFLI.
SELECT * FROM SPFLI CLIENT SPECIFIED WHERE MANDT BETWEEN 001 AND 003.
....
ENDSELECT.
8. How do you wrte a DATA ob|ect from ABAP/4 program to ABAP/4 memory and
restore the same from
memory to program.
EXPORT <f1>*FROM <g1>+<f2>*FROM <g2>+.. TO MEMORY ID <key>.
The ID <key>, whch can be up to 32 characters ong, dentfes the data n memory.
9. What are DATA CLUSTERS? http://abap-tutoras.com 2010
You can group any compex nterna data ob|ects of an ABAP/4 program together n
data custers and store them
temporary n ABAP/4 memory or for onger perods n databases. You can store data
custers n speca databases of the
ABAP/4 Dctonary. These databases are known as ABAP/4 custer databases and have
a predefned structure. Storng a
data custer s specfc to ABAP/4. Athough you can aso access custer databases
usng SOL statements, ony ABAP/4
statements are abe to decode the structure of the stored data custer.
10. Statements used to deete data ob|ects n ABAP/4 memory FREE MEMORY |ID
<key>|.
11. How w you create a fe on appcaton server.
Open dataset <dsn> for output.
12. ABAP/4 statement for openng a fe on appcaton server for readng Open
dataset <dsn> for nput.
13. How w you transfer data nto a fe n appcaton server?
Data fname(60) vaue mYFILE.
Data num type .
Open dataset fname for output.
Do 10 tmes.
Num = Num +1.
Transfer num to fname.
Enddo. ...etc.
14. Name the functon modues to wrte data from an Interna Tabe to the
Presentaton Server.
DOWNLOAD and WS_DOWNLOAD.
15. Name the functon modue that can be used to gve nformaton about fes on
Presentaton Server and
about ts Operatng System.
WS_OUERY.
16. Name the ABAP/4 key word, whch s used to cear the Headerne of an Interna
Tabe.
CLEAR<tab>.
17. Name the functon modues to read data from Presentaton Server nto an Interna
Tabe. http://abap-tutoras.com 2010
UPLOAD and WS_UPLOAD.
18. Name the ABAP/4 keywords to ntaze an Interna Tabe wth and wthout
headerne.
REFRESH <tab>.
19. How to determne the attrbutes of an nterna tabe?
DESCRIBE TABLE <tab>|LINES <n>| |OCCURS <occ>|.
20. Name the ABAP/4 key word for searchng a strng n an Interna Tabe.
SEARCH <tab> FOR <str><optons>.
The dfferent optons (<optons>) for the search n an nterna tabe are:
ABBREVIATED
Searches tabe<tab>for a word contanng the character strng specfed n <str>,
where other characters mght separate the
characters. The frst etter of the word and the strng <str> must be the same.
STARTING AT<n1>
Searches tabe<tab> for <str>, startng at ne <ne1>. <\n1> can be a varabe.
ENDING AT<n2>
Searches tabe <tab>for <str>upto ne<n2>. <n2>can be a varabe.
AND MARK
If the search strng s found, a the characters n the search strng (and a the
characters n between when usng
ABBREVIATED) are converted to upper case.
21. What are the dfferent attrbutes that can be assgned to a varant?
The dfferent attrbutes that can be assgned to a varant are..
Descrpton
Enter a short, meanngfu descrpton of the varant. Ths may be upto 30 characters
ong.
Background onyhttp://abap-tutoras.com 2010
Specfy whether you want to use the varant n background processng ony, or n
onne envronment as we.
Protected varant.
Mark the fed f you want to protect your varant aganst beng changed by other
users.
Do not dspay varant.
Mark ths fed f you want the varant name to be dspayed n the cataog ony, but
not n the F4 vaue st.
For the seectons you cover n a varant, you can enter the foowng attrbutes:
Type
The system dspays whether the fed s a parameter or a seect opton.
Protected
Mark ths fed for each fed on the seecton screen you want to protect from beng
overwrtten. Vaues that you mark ths
way are dspayed to the users, but they cannot change them, that are they are not
ready to accept nput.
Invsbe
If you mark ths coumn, the system w not dspay the correspondng fed on the
seecton screen the user sees when
startng the report program.
Varabe
Mark ths coumn f you want to set the vaue for ths fed at runtme.
22. Is t possbe to create new dynamc programs durng runtme of an ABAP/4
program? If so how?
To create new dynamc programs durng the runtme of an ABAP/4 program, you must
use an nterna tabe. For ths
purpose, you shoud create ths nterna tabe wth one character type coumn and a
ne wdth of 72. You can use any
method you ke from Fng Interna Tabes to wrte the code of your new program
nto the nterna tabe. Especay, you
can use nterna feds n whch contents are dependent on the fow of the program
that you use to create a new one, to
nfuence the codng of the new program dynamcay. The foowng exampe shows
how to proceed n prncpa:
DATA CODE (72) OCCURS 10.
APPEND REPORT ZDYN1.
TO CODE.http://abap-tutoras.com 2010
APPEND WRITE/"Heo, I am dynamcay created!".
TO CODE.
Two nes of a very smpe program are wrtten nto the nterna tabe CODE.
In the next step you have to put the new modue, n the above exampe t s a report,
nto the brary. For ths purpose you
can use the foowng statement:
Syntax
INSERT REPORT <prog>FROM <tab>.
The program <prog> s nserted n your present deveopment cass n the R/3
Repostory. If a program wth ths name does
not aready exsts, t s newy created wth the foowng attrbutes:
Tte: none,
Type: 1 (Reportng),
Appcaton: S (Bass).
You can specfy the name of the program <prog> expcty wthn snge quotaton
marks or you can wrte the name of a
character fed, whch contans the program name. The name of the program must not
necessary be the same as gven n
the codng, but t s recommended to do so. <tab> s the nterna tabe contanng
the source code. For the above exampe
you coud wrte:
INSERT REPORT ZDYN1 FROM CODE.
Or
DATA REP (8).
REP = ZDYN1
INSERT REPORT REP FROM CODE.
23. Data types can be eementary or structured (T/F).
TRUE.
24. The amount of memory assocated wth a data type s ZERO.
25. Data ob|ects are the physca unts a program uses at runtme. (T/F). http://abap-
tutoras.com 2010
TRUE.
26. The data ob|ect does not occupy any space n memory. (T/F)
FALSE.
27. What are the three herarchca eves of data types and ob|ects?
Program-ndependent data, defned n the ABAP/4 Dctonary.
Interna data used gobay n one program.
Data used ocay n a procedure (subroutne, functon modue)
28. How woud you fnd the attrbutes of a data type or data ob|ect?
DESCRIBE FIELD <f> |LENGTH <.| |TYPE <t> |COMPONENTS <n>||
|OUTPUT-LENGTH <o>| |DECIMALS <d>|
|EDIT MASK <m>|.
29. The components of a fed strng cannot have dfferent data types. (T/F).
FALSE.
30. Fed strngs are aso caed as Record or Structures.
31. If a fed strng s agned (Left, centered, rght |ustfed etc.), the fer feds are
aso added to the ength
of the type C fed. (T/F).
TRUE.
32. You cannot assgn a oca data ob|ect defned n a subroutne or functon modue
to a fed group. (T/F)
TRUE.
33. Fed group reserves storage space for the feds, and does not contan ponters to
exstng feds (T/F).
Fase.
34. Defnng a fed group as ,HEADER s optona (T/F)
FALSE.http://abap-tutoras.com 2010
35. How woud you defne a fed symbo?
FIELD-SYMBOLS<FS>.
36. Whch functon modue woud you use to check the users authorzaton to access
fes before openng a
fe?
AUTHORITY_CHECK_DATASET
37. Name the functon modue used to convert ogca fe names to physca fe
names n ABAP/4 programs.
FILE_GET_NAME.
38. Parameters, whch are defned durng the defnton of a subroutne wth the FORM
statement, are caed
Forma Parameters.
39. Parameters whch are specfed durng the ca of a subroutne wth the PERFORM
statement are caed
Actua Parameters.
40. In subroutnes nterna tabes that are passed by TABLES, are aways caed by
vaue and resut. (T/F)
FALSE. They are caed by reference.
INTERACTIVE REPORTING
1. What s nteractve reportng?
It heps you to create easy-to-read sts. You can dspay an overvew st frst that
contans genera nformaton and provde
the user wth the possbty of choosng detaed nformaton that you dspay on
further sts.
2. What are the uses of nteractve reportng?
The user can actvey contro data retreva and dspay durng the sesson. Instead of
an extensve and detaed st, you
create a basc st wth condensed nformaton from whch the user can swtch to
detaed dspays by postonng the cursor
and enterng commands. The detaed nformaton appears n secondary sts.
3. What are the event key words n nteractve reportng?
Event Keyword Event
AT LINE-SELECTION Moment at whch the user seects a ne by
doube cckng on t or by
postonng the cursor on t and pressng F2.http://abap-tutoras.com 2010
AT USER-COMMAND Moment at whch the user presses a functon
key.
TOP-OF-PAGE DURING Moment durng st processng of a
LINE-SELECTION secondary st at whch a new page starts.
4. What s secondary st?
It aows you to enhance the nformaton presented n the basc st. The user can, for
exampe, seect a ne of the basc st
for whch he wants to see more detaed nformaton. You dspay these detas on a
secondary st. Secondary sts may
ether overay the basc st competey or you can dspay them n an extra wndow on
the screen. The secondary sts can
themseves be nteractve agan.
5. How to seect vad nes for secondary st?
To prevent the user from seectng nvad nes, ABAP/4 offers severa possbtes. At
the end of the processng bock ENDOF-SELECTION, deete the contents of one or
more feds you prevousy stored for vad nes usng the HIDE statement. At
the event AT LINE-SELECTION, check whether the work area s nta or whether the
HIDE statement stored fed contents
there. After processng the secondary st, cear the work area agan. Ths prevents
the user from tryng to create further
secondary sts from the secondary st dspayed.
6. How to create user nterfaces for sts?
The R/3 system automatcay, generates a graphca user nterface (GUI) for your sts
that offers the basc functons for st
processng, such as savng or prntng the st. If you want to ncude addtona
functonaty, such as pushbuttons, you must
defne your own nterface status. To create a new status, the Deveopment
Workbench offers the Menu Panter. Wth the
Menu Panter, you can create menus and appcaton toobars. And you can assgn
Functon Keys to certan functons. At the
begnnng of the statement bock of AT END-OF-SELECTION, actve the status of the
basc st usng the statement: SET PFSTATUS STATUS.
7. What s nteractve reportng?
A cassca non-nteractve report conssts of one program that creates a snge st.
Instead of one extensve and detaed st,
wth nteractve reportng you create basc st from whch the user can ca detaed
nformaton by postonng the cursor
and enterng commands. Interactve reportng thus reduces nformaton retreva to
the data actuay requred.
8. Can we ca reports and transactons from nteractve reportng sts?
Yes. It aso aows you to ca transactons or other reports from sts. These programs
then use vaues dspayed n the st as
nput vaues. The user can, for exampe, ca a transacton from wthn a st of change
the database tabe whose data s
dspayed n the st.
9. What are system feds for secondary sts? http://abap-tutoras.com 2010
SY-LSIND Index of the st created durng the current event (basc st = 0)
SY-LISTI Index of the st eve from whch the event was trggered.
SY-LILLI Absoute number of the ne from whch the event was trggered.
SY-LISEL Contents of the ne from whch the event was trggered.
SY-CUROW Poston of the ne n the wndow from whch the event was
trggered (countng starts wth 1)
SY-CUCOL Poston of the coumn n the wndow from whch the event was
trggered (countng starts wth 2).
SY-CPAGE Page number of the frst dspayed page of the st from whch the
event was trggered.
SY-STARO Number of the frst ne of the frst page dspayed of the st from
whch the event was trggered (countng
starts wth 1). Possby, a page header occupes ths ne.
SY-STACO Number of the frst coumn dspayed n the st from whch the
event was trggered (countng starts wth
1).
SY-UCOMM Functon code that trggered the event.
SY-PFKEY Status of the dspayed st.
10. How to mantan sts?
To return from a hgh st eve to the next-ower eve (SY-LSIND), the user chooses
Back on a secondary st. The system
then reeases the currenty dspayed st and actvates the st created one step
earer. The system deetes the contents of
the reeased st. To expcty specfy the st eve, nto whch you want to pace
output, set the SY-snd fed. The system
accepts ony ndex vaues, whch correspond to exstng st eves. It then deetes a
exstng st eves whose ndex s
greater or equa to the ndex specfy. For exampe, f you set SY-LSIND to 0, the
system deetes a secondary sts and
overwrtes the basc st wth the current secondary st.
11. What are the page headers for secondary sts?
On secondary sts, the system does not dspay a standard page header and t does
not trgger the event. TOP-OF-PAGE. To
create page headers for secondary st, you must enhance TOP-OF-PAGE: Syntax TOP-
OF-PAGE DURING LINE-SELECTION.
The system trggers ths event for each secondary st. If you want to create dfferent
page headers for dfferent st eves,
you must program the processng bock of ths event accordngy, for exampe by
usng system feds such as SY-LSIND or SYPFKEY n contro statements (IF, CASE).
12. How to use messages n sts? http://abap-tutoras.com 2010
ABAP/4 aows you to react to ncorrect or doubtfu user nput by dspayng messages
that nfuence the program fow
dependng on how serous the error was. Handng messages s many a topc of
daog programmng. You store and
mantan messages n Tabe T100. Messages are sorted by anguage, by a two-
character ID, and by a three-dgt number.
You can assgn dfferent message types to each message you output. The nfuence of
a message on the program fow
depends on the message type. In our program, use the MESSAGE statement to output
messages statcay or dynamcay
and to determne the message type.
Syntax:REPORT <rep> MESSAGE-ID <d>.
13. What are the types of messages?
A message can have fve dfferent types. These message types have the foowng
effects durng st processng:
:(A (=Abend.
:(E (=Error) or W (=Warnng.
:(I (=Informaton.
:(S (=Success.
14. What are the user nterfaces of nteractve sts?
If you want the user to communcate wth the system durng st dspay, the st must
be nteractve. You can defne specfc
nteractve possbtes n the status of the sts user nterface (GUI). To defne the
statuses of nterfaces n the R/3 system,
use the Menu Panter too. In the Menu Panter, assgn functon codes to certan
nteractve functons. After an user acton
occurs on the competed nterface, the ABAP/4 processor checks the functon code
and, f vad, trggers the correspondng
event.
15. What are the dr-down features provded by ABAP/4 n nteractve sts?
ABAP/4 provdes some nteractve events on sts such as AT LINE-SELECTION (doube
cck) or AT USER-COMMAND (pressng
a button). You can use these events to move through ayers of nformaton about
ndvdua tems n a st.
16. What s meant by stacked st?
A stacked st s nothng but secondary st and s dspayed on a fu-sze screen
uness you have specfed ts coordnates
usng the wndow command.
17. Is the basc st deeted when the new st s created?
No. It s not deeted and you can return back to t usng one of the standard
navgaton functons ke cckng on the back
button or the cance button.http://abap-tutoras.com 2010
18. What s meant by hotspots?
A Hotspot s a st area where the mouse ponter appears as an uprght hand symbo.
When a user ponts to that area (and
the hand cursor s actve), a snge cck does the same thng as a doube-cck.
Hotspots are supported from R/3 reease
3.0c.
19. What s the ength of functon code at user-command?
Each menu functon, push button, or functon key has an assocated functon code of
ength FOUR (for exampe, FREE),
whch s avaabe n the system fed SYUCOMM after the user acton.
20. Can we create a gu status n a program from the ob|ect browser?
Yes. You can create a GUI STATUS n a program usng SET PF-STATUS.
21. In whch system fed does the name of current gu status s there?
The name of the current GUI STATUS s avaabe n the system fed SY-PFKEY.
22. Can we dspay a st n a pop-up screen other than fu-sze stacked st?
Yes, we can dspay a st n a pop-up screen usng the command WINDOW wth the
addtons startng at X1 Y1 and endng at
X2 Y2 to set the upper-eft and the ower-rght corners where x1 y1 and x2 y2 are the
coordnates.
23. What s meant by hde area?
The hde command temporary stores the contents of the fed at the current ne n a
system-controed memory caed the
HIDE AREA. At an nteractve event, the contents of the fed are restored from the
HIDE AREA.
24. When the get cursor command used n nteractve sts?
If the hdden nformaton s not suffcent to unquey dentfy the seected ne, the
command GET CURSOR s used. The GET
CURSOR command returns the name of the fed at the cursor poston n a fed
specfed after the addton fed, and the
vaue of the seected fed n a fed specfed after vaue.
25. How can you dspay frames (horzonta and vertca nes) n sts?
You can dspay tabuar sts wth horzonta and vertca nes (FRAMES) usng the
ULINE command and the system fed SYVLINE. The corners arsng at the ntersecton
of horzonta and vertca nes are automatcay drawn by the system.
26. What are the events used for page headers and footers?
The events TOP-OF-PAGE and END-OF-PAGE are used for pager headers and
footers.http://abap-tutoras.com 2010
27. How can you access the functon code from menu panter?
From wthn the program, you can use the SY-UCOMM system fed to access the
functon code. You can defne ndvdua
nterfaces for your report and assgn them n the report to any st eve. If you do not
specfy sef-defned nterfaces n the
report but use at east one of the three nteractve event keywords. AT LINE-
SELECTION, AT PF<nn>, OR AT USERCOMMAND n the program, the system
automatcay uses approprate predefned standard nterfaces. These standard
nterfaces provde the same functons as the standard st descrbed under the
standard st.
28. How the at-user command serves many n sts?
The AT USER-COMMAND event serves many to hande own functon codes. In ths
case, you shoud create an ndvdua
nterface wth the Menu Panter and defne such functon codes.
29. How to pass data from st to report?
ABAP/4 provdes three ways of passng data:
---Passng data automatcay usng system feds
---Usng statements n the program to fetch data
---Passng st attrbutes
30. How can you manpuate the presentaton and attrbutes of nteractve sts?
---Scrong through Interactve Lsts.
---Settng the Cursor from wthn the Program.
---Modfyng Lst Lnes.
31. How to ca other programs?
Report Transacton
Ca and return SUBMIT AND RETURN CALL TRANSACTION
Ca wthout return SUBMIT LEAVE TO TRANSACTION
You can use these statements n any ABAP/4 program.
32. What w exacty the hde statement do? http://abap-tutoras.com 2010
For dspayng the detas on secondary sts requres that you have prevousy stored
the contents of the seected ne from
wthn the program. To do ths, ABAP/4 provdes the HIDE statement. Ths statement
stores the current fed contents for
the current st ne. When cang a secondary st from a st ne for whch the HIDE
feds are stored, the system fs the
stored vaues back nto the varabes n the program. In the program code, nsert the
HIDE statement drecty after the
WRITE statement for the current ne. Interactve sts provde the user wth the so-
caed INTERACTIVE REPORTING facty.
For background processng the ony possbe method of pckng the reevant data s
through NON INTERACTIVE REPORT .
After startng a background |ob, there s no way of nfuencng the program. But
whereas for daog sessons there are no
such restrctons.
33. How many sts can a program can produce?
Each program can produce up to 21 sts: one basc st and 20 secondary sts. If the
user creates a st on the next eve (that
s, SY-LSIND ncreases), the system stores the prevous st and dspays the new one.
Ony one st s actve, and that s
aways the most recenty created st.
FALSE.
1. What s a transacton?
- A transacton s daog program that change data ob|ects n a consstant way.
2. What are the requrements a daog program must fuf?
A daog program must fuf the foowng requrements
- A user frendy user nterface.
- Format and consstancey checks for the data entered by the user.
- Easy correcton of nput errors.
- Access to data by storng t n the data bases.
3. What are the basc components of daog program?
- Screens (Dynpros)
- Each daog n an SAP system s controed by dynpros.A dynpros conssts of a screen
And ts fow ogc and contros exacty one daog step.
- ABAP/4 modue Poo.http://abap-tutoras.com 2010
Each dynpro refers to exacty one ABAP/4 daog program .Such a daog program
s aso caed a modue poo
,snce t conssts of nteractve modues.
4.What s PBO and PAI events?
PBO- Process Before Output-It determnes the fow ogc before dspayng the screen.
PAI-Process After Input-It determnes the fowogc after the dspay of the screen and
after recevng nputs from the User.
5. What s dynpro?What are ts components ?
- A dynpro (Dynamc Program) conssts of a screen and ts fow ogc and
contros exacty one daog steps.
- The dfferent components of the dynpro are :
Fow Logc: cas of the ABAP/4 modues for a screen .
Screen ayout: Postons of the text, feds, pushbuttons and so on for a screen
Screen Attrbutes: Number of the screen, number of the subsequent screen, and
others
Feds attrbutes: Defnton of the attrbutes of the ndvdua feds on a screen.
6. What s a ABAP/4 modue poo?
-Each dynpro refers to exacty one ABAP/4 daog program.Such a daog program s
aso caed
a modue poo ,snce t conssts on nteractve modues.
7..Can we use WRITE statements n screen feds?f not how s data transferred from
fed data to screen feds?
-We cannot wrte fed data to the screen usng the WRITE statement.The system
nstead transfers data by comparng screen
feds names wth ABAP/4 varabe names.If both names are the same,t
transfers screen feds vaues to ABAP/4 programs feds and Vce Versa.Ths happens
mmedatey after dspayng the
screen.
8.Can we use fow ogc contro key words n ABAP/4 and vce-versa?
- The fow contro of a dynpro conssts os a few statements that syntactcay
ressembe ABAP/4 statements
.However ,we cannot use fow contro keywords n ABAP/4 and vce-versa.
9.What s GUI status? How to create /Edt GUI status?http://abap-tutoras.com 2010
-A GUI status s a subset of the nterface eements used for a certan screen.The
status comprses
those eements that are currenty needed by the transacton .The GUI status for a
transacton may be composed of the
foowng eements:
-Tte bar.
-Mneu bar.
-Appcaton too bar
-Push buttons.
To create and edt GUI status and GUI tte,we use the Menu Panter.
10. How does the nterecton between the Dynpro and the ABAP/4 Modues takes
pace?
-A transacton s a coecton os screens and ABAP/4 routnes, controed and executed
by a Daog processor. The Daog
processor processes screen after the screen, thereby trggerng the approprate
ABAP/4 processng of each screen .For each screen,the system executes the fow ogc
that contans the correspondng
ABAP/4 processng.The contros passes from screen fow ogc to ABAP/4 code and
back.
11. How does the Daog hande user requests?
- when an acton s performed ,the system trggers the PROCESS AFTER INPUT
event.The data passed ncudes
fed screen data data entered by the user and a functon code. A functoncode s a
technca name that has
been aocated n a screen Panter or Menu Panter to a meny entry,a push button,the
ENTER key or a functon
Key of a screen.An nterna work fed(ok-code)n the PAI modue evauates the
functon code,and the
approprate acton s taken.
12. What s to be defned for a push button feds n the screen attrbutes?
- A functon code has to be defned n the screen attrbutes for the push buttons
n a screen.
13. How are the functon code handes n Fow Logc?
- When the User seects a functon n a transacton ,the system copes the
functon code nto a specay
desgnated work fed caed OK_CODE.Ths fed s Goba n ABAP/4 Modue Poo.The
OK_CODE can then be evauated n the
correspondng PAI modue. The functon code s aways passed n Exacty the same
way , regardess of Whether t comes
from a screens pushbutton,a menu opton ,functon key or other GUI eement.
14.What contros the screen fow?http://abap-tutoras.com 2010
- The SET SCREEN and LEAVE SCREEN statements contros screen fow.
14. The Functon code currenty actve s ascertaned by what Varabe?
- The functon code currenty actve n a Program can be ascertaned from the
SY-UCOMM Varabe.
15. The functon code currenty actve s ascertaned by what varabe ?
- By SY-UCOMM Varabe.
16. What are the "fed" and "chan" Statements?
- The FIELD and CHAIN fow ogc statements et you Program Your own
checks.FIELD and CHAIN te the system
Whch feds you are checkng and Whether the System shoud Perform Checks n the
fow ogc or ca an
ABAP/4 Modue.
17. What s an "on nput fed" statements?
- ON INPUT
The ABAP/4 modue s caed ony f a fed contans the Vaue other than the nta
Vaue.Ths nta Vaue s
determned by the feds Dta Type: banks for character Feds
,Zeroes for numercs. If the user changes the Feds Vaue back t o ts nta vaue,ON
INPUT does not trgger a
ca.
18. What s an "on request Fed" statement?
- ON REOUEST
The ABAP/4 Modue s caed ony f the user has entered the vaue n the fed vaue
snce the ast screen dspay
The Vaue counts as changed Even f the User smpy types n the vaue that was
aready there .In genera ,the ON.
REOUEST condton s trggered through any
Form of" MANUAL INPUT.
19. What s an on"*-nput fed" statement?
ON *-INPUT
- The ABAP/4 modue s caed f the user has entered the "*" n the frst
character of the fed, and the fed has
the attrbute *-entry n the screen Panter.You can use ths opton n Exceptona cases
where you want to check
ony feds wth certan Knds of Input.http://abap-tutoras.com 2010
20. What are condtona chan statement?
ON CHAIN-INPUT smar to ON INPUT.
The ABAP/4 modue s caed f any one of the feds n the chan contans a vaue
other than ts nta vaue(bank or nus).
ON CHAIN-REOUEST
Ths condton functons |ust ke ON REOUEST, but the ABAP/4 modue s caed f any
one of the feds n the chan changes
vaue.
21. What s "at ext-command:?
The fowogc Keyword at EXIT-COMMAND s a speca addton to the MODULE
statement n the Fow Logc .AT EXITCOMMAND ets you ca a modue before the
system executes the automatc feds checks.
22. Whch Functon type has to be used for usng "at ext-command" ?
- To Use AT EXIT - COMMAND ,We must assgn a functon Type "E" to the
reevant functon n the MENU
Panter OR Screen Panter .
23. What are the dfferent message types avaabe n the ABAP/4 ?
- There are 5 types of message types avaabe.
- E: ERROR
- W-WARNING
- I -INFORMATION
- A-ABNORMAL TERMINATION.
- S-SUCCESS
24. Of the two " next screen " attrbutes the attrbutes that has more prorty s
-------------------.
Dynamc.
25. Navgaton to a subsequent screen can be specfed statcay/dynamcay.
(TRUE/FALSE).
TRUE.
26. Dynamc screen sequence for a screen can be set usng ------------- and
----------------- commands http://abap-tutoras.com 2010
Set Screen, Ca screen.
27. The commands through Whch an ABAP/4 Modue can "branch to " or "ca" the
next screen are
1.------------,2--------------,3---------------,4------------.
- Set screen<scr no>,Ca screen<scr no> ,Leave screen, Leave to screen <scr
no>.
28. What s dfference between SET SCREEN and CALL SCREEN ?

- Wth SET SCREEN the current screen smpy specfes the next screen n the
chan , contro branches to ths
next screen as sonn as th e current screen has been processed .Return from next
screen to current screen s not
automatc .It does not nterrupt processng of the current screen.If we want to branch
to the next screen
wthout fnshng the current one ,use LEAVE SCREEN.
- Wth CALL SCREEN , the current (cang) chan s suspended , and a next
screen (screen chan) s caed .The
caed can then return to the suspended chan wth the statement LEAVE SCREEN TO
SCREEN 0 .Sometme we
mght want to et an user ca a pop up screen from the man appcaton screen to et
hm enter secondary
nformaton.After they have competed ther enteres, the users shoud be abe to
cose the popup and return
drecty to the pace where they eft off n the man screen.Here comes CALL SCREEN
nto pcture .Ths statement
ets us nsert such a sequence ntp the current one.
29. Can we specfy the next screen number wth a varabe (*Yes/No)?
- Yes
30. The fed SY-DYNR refers to--------------
Number of the current screen.
31. What s daog Modue?
- A daog Modue s a caabe sequence of screens that does not beong to a
partcuar transacton.Daog
modues have ther modue poos , and can be caed by any transacton.
32. The Syntex used to ca a screen as daog box (pop up)s---------
CALL SCREEN <screen number.>
STARTING AT <start coumn><start ne>http://abap-tutoras.com 2010
ENDING AT <end coumn> <end ne>
33. What s "ca mode"?
- In the ABAP/4 WORLD each stackabe sequence of screens s a "ca mode",
Ths s IMP because of the way u
return from the gven sequence .To termnate a ca mode and return to a suspended
chan set the "next
screen" to 0 and eave to t:
LEAVE TO SCREEN 0 or (SET SCREEN 0 and LEAVE SCREEN) .When u return to
the suspended chan executon
resumes wth the statement drecty foowng the orgna CALL SCREEN
statement.The orgna sequence of screens
n a transacton (that s , wthout havng stacked any addtona ca modes),you
returned from the transacton
atogether.
34. The max number of cang modes stacked at one tme s?
- NINE
35. What s LUW or Data base Transacton ?
- A "LUW"(ogca unt of work) s the span of tme durng whch any database
updates must be performed n an
"a or nothng" manner .Ether they are a performed (commtted),or they are a
thrown away (roed back).In
the ABAP/4 word , LUWs and
- Transactons can have severa meanngs:
LUW (or "database LUW" or "database transacton")
Ths s the set of updates termnated by a database commt. A LUW asts, at most,
from one screen change to the
next (because the SAP system trggers database commts automatcay at every
screen change).
36. What s SAP LUW or Update Transacton?
Update transacton (or "SAP LUW")
Ths s a set of updates termnated by an ABAP/4 commt. A SAP LUW may ast much
onger than a database LUW,
snce most update processng extends over mutpe transacton screens. The
programmer termnates an update
transacton by ssung a COMMIT WORK statement.
37. What happens f ony one of the commands SET SCREEN and LEAVE SCREEN s
used wthout usng the other?
If we use SET SCREEN wthout LEAVE SCREEN, the program fnshes processng for the
current screen before
branchng to <scr no>. If we use LEAVE SCREEN wthout a SET SCREEN before t, the
current screen process w be
termnated and branch drecty to the screen specfed as the defaut next-screen n
the screen attrbutes.http://abap-tutoras.com 2010
38. What s the sgnfcance of the screen number 0?
In "cang mode", the speca screen number 0 (LEAVE TO SCREEN 0) causes the
system to |ump back to the prevous
ca eve. That s, f you have caed a screen sequence wth CALL SCREEN eavng to
screen 0 termnates the
sequence and returns to the cang screen. If you have not caed a screen sequence,
LEAVE TO SCREEN 0
termnates the transacton.
39. What does the SUPPRESS DIALOG do?
Suppressng of entre screens s possbe wth ths command. Ths command aows us
to perform screen processng
"n the background". Suppresng screens s usefu when we are branchng to st-
mode from a transacton daog
step.
40. What s the sgnfcance of the memory tabe SCREEN?
At runtme, attrbutes for each screen fed are stored n the memory tabe caed
SCREEN. We need not decare
ths tabe n our program. The system mantans the tabe for us nternay and
updates t wth every screen change.
41. What are the feds n the memory tabe SCREEN?
Name Length Descrpton
NAME 30 Name of the screen fed
GROUP1 3 Fed beongs to fed group 1
GROUP4 3 Fed beongs to fed group4
ACTIVE 1 Fed s vsbe and ready for nput.
REOUIRED 1 Fed nput s mandatory.
INPUT 1 Fed s ready for nput.
OUTPUT 1 Fed s dspay ony.
INTENSIFIED 1 Fed s hghghtedhttp://abap-tutoras.com 2010
INVISIBLE 1 Fed s suppressed.
LENGTH 1 Fed output ength s reduced.
DISPLAY_3D 1 Fed s dspayed wth 3D frames.
VALUE_HELP 1 Fed s dspayed wth vaue hep.
42. Why groupng of feds s requred? What s the max no of modfcaton groups
for each fed?
If the same attrbute need to be changed for severa feds at the same tme these
feds can be grouped together.
We can specfy up to four modfcaton groups for each fed.
43. What are the attrbutes of a fed that can be actvated or deactvated durng
runtme?
Input, Output, Mandatory, Actve, Hghghted, Invsbe.
44. What s a screen group? How t s usefu?
Screen group s a fed n the Screen Attrbutes of a screen. Here we can defne a
strng of up to four characters
whch s avaabe at the screen runtme n the SY-DNGR fed. Rather than
mantanng fed seecton separatey for
each screen of a program, we can combne ogcay assocated screens together n a
screen group.
45. What s a Subscreen? How can we use a Subscreen?
A subscreen s an ndependent screen that s dspayed n a n area of another
("man") screen. To use a subscreen
we must ca t n the fow ogc (both PBO and PAI) of the man screen. The CALL
SUBSCREEN stratement tes the
system to execute the PBO and PAI events for the subscreen as part of the PBO or PAI
events of the man screen.
The fow ogc of your man program shoud ook as foows:
PROCESS BEFORE OUTPUT.
CALL SUBSCREEN <area> INCLUDING <program> <screen>.
PROCESS AFTER INPUT.
CALL SUBSCREEN <area>.
Area s the name of the subscreen area you defned n your man screen. Ths name
can have up to ten characters.
Program s the name of the program to whch the subscreen beongs and screen s
the subscreens number.
46. What are the restrctons on Subscreens?http://abap-tutoras.com 2010
Subscreens have severa restrctons. They cannot:
Set ther own GUI status
Have a named OK code
Ca another screen
Contan an AT EXIT-COMMAND modue
Support postonng of the cursor.
47. How can we use / dspay tabe n a screen?
ABAP/4 offers two mechansms for dspayng and usng tabe data n a screen. These
mechansms are TABLE
CONTROLS and STEP LOOPS.
48. What are the dfferences between TABLE CONTROLS and STEP LOOPS?
TABLE CONTROLS are smpy enhanced STEP LOOPS that dspay wth the ook and
fee of a tabe wdget n a desktop
appcaton. But from a programmng standpont, TABLE CONTROLS and STEP LOOPS
are amost exacty the same.
One ma|or dfference between STEP LOOPS and TABLE CONTROLS s n STEP LOOPS
ther tabe rows can span more
than one tme on the screen. By contrast the rows n a TABLE CONTROLS are aways
snge nes, but can be very
ong. (Tabe contro rows are scroabe). The structure of tabe contro s dfferent
from step oops. A step oop, as
a screen ob|ect, s smpy a seres of fed rows that appear as a repeatng bock. A
tabe contro, as a screen ob|ect
conssts of: I) tabe feds (dspayed n the screen ) ) a contro structure that governs
the tabe dspay and what the
user can do wth t.
49. What are the dynapro keywords?
FIELD, MODULE, SELECT, VALUES and CHAIN are the dynapro keywords.
50. Why do we need to code a LOOP statement n both the PBO and PAI events for
each tabe n the screen?
We need to code a LOOP statement n both PBO and PAI events for each tabe n the
screen. Ths s because the
LOOP statement causes the screen feds to be coped back and forth between the
ABAP/4 program and the screen
fed. For ths reason, at east an empty LOOP..ENDLOOP must be there.
51. The fed SY-STEPL refers to the ndex of the screen tabe row that s currenty
beng processed. The system
varabe SY-step ony has a meanng wthn the confnes of LOOP..ENDLOOP
processng. Outsde the oop, t
has no vad vaue.
52. How can we decare a tabe contro n the ABAP/4 program?http://abap-
tutoras.com 2010
Usng the syntax contros <tabe contro name> type tabevew usng screen <scr
no>.
53. Dfferentate between statc and dynamc step oops.
Step oops fa nto two casses: Statc and Dynamc. Statc step oops have a fxed
sze that cannot be changed at
runtme. Dynamc step oops are varabe n sze. If the user re-szes the wndow the
system automatcay ncreases
or decreases the number of step oop bocks dspayed. In any gven screen you can
defne any number of statc step
oops but ony a snge dynamc one.
54. What are the two ways of producng a st wthn a transacton?
By submttng a separate report.
By usng eave to st-processng.
55. What s the use of the statement Leave to Lst-processng?
Leave to Lst-processng statement s used to produce a st from a modue poo.
Leave to st processng statement
aows to swtch from daog-mode to st-mode wthn a daog program.
56. When w the current screen processng termnates?
A current screen processng termnates when contro reaches ether a Leave-screen
or the end of PAI.
57. How s the command Suppress-Daog usefu?
Suppressng entre screens s possbe usng ths command. Ths command aows us
to perform screen processng
"n the background". The system carres out a PBO and PAI ogc, but does not
dspay the screen to the user.
Suppressng screens s usefu when we are branchng to st-mode from a transacton
daog step.
58. What happens f we use Leave to st-processng wthout usng Suppress-Daog?
If we dont use Suppress-Daog to next screen w be dspayed but as empty, when
the user presses ENTER, the
standard st output s dspayed.
59. How the transacton that are programmed by the user can be protected?
By mpementng an authorty check.
60. What are the modes n whch any update tasks work?
Synchronous and Asynchronous.http://abap-tutoras.com 2010
61. What s the dfference between Synchronous and Asynchronous updates?
A program asks the system to perform a certan task, and then ether wats or doesnt
wat for the task to fnsh. In
synchronous processng, the program wats: contro returns to the program ony when
the task has been
competed. In asynchronous processng, the program does not wat: the system
returns contro after merey oggng
the request for executon.
62. SAP system confguraton ncuedes Daog tasks and Update tasks.
63. Daog-task updates are Synchronous updates.
64. Update -task updates are Asynchronous updates.
65. What s the dfference between Commt-work and Roback-Work tasks?
Commt-Work statement "performs" many functons reevant to synchronzed
executon of tasks. Roback-work
statement "cances: a reuests reevant to synchronzed executon of tasks.
66. What are the dfferent database ntegrtes?
Semantc Integrty.
Reatona Integrty.
Prmary Key Integrty.
Vaue Set Integrty.
Foregn Key ntegrty and
Operatona ntegrty.
67. A SAP Databases are Reatona Databases.
68. What s SAP ockng?
It s a mechansm for defnng and appyng ogca ocks to database ob|ects.
69. What does a ock ob|ect nvove?
The tabes.
The ock argument.http://abap-tutoras.com 2010
70. What are the dfferent knds of ock modes?
Shared ock
Excusve ock.
Extended excusve st.
71. How can a ock ob|ect be caed n the transacton?
By cang Enqueue<ock ob|ect> and Dequeue<ock ob|ect> n the transacton.
72. What are the events by whch we can program "hep texts" and dspay "possbe
vaue sts"?
-PROCESS ON HELP-REOUEST (POH).
-PROCESS ON VALUE-REOUEST (POV).
73. What s a matchcode?
A matchcode s an ad to fndng records stored n the system whenever an ob|ect key
s requred n an nput fed
but the user ony knows other (non-key) nformaton about the ob|ect.
74. In what ways we can get the context senstve F1 hep on a fed?
- Data eement documentaton.
- Data eement addtona text n screen panter.
- Usng the process on hep request event.
75. What s ro area?
A ro area contans the programs runtme context. In addton to the runtme stack
and other structures, a oca
varabes and any data known to the program are stored here.
76. How does the system hande ro areas for externa program components?
- Transactons run n ther own ro areas.
- Reports run n ther own ro areas.http://abap-tutoras.com 2010
- Daog modues run n ther own ro areas
- Functon modues run n the ro area of ther caers.
77. Does the externa program run n the same SAP LUW as the caer, or n a
separate one?
- Transactons run wth a separate SAP LUW
- Reports run wth a separate SAP LUW.
- Daog modues run n the same SAP LUW as the caer
- Functon modues run n the same SAP LUW as the caer.
The ony exceptons to the above rues are functon modues caed wth IN UPDATE
TASK (V2 functon ony) or
IN BACKGROUND TASK (ALE appcatons). These aways run n ther own (separate)
update transactons.
78. What are functon modues?
Functon modues are genera-purpose brary routnes that are avaabe system-
wde.
79. What are the types of parameters n the functon modues?
In genera, functon modue can have four types of parameters:
- EXPORTING: for passng data to the caed functon.
- IMPORTING: for recevng data returned from the functon modue.
- TABLES: for passng nterna tabes ony, by reference (that s, by address).
- CHANGING: for passng parameters to and from the functon.
80. What s the dfference between Leave Transacton and Ca Transacton?
In contrast to LEAVE TO TRANSACTION, the CALL TRANSACTION statement causes the
system to start a new SAP
LUW. Ths second SAP LUW runs parae to the SAP LUW for the cang transacton.
81. How can we pass seecton and parameter data to a report?
There are three optons for passng seecton and parameter data to the
report.http://abap-tutoras.com 2010
- Usng SUBMIT.WITH
- Usng a report varant.
- Usng a range tabe.
82. How to send a report to the prnter nstead of dspayng t on the screen?
We can send a report to the prnter nstead of dpayng t on the screen. To do ths,
use the keywords TO SAPSPOOL:
SUBMIT RSFLFIND.TO SAP-SPOOL DESTINATION LT50.
83. How can we send data to externa programs?
Usng SPA/GPA parameters(SAP memory).
Usng EXPORT/IMPORT data (ABAP/4 memory)
84. What are SPA/GPA parameters (SAP memory)
SPA/GPA parameters are fed vaues saved gobay n memory. There are two ways
to use SPA/GPA parmeters:
By settng fed attrbutes n the Screen Panter.
By usng the SET PARAMETER or GET PARAMETER statements
Set 8
SAP TERMINOLOGY
Master data s a coecton of nformaton about a person or an ob|ect, e.g. a cost
ob|ect, vendor, or G/L account. For exampe, a
vendor master record contans not ony genera nformaton such as the vendors
name and address, but aso specfc nformaton,
such as payment terms and devery nstructons. Generay for end users, master
data s reference data that you w ook up and
use, but not create or change.
Transactona data s data reated to a snge busness event such as a purchase
requston or a request for payment. When you
create a requston, for exampe, SAP creates an eectronc document for that
partcuar transacton. SAP gves the transacton a
document number and adds the document to the transacton data that s aready n
the system. Whenever you compete a
transacton n SAP, that s, when you create, change, or prnt a document n SAP, ths
document number appears at the bottom of
the screen.
Workfow
A routng too n SAP that forwards documents for revew or approva. For exampe, a
requston that needs to be approved s sent
to the approprate approver's nbox. Workfow s aso used to route |ourna vouchers,
credt card charges, and other documents n
SAP.
Cost Ob|ect:
A Cost Ob|ect coects expenses and revenues for a partcuar purpose, such as a
research pro|ect. In SAP there are three types
of cost ob|ects: Cost Center, Interna Order, and WBS (Work Breakdown Structure)
Eement (see beow for defnton).
Cost Center:
Genera or operatng Cost Ob|ects are known n SAP as Cost Centers. Cost Centers are
budgeted on the fsca year.
Interna Order:
A non-sponsored Cost Ob|ect (for exampe, fundng from the MIT Provost) used to
track costs over perods other than fsca years.
Interna Orders are often created to track gfts or endowments at MIT.
WBS Eement: WBS Eements are funded by outsde sponsors and are used to track
costs of a partcuar research pro|ect over
the entre span of ts actvty. They may aso be created to track other sponsored
actvtes, such as gfts.
G/L Account: http://abap-tutoras.com 2010
G/L accounts are aso caed Cost Eements n SAP. They are a cassfcaton by
expense or revenue type. In the CO (Controng)
modue of SAP, the term Cost Eement s used. In the FI (Fnanca) modue, the term
G/L Account s used. These terms are used
nterchangeaby for reportng, requstons, and |ourna vouchers.
Database tabes and open SOL
Add a snge record to a database tabe
nsert nto <database tabe> vaues <work area>
Insertng a nes from an nterna tabe nto a database tabe:
nsert <database tabe> from tabe <nterna tabe>
Deete a records
Seect * from zmeemtab.
deete zmeemtab.
endseect.
Deetng records usng records from an nterna tabe
deete empoyees from tabe tab.http://abap-tutoras.com 2010
O & A
BASIS LAYER
What are the centra nterfaces of the R/3 system ?
- Presentaton nterface
Database nterface
Operatng system nterface
Whch nterface contros what s shown on the p.c. ?
- Presentaton nterface
Whch nterface converts SOL requrements n the SAP deveopment system to
those of the database ?
- Database nterface
What s SAP dspatcher ?
- SAP dspatcher s the contro agent whch manages the
resources for the R/3 appcatons.
What are the functons of dspatcher ?
- Equa dstrbuton of transacton oad to the work processes
Management of buffer areas n man memory
Integraton of the presentaton eves
Organzaton of communcaton actves
What s a work process ?http://abap-tutoras.com 2010
- A work process s where ndvdua daog steps are actuay processed and
the work s done. Each work
process handes one type of request.
Name varous work processes of R/3 system ?
1) Daog or Onne ( processes ony one request at a tme )
2) Background ( started at a specfed tme )
3) Update ( prmary or secondary )
4) Enque( ock mechansm )
5) Spoo ( generated onne or durng back ground processng For prntng )
What are the types of Update requests ?
- An update request can be dvded nto one prmary (V1) and severa Secondary
update components (V2). Tme-crtca
operatons are paced n V1 component and those whose tmng are ess crtca are
paced n V2 components. If a V1
update fas, V2 components w not be processed.
What are the ro and page areas ?
- Ro and page areas are SAP R/3 buffers used to store user contexts
( process requests ) . The SAP dspatcher
assgns process requests to work processes as they are receved. If the work
process s unavaabe the
process requests are queued n the ro and page areas.
Pagng area hods data from the appcaton programs.
Ro area hods data from prevous daog steps and data that characterzes user.
What s a Spoo request ?
- Spoo requests are generated durng daog or background processng and paced n
the spoo database wth nformaton
about the prnter and prnt format. The actua data s paced n the Tem Se
(Temporary Sequenta ob|ects).
What are the dfferent database ntegrtes ?
- Semantc ntegrty
- Reatona ntegrty
- Prmary key ntegrtyhttp://abap-tutoras.com 2010
- Vaue set ntegrty
- Foregn key ntegrty and
- Operatona ntegrty.
DATA DICTIONARY .
Type of a tabe or structure

The tabe type determnes how the ogca tabe descrpton defned n
the ABAP/4 Dctonary s reproduced on the database.
There are the foowng tabe types:
o transparent tabe
o structure
o append structure

For nterna purposes, such as storng contro data or update texts, there are n
addton the foowng tabe types:
o pooed tabe
o custer tabe
o generated vew structure

Transparent tabe
There s a physca tabe on the database for each transparent tabe. The names of
the physca tabes and
the ogca tabe defnton n the ABAP/4 Dctonary correspond.

A busness data and appcaton data are stored n transparent tabes.

Structure http://abap-tutoras.com 2010
No data records exst n the database for a structure. Structures are used for the
nterface defnton between programs or
between screens and programs.

Append structure
An append structure defnes a set of feds whch beong to another tabe or
structure but whch are treated n the correcton
admnstraton as ts own ob|ect. Append structures are used to support
modfcatons.

Pooed tabe
Pooed tabes can be used to store contro data (e.g. screen sequences, program
parameters or temporary
data). Severa pooed tabes can be combned to form a tabe poo. The tabe poo
corresponds to a
physca tabe on the database n whch a the records of the aocated pooed
tabes are stored.

Custer tabe
Custer tabes contan contnuous text, for exampe, documentaton. Severa
custer tabes can be combned to form a tabe
custer. Severa ogca nes of dfferent tabes are combned to form a physca record
n ths tabe type. Ths permts ob|ect-byob|ect storage or b|ect-by-ob|ect access. In
order to combne tabes n custers, at east parts of the keys must agree. Severa
custer tabes are stored n one correspondng tabe on the database.

Generated vew structure
In actvaton a structure s generated for a vew. Ths structure serves as nterface
for the runtme envronment. It does not
generay appear n the ABAP/4 Dctonary.
What s a Data Cass?
The Data cass determnes n whch tabespace the tabe s stored when t s
created n the database.
What s a Sze Category?
The Sze category descrbes the probabe space requrement of the tabe n the
database.
How Many types of sze categores and data casses are there?
There are fve sze categores (0-4) and 11 data casses, ony three of whch are
approprate for appcaton tabes:
- APPL0 - Master data (data frequenty accessed but rarey updated)http://abap-
tutoras.com 2010
- APPL1 - Transacton data (data that s changed frequnety)
- APPL2 - Organsatona data (customzng data that s entered when system s
confgured and then rarey changed)
What are contro tabes?
The vaues specfed for the sze category and data cass are mapped to database-
specfc vaues va contro tabes.
What s the functon of the transport system and workbench organser?
The functon of the transport system and the Workbench Organzer s to manage
any changes made to ob|ects of the ABAP/4
Deveopment Workbench and to transport these changes between dfferent SAP
systems.
What s a tabe poo?
Dctonary. The defnton of a poo conssts of at
east two key feds and a ong argument fed (VARDATA).
What are pooed tabes?
These are ogca tabes whch must be assgned to a tabe poo when they are
What s a tabe custer?
A tabe custer combnes severa ogca tabes n the ABAP/4 Dctonary. Severa
ogca rows from dfferent custer tabes are
brought together n a snge physca record. The records from the custer tabes
assgned to a custer are thus stored n a snge
common tabe n the database.
Whch ob|ects are ndependent transport ob|ects?
Domans, Data eements, Tabes, Technca settngs for tabes,
Secondary ndexes for transparent tabes, Structures, Vews,
Matchcode ob|ects, Matchcode IDs, Lock ob|ects.
What are the Data types of the externa ayer?
ACCP, CHAR, CLNT, CUKY,CURR, DATS, DEC, FLTP, INT1,INT2, INT4, LANG,
LCHR,LRAW, NUMC, PREC,
OUAN,RAW ,TIMS, UNIT, VARC.http://abap-tutoras.com 2010
What are the Data types of the ABAP/4 ayer?
Possbe ABAP/4 data types:
C: Character.
D: Date, format YYYYMMDD.
F: Foatng-pont number n DOUBLE PRECISION (8 bytes).
I: Integer.
N: Numerca character strng of arbtrary ength.
P: Amount or counter fed (packed; mpementaton depends on hardware patform).
S: Tme stamp YYYYMMDDHHMMSS.
T: Tme of day HHMMSS.
V: Character strng of varabe ength, ength s gven n the frst
two bytes.
X: Hexadecma (bnary) storage.
How can we set the tabespaces and extent szes ?
You can specfy the extent szes and the tabespace (physca storage area n the
database) n whch a transparent tabe s to
be stored by settng the sze category and data cass.
What s a data dctonary ?
Data dctonary s a centra source of data n a data management system. Its man
functon s to support the .It has detas
about
- What data s contaned ?
- What are the attrbutes of the data ?
- What s the reatonshp exstng between the varous data eements ?
What functons does a data dctonary perform ?
In a data management system, the prncpa functons performed by the data
dctonary are
- Management of data defntons
- Provson of nformaton for evauatonhttp://abap-tutoras.com 2010
- Support for software deveopment
- Support form documentaton
- Ensurng that the data defntons are fexbe and up-to-date.
A fed contanng currency amounts (data type CURR) must be assgned to a
reference tabe and a reference fed.
Expan.
As a reference tabe, a system tabe contanng a the vad currences s assgned or
any other tabe whch contans a fed wth
the currency key format. Ths fed s caed as reference fed. The assgnment of the
fed contanng currency amounts to the
reference fed s made at runtme. The vaue n the reference fed determnes the
currency of the amount.
What s the sgnfcance of Technca settngs (specfed whe creatng a tabe n the
data dctonary) ?
By specfyng technca settngs we can contro how database tabes are created n
the database.The technca settngs aows us
to
- optmze storage space requremnets
- tabe access behavour
- bufferng requred
- changes to entres ogged
What s the sgnfcance of Devery Cass ?
- The devery cass contros the degree to whch the SAP or the customer s
responsbe for tabe mantenance
- whether SAP provdes the tabe wth or wthout contents.
- determnes the tabe type.
- determnes how the tabe behaves when t s frst nstaed, at upgrade, when t s
transported, and when a cent copy s
performed.
What s the maxmum number of structures that can be ncuded n a tabe or
structure
- Nne.
What are the two methods of modfyng Sap standard tabes ?
- Append Structures andhttp://abap-tutoras.com 2010
- Customzng Incudes.
What s the dfference between a Substructure and an Append Structure ?
- In case of a substructure, the reference orgnates n the tabe tsef, n the forma of
a statement .ncude... .
- In case of an append structure, the tabe tsef remans unchanged and the refrence
orgnates n the append
structure.
What are the two ways for restrctng the vaue range for a doman ?
- By specfyng fxed vaues.
- By stpuatng a vaue tabe.
What s a Match Code ?
Match Code s a too to hep us to search for data records n the system. Match codes
are an effcent and user-frendy search ad
where key of a record s unknown.
What are the two eves n defnng a Match Code ?
- Match Code ob|ect
- Match Code Id.
What s the maxmum number of match code Id's that can be defned for one Match
code ob|ect ?
- 36. A match code Id s a one character ID whch can be a etter or a number.
Can we defne our own Match Code ID's for SAP Matchcodes ?
Yes, the numbers 0 to 9 are reserved for us to create our own Match Code IDs for a
SAP defned Matchcode ob|ect.
What s an Update type wth reference to a Match code ID?
If the data n one of the base tabes of a matchcode ID changes, the matchcode data
has to be updated. The update type
stpuates when the matchcode s to be updated and how t s to be done. The update
type aso specfes whch method s to be
used for Budng matchcodes . You must specfy the update type when you defne a
matchcode ID.
What are converson routnes ?
- Non standard conversons from dspay format to sap nterna format and vce-versa
are mpemented wth so caed
converson routnes.http://abap-tutoras.com 2010
Aggregated Ob|ects
Vews, matchcodes, and ock ob|ects are aso caed aggregate ob|ects because they
are formed from severa reated tabes.
What s a Vew ?
- A vew s a ogca vew on one or more tabes. A vew on one or more tabes .e, the
data from a vew s not actuay
physcay stored nstead beng derved from one or more tabes. A vew can be used
to summarze data whch s dstrbuted
among severa tabes
How many types of Vews are there ?
Database Vew (SE11)
Database vews are mpement an nner |on, that s, ony records of the prmary tabe
(seected va the |on operaton) for
whch the correspondng records of the secondary tabes aso exst are fetched.
Inconsstences between prmary and
secondary tabe coud, therefore, ead to a reduced seecton set. In database vews,
the |on condtons can be formuated
usng equaty reatonshps between any base feds. In the other types of vew, they
must be taken from exstng foregn keys.
That s, tabes can ony be coected n a mantenance or hep vew f they are nked
to one another va foregn keys.
Hep Vew ( SE54)
Hep vews are used to output addtona nformaton when the onne hep system s
caed.
When the F4 button s pressed for a screen fed, a check s frst made on whether a
matchcode s defned for ths fed. If ths
s not the case, the hep vew s dspayed n whch the check tabe of the fed s the
prmary tabe. Thus, for each tabe no
more than one hep vew can be created, that s, a tabe can ony be prmary tabe n
at most one hep vew.
Pro|ecton Vew
Pro|ecton vews are used to suppress or mask certan feds n a tabe (pro|ecton),
thus mnmzng the number of nterfaces.
Ths means that ony the data that s actuay requred s exchanged when the
database s accessed.
A pro|ecton vew can draw upon ony one tabe. Seecton condtons cannot be
specfed for pro|ecton vews.
Mantenance Vew ( SE54 )
Mantenance vews enabe a busness-orented approach to ookng at data, whe at
the same tme, makng t possbe to
mantan the data nvoved. Data from severa tabes can be summarzed n a
mantenance vew and mantaned coectvey
va ths vew. That s, the data s entered va the vew and then dstrbuted to the
underyng tabes by the system.http://abap-tutoras.com 2010
What s Lockng ?
When two users smutaneousy attempt to access the same data record, ths s
synchronsed by a ock mechansm.
When daog transactons are programmed, ocks are set and reeased by cang
certan functon modues. These functon
modues are generated automatcay from the defnton of so-caed ock ob|ects n
the ABAP/4 Dctonary.
To synchronze the access to a tabe by settng and removng ocks, a Lock ob|ect has
to be defned n the ABAP/4 Dctonary.
Actvatng the ock ob|ect automatcay creates functon modues for settng and
removng ocks. These functon modues must be
ncuded when programmng nteractve transactons.
Lock Mechansm :
To set ocks, a ock ob|ect must be defned n the ABAP/4 Dctonary. In ths ock
ob|ect, those tabes n whch data records are to
be ocked by cang a ock are determned. A tabes ncuded n a ock ob|ect must
be connected to each other va foregn keys.
The key feds of the tabes n a ock ob|ect form the Lock arguments for the tabes.
The ock arguments are the bass for
formuatng the ogca condton for dentfyng the records to be ocked.
When actvatng ths ock ob|ect, two functon moduesB wth the names
ENOUEUE_<Ob|ect_name> and
DEOUEUE_<Ob|ect_name> are generated.
Exampe :
Probem :
You wsh to prevent a user from beng abe to change the name of a course or the
name of the professor wth responsbty for
the course at a tme when another user s edtng the course descrpton (whch
contans ths nformaton).
Souton :http://abap-tutoras.com 2010
The probem descrbed above can be soved by defnng a ock ob|ect E_UKURS. Ths
s done by defnng prmary and secondary
tabes n the ock ob|ect. Tabe UKURS s check tabe of tabe UKRSB, so UKURS shoud
be seected as prmary tabe and
UKRSB as secondary tabe of the ock ob|ect.
The Lock argument n ths case s the fed combnaton FABNR, KRSNR, and SPRAS
(.e Prmary Key Combnaton).
The Lock mode Shared s to be seected here. Ths aows severa users to access the
data smutaneousy n dspay mode.
The ock mode n the generated functon modues for settng (ENOUEUE_E_UKURS)
and reeasng (DEOUEUE_E_UKURS)
ocks s therefore set to shared as defaut, but can be overrdden by cang the
functon modues.
If the functon modue ENOUEUE_E_UKURS s caed wth FABNR = '1' and KRSNR =
'3', the record for course 3 n facuty 1 s
ocked n tabe UKURS. Furthermore, a the course descrptons for ths course are
ocked n tabe UKRSB snce fed SPRAS
was not specfed when the functon modue was caed. In such cases, the ock s
made genercay for a fed whch s not
defned.
If the functon modue DEOUEUE_E_UKURS s now caed wth FABNR = '1', KRSNR =
'3' and SPRAS = 'D', the German course
descrpton s unocked. A other course descrptons reman ocked.
What s database utty ?
Database utty s the nterface between the ABAP/4 Dctonary and the underyng
the SAP system.The database utty s the
nterface between the ABAP/4 Dctonary and the reatona database underyng the
SAP system. You can ca the database
utty from the nta screen of the ABAP/4 Dctonary wth Uttes Database utty.
The database utty aows you to create,
deete and convert ob|ects from the ABAP/4 Dctonary n the database.
MODULARIZATION
What s Moduarzaton and ts benefts?
If the program contans the same or smar bocks of statements or t s requred to
process the same functon severa tmes, we
can avod redundancy by usng moduarzaton technques. By moduarzng the
ABAP/4 programs we make them easy to read
and mprove ther structure. Moduarzed programs are aso easer to mantan and to
update.
How can we create caabe modues of program code wthn one ABAP/4 Program?
A. By defnng macros.
B. By creatng ncude programs n the brary.
What are subroutnes?
Subroutnes are program modues whch can be caed from other ABAP/4 programs or
wthn the same program.http://abap-tutoras.com 2010
What are the types of Subroutnes?
A. Interna Subroutnes: The source code of the nterna subroutnes w be n the
same ABAP/4 program as the cang
procedure (nterna ca).
B. Externa Subroutnes: The source code of the externa subroutnes w be n an
ABAP/4 program other than the cang
procedure.
What are the dfferent types of parameters?
Forma parameters: Parameters whch are defned durng the defnton of subroutne
wth the FORM statement.
Actua parameters: Parameters whch are specfed durng the ca of a subroutne
wth the PERFORM statement.
How can one dstngush between dfferent knds of parameters?
A. Input parameters are used to pass data to subroutnes.
B. Output parameters are used to pass data from subroutnes.
What are the dfferent methods of passng data?
A. Cang by reference: Durng a subroutne ca, ony the address of the actua
parameter s transferred to the forma
parameters. The forma parameter has no memory of ts own, and we work wth the
fed of the cang program wthn the
subroutne. If we change the forma parameter, the fed contents n the cang
program aso change.
B. Cang by vaue: Durng a subroutne ca, the forma parameters are created as
copes of the actua parameters. The
forma parameters have memory of ther own. Changes to the forma parameters
have no effect on the actua parameters.
C. Cang by vaue and resut: Durng a subroutne ca, the forma parameters are
created as copes of the actua
parameters. The forma parameters have ther own memory space. Changes to the
forma parameters are coped to the
actua parameters at the end of the subroutne.
The method by whch nterna tabes are passed s By Reference.
What s the dfference between the functon modue and a norma ABAP/4 subroutne?
In contrast to norma subroutnes functon modues have unquey defned nterface.
Sub routnes do not return vaues.
Sub routnes do not return exceptons.
Sub routnes cannot be tested ndependenty.
Decarng data as common parts s not possbe for functon modues. Functon
modues are stored n a centra brary.http://abap-tutoras.com 2010
What s a functon group?
A functon group s a coecton of ogcay reated modues that share goba data
wth each other. A the modues n the group are
ncuded n the same man program. When an ABAP/4 program contans a CALL
FUNCTION statement, the system oads the
entre functon group n wth the program code at runtme. Every functon modue
beongs to a functon group.
What s the dfference between nterna tabes and extract datasets?
A. The nes of an nterna tabe aways have the same structure. By usng extract
datasets, you can hande groups of data
wth dfferent structure and get statstca fgures from the grouped data.
B. You have to defne the structure of the nterna tabe at the begnng. You need not
defne the structure of the extract
dataset.
C. In contrast to nterna tabes, the system party compresses extract datasets when
storng them. Ths reduces the storage
space requred.
D. Interna tabes requre speca work area for nterface whereas extract datasets do
not need a speca work area for
nterface.
LOGICAL DATABASE.
What are ogca databases? What are the advantages/dsadvantages of ogca
databases?
Ans :- A Logca Database s a herarchca structure of tabes. Use the GET statement
to process Logca Databases.
- LDB conssts of ogcay reated tabes grouped together - used for readng and
processng data.
- Advantages = 1. No need of programmng for retreva , meanng for data seecton
- 2. Easy to use standard user nterface, have check competeness of
user nput.
Dsadvantages = 1. Fast n case of esser no. of tabes But f the tabe s n the owest
eve of herarchy, a upper eve tabes
shoud be read so performance s sower.
Preparaton of the data records by the L.D.B and readng of the data records n the
actua report are accompshed wth
the command par.
- Put and Get.
The three man eements of LDB are
- Structure, Seectons, Database Program.
What sort of tabes one can use n desgnng the herarchy of a LDB ?
- Tabes whch are havng Foregn key reatons.
The structure of Logca Databases refects the ________________ dependences of
herarchca tabes n the SAP
System.
- Foregn key
If you want to mprove the response tme ( tme to access data ) Logca DataBases
permts you to acheve ths usng
______________
- VIEWS.
What are the advantages of Logca DataBases ?http://abap-tutoras.com 2010
It offers an easy-to-use seecton screen. You can modfy the pre-generated seecton
screen to your needs. It offers check
functons to check whether user nput s compete, correct, and pausbe. It offers
reasonabe data seectons. It contans centra
authorzaton checks for database accesses. Enhancements such as mproved
performance mmedatey appy to a report
programs that use the ogca database.
Report FORMATTING
In order to suppress the eadng zeros of a number fed the keywords used are :
NO-ZERO.
The Command that aows for vertca agnment of feds one beow the other.
UNDER.
In order to concatenate strngs ony for output purposes the command _________ can
be used n con|uncton wth the
'Wrte' statement.
NO-GAP.
Data can be moved from one fed to another usng a 'Wrte:' Statement and stored n
the desred format.
TRUE. Wrte : Date_1 to Date_2 format DD/MM/YY.
In order to have bodfaced text as output the command used s
Wrte : <f> INTENSIFIED.
Background and foreground coors can be nterchanged usng the command
Format nverse.
Whch datatype cannot be used to defne parameters.
Type F.
For each new event, the system resets a formattng optons to ther defaut vaues.
TRUE.
The processng bock foowng END-OF-PAGE s processed ony f you reserve nes
for the footer n the LINE-COUNT
opton of the REPORT statement.
To execute a page break under the condton that ess than a certan number of nes
s eft on a page s acheved by
.________________________
RESERVE n nes.
What s the mt for the ength of a page f the page ength s not specfed n the
report statement.
60,000 Lnes.http://abap-tutoras.com 2010
How can Symbos or R/3 cons be output on the screen?
WRITE <symbo-name> AS SYMBOL.
WRITE <con-name> AS ICON.
REPORTING - GENERAL
What are reports? and how do you set up reports?
A report program reads and anayzes data from one or more database tabes wthout
modfyng the database. Usuay, the resut
of such a report program s n the form of a st whch s output to the screen or sent
to a prnter.
What are the dfferent types of programs?
I Incude Program
M Modue Poo
F Functon Modues
S Externa Subroutnes
1 Onne program
Events n Reportng ? Expan ?
The foowng events occur at runtme of a typca report program whch uses ogca
databases:
Event keyword Event
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
INITIALIZATION Pont before the seecton screen
s dspayed
When you start a program n whch a seecton screen s defned (ether n the
program tsef or n the nked ogca database
program), the system normay processes ths seecton screen frst. If you want to
execute a processng bock before the seecton
screen s processed, you can assgn t to the event keyword INITIALIZATION.
AT SELECTION-SCREEN Pont after processng user http://abap-tutoras.com 2010
nput on the seecton screen whe the seecton screen s st
actve
The event keyword AT SELECTION-SCREEN provdes you wth severa possbtes to
carry out processng bocks whe the
system s processng the seecton screen.
START-OF-SELECTION Pont after processng the seecton screen
The event START-OF-SELECTION gves you the possbty of creatng a processng
bock after processng the seecton screen
and before accessng database tabes usng a ogca database. You can use ths
processng bock, for exampe, to set the vaues
of nterna feds or to wrte nformatona statements onto the output screen.
At the START-OF-SELECTION event, aso a statements are processed that are not
attached to an event keyword except those
that are wrtten behnd a FORM-ENDFORM bock
GET <tabe> Pont at whch the ogca database
offers a ne of the database tabe <tabe>.
The most mportant event for report programs wth an attached ogca database s
the moment at whch the ogca database
program has read a ne from a database tabe (see Accessng Data Usng Logca
Databases ). To start a processng bock at ths
event, use the GET statement as foows:
Syntax
GET <tabe> |FIELDS <st>|.
After ths statement, you can work wth the current ne of the database tabe
<tabe>. The data s provded n the tabe work area
<tabe>.
GET <tabe> LATE Pont after processng a tabes whch
are herarchcay subordnate to the database tabe <tabe> n the structure of
the ogca database.http://abap-tutoras.com 2010
To start a processng bock at the moment after the system has processed a
database tabes of a ogca database that are
herarchcay nferor to a specfc database tabe, use the event keyword GET as
foows:
Syntax
GET <tabe> LATE |FIELDS <st>|.
In anaogy to report programs that use ony SELECT statements (see tabe n
Comparson of Access Methods ), the processng
bock of a GET <tabe> LATE statement woud appear drecty before the ENDSELECT
statement n the SELECT oop for the
database tabe <tabe>.
END-OF-SELECTION Pont after processng a nes offered
by the ogca database.
To defne a processng bock after the system has read and processed a database
tabes of a ogca database, use the keyword
END-OF-SELECTION.
The foowng events occur durng the processng of the output st of a report
program:
Event keyword Event
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
TOP-OF-PAGE Pont durng st processng when
a new page s started
END-OF-PAGE Pont durng st processng when a page
s ended
The foowng events occur durng the dspay of the output st of a report program:
Event keyword Eventhttp://abap-tutoras.com 2010
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
AT LINE-SELECTION Pont at whch the user seects a ne
AT USER-COMMAND Pont at whch the user presses a
functon key or enters a command n the command fed.
AT PF<nn> Pont at whch the user presses the
functon key wth the functon code PF<n>
Wth the seecton screen, ABAP/4 offers an nteractve eement aso for report
programs. You can defne a seecton screen
wthout havng to bother about a the detas requred n daog programmng.
The seecton screen s aways processed drecty after a report program s started.
The user can enter fed vaues and seecton
crtera on ths screen.
The man purpose of the seecton screen s to enabe the user to contro the database
seectons of the report program. If a report
program s started from another ABAP/4 program wth the SUBMIT statement (see
Cang Reports), the seecton screen ob|ects
aso serve as a data nterface,
Wth a seecton screen defned n the report program, you can enabe the user to
assgn vaues to varabes wth the PARAMETERS statement
determne seecton crtera wth the SELECT-OPTIONS statement
How do you read seected nes of database tabe nto an nterna tabe n packages of
predefned sze.
SELECT * FROM <SPFLI> INTO TABLE <ITAB> PACKAGE SIZE <N>.
where 'n' s varabe.
Name the WILDCARD characters whch are used for comparsons wth character
strngs & numerc strngs.
'%' and '_'.http://abap-tutoras.com 2010
How to specfy a cent for database tabe processng.
TABLES SPFLI.
SELECT * FROM SPFLI CLIENT SPECIFIED
WHERE MANDT BETWEEN '001' AND '003'.
...
ENDSELECT.
Actvaton - Durng actvaton, the runtme ob|ect of aggregate ob|ect or tabes s
created. The runtme ob|ect s buffered so that
the appcaton program can access t qucky. Runtme ob|ect has nformaton about
the foowng ob|ects of tabe
- doman - data eements - fed defnton - tabe defnton
Lock Mechansm - prevents a new database operaton beng started an exstng one
has been correcty competed. When
converson s done, ock s created automatcay and reeased ony when converson
s successfu.
Cearng of ocks
- restart ad|ustment - attempt s made to contnue converson at the pont of
termnaton
Cance ad|ustment - ock entry s smpy deeted from tabe
Verson Management functons -
- Canceng changes - reset revsed verson to actve verson
- Storng changes - actve verson w be temporary stored n verson
Swtchng changes - swtch between actve and revsed versons
Verson cataog - st of a exstng versons of an ob|ect
- Revsed verson - produced when we edt an exstng ob|ect
- Actve verson - produced when we actvate an ob|ect
- Temporary verson - produced when we copy the actve verson temporary to the
database wth store verson functons
- Hstorca versons - created when 1. Correcton s created 2 correcton s
reeased
Tabe Bufferng : Possbe bufferng types
- fu bufferng - ether, whoe tabe or none of the tabe s ocated n the buffer
(Tabes up to 30 kb done n cent dependent fuy
buffered tabes)
- Generc bufferng - generc areas of the tabe are fuy buffered.
- Generc key - eft |ustfed secton of prmary key of a tabe.
- generc area - a records for whch feds of generc key correspond
- Snge record bufferng - records actuay beng accessed are oaded to buffers,
arge records where few records are
accessed.
Interna Tabes Types ?
STANDARD tabe
Key access to a standard tabe uses a near search. Ths means that the tme
requred for a search s n near reaton to the
number of tabe entres.
You shoud use ndex operatons to access standard tabes.
SORTED tabehttp://abap-tutoras.com 2010
Defnes the tabe as one that s aways saved correcty sorted.
Key access to a sorted tabe uses a bnary key. If the key s not unque, the system
takes the entry wth the owest ndex. The
runtme requred for key access s ogarthmcay reated to the number of tabe
entres.
HASHED tabe
Defnes the tabe as one that s managed wth an nterna hash procedure
You can ony access a hashed tabe usng the generc key operatons or other generc
operatons ( SORT, LOOP, and so on).
Expct or mpct ndex operatons (such as LOOP ... FROM oe INSERT tab wthn a
LOOP) are not aowed.
INDEX tabe
A tabe that can be accessed usng an ndex.
Index tabe s ony used to specfy the type of generc parameters n a FORM or
FUNCTION. That means that you can't create a
tabe of type INDEX.
Standard tabes and sorted tabes are ndex tabes.
Syntax :
DATA tab TYPE tabe type of ne type |WITH UNIOUE/NON-UNIOUE KEY <key>|
|Inta sze n| |WITH HEADER LINE|
What are DATA CLUSTERS ?
You can group any compex nterna data ob|ects of an ABAP/4 program together n
data custers and store them temporary n
ABAP/4 memory or for onger perods n databases. You can store data custers n
speca databases of the ABAP/4 Dctonary.
These databases are known as ABAP/4 custer databases and have a predefned
structure.Storng a data custer s specfc to
ABAP/4. Athough you can aso access custer databases usng SOL statements, ony
ABAP/4 statements are abe to decode the
structure of the stored data custer.
Descrbe the functons of the debugger screen.
- Snge step(F5) - Use ths opton to step through the program statement by
statement. Ths aows you to branch nto
subroutnes and functon modues, and to execute these routnes step by step as we.
Once a subroutne or functon modue
has been processed, contro returns to the statement foowng the CALL FUNCTION or
PERFORM statement.
- Execute(F6)- Use ths opton to process a program ne by ne. A of the statements
on the current ne are processed n a
snge step. If you are postoned on a ne that cas a subroutne and you choose
Execute, the Debugger processes the whoe
subroutne and then moves on to the ne foowng the subroutne ca. Ths aows
you to |ump through the statements wthn
the subroutne.
- Return(F7) - The Debugger returns from a routne to the pont at whch contro
returns to the man program. Use ths opton
to return from a subroutne, functon modue, or caed program to the cang
program.
- Contnue(F8)- Use ths opton to process the program up to the next dynamc or
statc breakpont or up to the cursor poston.
If there are no more breakponts n the program and no cursor has been set, the
system exts debuggng mode and executes
the rest of the program normay.
- Tabes - Dspay the contents of nterna tabes.
Probem:How to run a program n background?
Souton :Execute the Report
In the seecton screen :After fng the screen feds press F9.
A screen appears requestng U to prnt the Background Parametershttp://abap-
tutoras.com 2010
*Enter the output devce(Eg HPL| /SAP2 etc)
*In the spoo optons Uncheck Prnt mmedety,Uncheck deete after output,and new
spoo request.
Press enter.
Another screen appears wth headng start tme .U can press start mmy ,then save
Now the Background |ob s schedued for the gven program .
To Vew the status of background |ob,The transacton code s SM37.
Execute from the resutng screen . |ob overvew -->From the |ob st seect U r
program and seect Spoo from the
appcaton toobar Output Controer :Lst of Spoo Requests Seect U r Spoo
request and cck Dspay con from the
overvew screen .
U w be dspayed wth the Lst.
Cauton :See to that the st wth does not exceed 255 coumns ,If t exceeds the
extra coumns w be truncated n
Background
What are presentaton and appcaton servers n SAP?
A presentaton server s actuay a program named Sapgu.exe. It s usuay nstaed
on a users workstaton.
Appcaton server s a set of executabes that coectvey nterpret the ABAP/4
programs and manage the nput & output for
them.
In an ABAP/4 program how do you access data that exsts on a presentaton server v/s
on an appcaton server?
For presentaton server use UPLOAD or WS_UPLOAD functon modues.
For appcaton server use OPEN DATASET, READ DATASET and CLOSE DATASET
commands.
Descrbe the syntax and functon of the AUTHORITY CHECK command?
Ans :- AUTHORITY - CHECK OB|ECT <ob|ect name>
ID <name1> FIELD <f1>
ID <name2> FIELD <f2>
.
IF SY-SUBRC NE 0.http://abap-tutoras.com 2010
The AUTHORITY-CHECK checks whether a user has the approprate authorzaton to
execute a partcuar actvty.
Expan the EXPORT and IMPORT commands? How can you pass more than one group
of data by usng IMPORT
commands?
EXPORT :-
To read data ob|ects from an ABAP program nto ABAP memory, use the foowng
statement:
Syntax
EXPORT <f1> |FROM <g 1>| <f 2> |FROM <g 2>| ... TO MEMORY ID <key>.
Ths statement stores the data ob|ects specfed n the st as a custer n memory. If
you do not use the opton FROM <f >, the
data ob|ect <f > s saved under ts own name. If you use the FROM <g > opton,
the data ob|et <g > s saved under the name
<f >. The name <key> dentfes the custer n memory. It may be up to 32
characters ong.
The EXPORT statement aways competey overwrtes the contents of any exstng
data custer wth the same name <key>.
IMPORT :-
To read data ob|ects from ABAP memory nto an ABAP program, use the foowng
statement:
Syntax
IMPORT <f1> |TO <g 1>| <f 2> |TO <g 2>| ... FROM MEMORY ID <key>.
Ths statement reads the data ob|ects specfed n the st from a custer n memory. If
you do not use the TO <g > opton, the
data ob|ect <f > n memory s assgned to the data ob|ect n the program wth the
same name. If you do use the opton, the data
ob|ect <f > s read from memory nto the fed <g >. The name <key> dentfes
the custer n memory. It may be up to 32
characters ong.
You do not have to read a of the ob|ects stored under a partcuar name <key>. You
can restrct the number of ob|ects by
specfyng ther names. If the memory does not contan any ob|ects under the name
<key>, SY-SUBRC s set to 4. If, on the other
hand, there s a data custer n memory wth the name <key>, SY-SUBRC s aways 0,
regardess of whether t contaned the data
ob|ect <f >. If the custer does not contan the data ob|ect <f >, the target fed
remans unchanged.
Expan the READ LINE and MODIFY LINE commands.
READ LINE :- Use the statements READ LINE and READ CURRENT LINE to read data
from the nes of exstng st eves.
These statements are cosey connected to the HIDE technque.
MODIFY LINE :- To modfy the nes of a competed st from wthn the program, use
the MODIFY LINE statement. http://abap-tutoras.com 2010
What are the dfferences between cang a program, transacton ,wth return and
,wthout return and how can each be
accompshed?
Program
-SUBMIT <rep>|(<fed>) |AND RETURN| |<optons>|.
If you use AND RETURN, the system stores the data of the cang executabe program
and returns to the cang after processng
the caed program. The system resumes executng the cang program at the
statement foowng the ca.
If you omt the AND RETURN addton, a data and st eves of the cang program
(the entre nterna sesson) are deeted. After
the caed executabe program has fnshed, contro returns to the eve from whch
you started the cang program.
Transacton
-CALL TRANSACTION <tcod> |AND SKIP FIRST SCREEN| |USING <tab>|.
Ths statement saves the data of the cang program, and starts transacton <tcod>.
At the end of the transacton, the system
returns to the statement foowng the ca n the cang report.
-LEAVE TO TRANSACTION <tcod> |AND SKIP FIRST SCREEN|.
Ths statement ends the cang program and starts transacton <tcod>. Ths deetes
the ca stack (nterna sessons) of a
prevous programs. At the end of the transacton, the system returns to the area
menu from whch the orgna program n the ca
stack was started.
What are the dfferences between the parameter SET and GET?
SET PARAMETER ID <pd> FIELD <f>.
Ths statement saves the contents of fed <f> under the ID <pd> n the SAP
memory. The code <pd> can be up to 20 characters
ong. If there was aready a vaue stored under <pd>, ths statement overwrtes t. If
the ID <pd> does not exst, doube-cck
<pd> n the ABAP Edtor to create a new parameter ob|ect.
GET PARAMETER ID <pd> FIELD <f>.
Ths statement fs the vaue stored under the ID <pd> nto the varabe <f>. If the
system does not fnd a vaue for <pd> n the
SAP memory, t sets SY-SUBRC to 4, otherwse to 0.
WHAT are the commands that aow you to process sequenta fe? And what s ther
syntax?
READ DATASET (readng) and TRANSFER (wrtng)
OPEN DTASET <dataset name> for <nput output appendng> n <bnary text >
mode at POSITION <poston> MESSAGE
<fed>
READ DATASET <dataset name > INTO <fed>
CLOSE DATASET <dataset name>
DELETE DATASET <dataset name>
TRANSFER <fed> to <dataset name>
What s the dfference between openng a dataset for nput, output, appendng?
FOR OUTPUT
Opens the fe for wrtng f exsts t s overwrtten f not then t s created.
FOR INPUT
Opens an exstng fe for readng.
FOR APPENDING
Opens the fe for wrtng at the end of the fe .If t does not exst, t s
created, f opened, you return to the end.
When an nterna tabe s created, the settngs crtera for the vaue of occurs?
The ob|ectve of settng the vaue of an occurs for an nterna tabe s a queston of
optmzaton. The foowng facts shoud be
taken nto account when makng such decson.
1) The compete data area of a program s 64000 bytes.
2) The nta sze decared s kept n ro area (qucker access to program)
3) Data entered that exceeds the nta sze stores n the ro fe (Sower access to
program)
You shoud aso anayze the expected voume and access rates before makng the
decson.
Defne "Check " statements, how t works?
To termnate a snge oop pass condtonay, use the CHECK <condton> statement
n the statement bock of the oop.
If the condton s not true, any remanng statements n the current statement bock
after the CHECK statement are gnored, and
the next oop pass starts. <condton> can be any ogca expresson.
Expan Fed Group(extract dataset)?
An extract dataset conssts of a sequence of records. These records may have
dfferent structures. A records wth the same
structure form a record type. You must defne each record type of an extract dataset
as a fed group, usng the FIELD-GROUPS
statement.
FIELD-GROUPS <fg>.
Ths statement defnes a fed group <fg>. A fed group combnes severa feds
under one name. For carty, you shoud decare
your fed groups at the end of the decaraton part of your program.
A fed group does not reserve storage space for the feds, but contans ponters to
exstng feds. When fng the extract dataset
wth records, these ponters determne the contents of the stored records.
What s the dfference between Move & assgn statement?
Move :- To assgn the vaue of a data ob|ect <f1> to a varabe <f2>, use the
foowng statement:
MOVE <f1> TO <f2>.http://abap-tutoras.com 2010
or the equvaent statement
<f2> = <f1>.
The contents of <f1> reman unchanged. <f1> does not have to be a varabe - t can
aso be a tera, a text symbo, or a constant.
You must aways specfy decma ponts wth a perod (.), regardess of the users
persona settngs.
Mutpe vaue assgnments n the form
<f4> = <f3> = <f2> = <f1>.
Assgn :- ASSIGN <f> TO <FS>.
When you assgn the data ob|ect, the system checks whether the technca attrbutes
of the data ob|ect <f> correspond to any type
specfcatons for the fed symbo <FS>. The fed symbo adopts any generc
attrbutes of <f> that are not contaned n ts own
type specfcaton. Foowng the assgnment, t ponts to <f> n memory.
How do you run a report for a row n tabe?
Usng Graphcs Mutpexer. There s an opton some thng smar to screen capture
whch captures data ony. Usng that data you
can draw graphs (3D and 2D). Ths opton s avaabe a the tme from Menu! ->
Generate Graphcs whch captures the data then
you need to drag and seect the data you want to draw a graph on. Once you seect
you can cck on Graphcs, whch aunches
graphcs mutpexer.http://abap-tutoras.com 2010
Memory Management
SAP memory (Goba Memory): - s avaabe to a user durng the entre duraton of a
termna sesson. Its contents are retaned across transacton boundares as we as
externa and nterna sessons.
Externa sesson: - when user ogs on to R/3 system, the system creates a new
termna
sesson caed externa sesson. E.g. System Create Sesson.
Interna sesson: - created by cang a transacton (wth CALL TRANSACTION), a
daog
modue (wth CALL DIALOG) or a report (wth SUBMIT or RETURN).
For externa sesson: - nterna sessons are aowed.
Ro area: - Data areas of used programs are created n ro areas for each nterna
sesson.
Postng data between nterna sessons: - EXPORT TO MEMORY and IMPORT FROM
MEMORY.
Man program group: - Created when exportng an nterna sesson.
Addtona program group: - If a functon modue beongng to a functon group not so
far
oaded, addtona program group s created.
Subroutne ca: - When externa subroutne s caed, system oads the reevant
program
and adds t to the program group of cang program.
Work areas: - Both tabe & common workareas wth the same name are created once
for
each program group and then shared by a programs n the group.
Lst system: - Conssts of basc st and a detas st beongng to basc st assgned
to
exacty one screen eve.
User nterface: - Ony program has ts own user nterface. Interna sessons nterface
s
ntay empty. Speca user nterface has to be actvated usng SET PF-STATUS
statement.
ABAP/4 memory: - Retaned ony durng the fetme of an externa sesson.
Data custer: - Group of severa data ob|ects.
Data ob|ects: - Unts of data, whch a program processes at runtme.
How do you wrte a DATA ob|ect from ABAP/4 program to ABAP/4 memory and
restore the same from memory to
program.
EXPORT <f1> |FROM <g1>| <f2> |FROM <g2>| ... TO MEMORY ID <key>.
The ID <key>, whch can be up to 32 characters ong, dentfes the data n memory.
Statement used to deete data ob|ects n ABAP/4 memory.
FREE MEMORY |ID <key>|.
How w you create a fe on appcaton server
Open dataset <dsn> for output.
ABAP/4 statement for openng a fe on appcaton server for readng ___________.
Open dataset <dsn> for nput.
How w you transfer data nto a fe n appcaton server ?
Data fname(60) vaue 'mYFILE'.
Data num type .http://abap-tutoras.com 2010
Open dataset fname for output.
Do 10 tmes.
Num = Num + 1.
Transfer num to fname.
Enddo.
.etc.....
Name the functon modues to wrte data from an Interna Tabe to the Presentaton
Server.
DOWNLOAD and WS_DOWNLOAD.
Name the functon modues to read data from Presentaton Server nto an Interna
Tabe.
UPLOAD and WS_UPLOAD.
Name the functon modue that can be used to gve nformaton about fes on
Presentaton Server and about t's
Operatng System.
WS_OUERY.
Name the ABAP/4 key word for seachng a strng n an Interna Tabe.
SEARCH <tab> FOR <str> <optons>.
How woud you fnd the attrbutes of a data type or data ob|ect ?
DESCRIBE FIELD <f> |LENGTH <>| |TYPE <t> |COMPONENTS <n>||
|OUTPUT-LENGTH <o>| |DECIMALS <d>|
|EDIT MASK <m>|.
Whch functon modue woud you use to check the user's authorzaton to access fes
before openng a fe?
AUTHORITY_CHECK_DATASET
Name the functon modue used to convert ogca fe names to physca fe names n
ABAP/4 programs.
FILE_GET_NAME.http://abap-tutoras.com 2010
What does CHAIN ....END CHAIN do?
Sometmes you want to check severa feds as a group. To do ths, ncude the feds
n a FIELD statement, and encose
everythng n a CHAIN-ENDCHAIN bock.
Exampe
**** Screen fow ogc: ****
CHAIN.
FIELD: SPFLI-CARRID, SPFLI-CONNID.
MODULE CHECK_FLIGHT.
ENDCHAIN.
When an error s found nsde a chan, the screen s re-dspayed, and a feds found
anywhere n the chan are nput-enabed. A
non-chan feds reman dsabed.
What does an extract statement do n the ABAP program?
Fs the feds groups wth vaues.
What happens when a tabe s actvated n DD?
- A tabe defnton s generated
- Map to the database system
- For each tabe, a tabe of the same name wth the same feds and
correspondng data type s created n database. -
Prmary ndex s generated automatcay
What s a check tabe and what s a vaue tabe?
- When we defne a foregn key n a tabe (A). If ths key refers to prmary key of
another tabe (B). Tabe B s check tabe
Feds referrng to a doman may assume vaues contaned n the
correspondng feds of the vaue tabe. Fed referrng to the doman
shoud have a foregn key
What s CTS and What do you know about t? | CTS s Correcton and Transport
Systems |
- Correcton system manages the nterna system components ke ob|ects ke ony
orgna verson of the ob|ect exsts. It stores
a changes made to the ob|ect.
- Transport system aows to transports the ob|ect from on SAP system to another
(Deveopment system to Producton system).
It aows to over wrte or deete exstng ob|ect n target system and mport new
ob|ects to target systems.
Durng deveopment work we start by openng a task (correcton) to http://abap-
tutoras.com 2010
whch we can assgn new and changed ob|ects. Once changes have
been made, transport new or changed ob|ects to other SAP system by
means of transport (Change) request.
Have you used SAP supped programs to oad master data?
- SAP supped BDC programs - RM06BBI0 (Purchase requstons)
- RMDATIND (Matera master) RFBIKR00 (Vendor Masters)
- RFBIDE00 (Customer Master) RVINVB00 (Saes Order)
What are the Technques nvoved n usng SAP supped programs? Do you prefer to
wrte your own programs to oad
master data? Why?
- Identfy reevant feds
- Mantan transfer structure ( Predefned - frst one s aways sesson record)
- Sesson record structure , Header Data, Item ( STYPE - record type )
- Feds n sesson structure - STYPE, GROUP , MANDT, USERNAME , NO DATA
- Feds n header structure - conssts of transacton code aso - STYPE, BMM00,
TCODE,MATNR and Feds n Item - ITEMS
.
- Mantan transfer fe - sampe data set creaton
How do you set up background |obs n SAP? What are the steps? What are events
drven batch |obs?
- Create a |ob usng functon modue |OB-OPEN
- Coect the |ob specfcatons.
- Add a |ob step to the |ob wth the functon modue |OB-SUBMIT.
- Cose the |ob and pass t to Background processng system for executon wth the
functon modue |OB-CLOSE
- EVENT DRIVEN BATCH |OBS :-
- Types = System events - trggered when actvaton of new operaton mode takes
pace
- User events - Trggered from ABAP/4 or externa program.
- Trggerng an event notfes the background processng that named condton has
been reached. The Background system
reacts by startng any |obs that were watng for the event.
Transacton codes reated to background |obs creaton and processng are :-
SM36(|ob creaton)
SM37(|ob seecton and executon).
What are presentaton and appcaton servers n SAP?
-A presentaton server s actuay a program named Sapgu.exe. It s usuay nstaed
on a users workstaton.
- Appcaton server s a set of executabes that coectvey nterpret the ABAP/4
programs and manage the nput & output for
them.
In an ABAP/4 program how do you access data that exsts on a presentaton server v/s
on an appcaton server?
- For presentaton server use UPLOAD or WS_UPLOAD functon modues.
For appcaton server use OPEN DATASET, READ DATASET and CLOSE DATASET
commands.
What s the dfference between Synchronous and Asynchronous updates ?
- A program asks the system to perform a certan task, and then ether wats or
doesn't wat for the task to fnsh. In
the task has been competed. In http://abap-tutoras.com 2010
asynchronous processng, the program does not wat: the system returns contro after
merey oggng the request for
executon.
Transferrng SPA/GPA Parameters to Transactons
To f the nput feds of a caed transacton wth data from the cang program, you
can use the SPA/GPA technque. SPA/GPA
parameters are vaues that the system stores n the goba, user-reated SAP memory.
You use the SAP memory to transfer
vaues between programs beyond the borders of transactons. A user can access the
vaues stored n the SAP memory durng
one termna sesson for a modes used n parae.
To f an SPA/GPA parameter, use:
Syntax
SET PARAMETER ID <pd> FIELD <f>.
To read an SPA/GPA parameter nto an ABAP program, use:
Syntax
GET PARAMETER ID <pd> FIELD <f>.
What s the dfference between Commt-Work and Roback-Work tasks ?
- Commt-Work statement "performs" many functons reevant to synchronzed
executon of tasks. Roback-Work
statement "cances" a requests reevant to synchronzed executon of tasks.
What are the dfferent database ntegrtes ?
- Semantc ntegrty
- Reatona ntegrty
- Prmary key ntegrty
- Vaue set ntegrty
- Foregn key ntegrty and
- Operatona ntegrty.http://abap-tutoras.com 2010
What s SAP ockng ?
- It s a mechansm for defnng and appyng ogca ocks to database ob|ects.
What does a ock ob|ect nvove ?
- The tabes
- The ock argument.
What are the dfferent knds of ock modes ?
- Shared ock
- Excusve ock
- Extended excusve st.
How can a ock ob|ect be caed n the transacton ?
- By cang Enqueue <ock ob|ect> and Dequeue <ock ob|ect> n the transacton.
What are the events by whch we can program "hep texts" and dspay "possbe
vaues sts" ?
- PROCESS ON HELP-REOUEST (POH)
- PROCESS ON VALUE-REOUEST (POV).
What are functon modues ? Types of parameters ?
- Functon modues are genera-purpose brary routnes that are avaabe system-
wde.
- In genera, functon modue can have four types of parameters:
- EXPORTING: for passng data to the caed functon
- IMPORTING: for recevng data returned from the functon modue
- TABLES: for passng nterna tabes ony, by reference (that s, by address)
- CHANGING: for passng parameters to and from the functon
How to send a report to the prnter nstead of dspayng t on the screen ?
- We can send a report to the prnter nstead of dspayng t on the screen. To do ths,
use the keywords TO SAP-SPOOL:
SUBMIT RSFLFIND ... TO SAP-SPOOL DESTINATION 'LT50'.
How can we send data to externa programs ?
- Usng SPA/GPA parameters (SAP memory)
- Usng EXPORT/IMPORT data (ABAP/4 memory)
What are the dfferences between SELECT-OPTIONS,VARIANTS AND PARAMETERS?
To enter vaues for varabes on the seecton screen, you must defne the varabes
usng the PARAMETERS statement.
To enter a range of vaues for the varabes on the seecton screen we use SELECT-
OPTIONS statement.
If you want to run the same report program wth the same seectons at reguar
ntervas (for exampe, for monthy saes statstcs),
In, ABAP/4 offers you combne the desred vaues for a these seectons n one
seecton set. Such a seecton set s caed a
VARIANTS.
What s SPA / GPA ? When do you use t?
To f the nput feds of a caed transacton wth data from the report, you can use
the SPA/GPA technque. SPA/GPA
parameters are vaues that the system stores n the goba, user-reated SAP memory.
You use the SAP memory to transfer
vaues between programs. A user can access the vaues stored n the SAP memory
durng one termna sesson for a modes
used n parae.
Usuay, the nput feds on the nta screen of a transacton are connected to
SPA/GPA parameters. If you f these parameters
from wthn your program before cang the transacton, the system fs the nput
feds wth the correspondng vaues.
Why and how do you dspay a message? What are the message types?
An ABAP/4 modue ets the system know that an error has occurred by ssung
nformaton,error or warnng messages. you can
aso use success messages when a partcuar acton s performed successfuy. When
the user presses ENTER, the current
process s nterrupted. The system returns the user to the SAP man menu usng
Abend message.
Message s dspayed usng MESSAGE Xnnn, where X s the type of the message and
nnn s the number of the message.
You have to decare the Id of the message cass n the program usng
MESSAGE-ID cc,where cc s the message cass.
How and where do You create Message cass?
You can create a message cass from two paces n the system:
1) From an Ob|ect cass ob|ect st (n the Ob|ect Browser)
2) From an ABAP/4 modue (n the ABAP/4 edtor)
What do you defne n the Data eement and Doman?
For Data Eement
The nformaton ncudes the fed's representaton on the screen n the form of FIELD
TEXTS, COLUMN CAPTIONS n st outputs
of the tabe contents and the format of the output va PARAMETER IDS and Onne
fed documentaton.
For Doman
Data Type,Fed Length and the aowed data vaues are defned . http://abap-
tutoras.com 2010
What s the dfference between a poo tabe and a transparent tabe?
Transparent Tabe :
A tran tabe has a one to one reataonshp n the database. The tabe n the dctonary
has the same name, same no of
feds, and the feds have the same name as n the R3 tabe defn. A transparent
tabe has appcaton data (Master and
Transacton).
Pooed Tabe :
A poo tabe has many to one reaton wth the tabe n the database. For one tabe n
the database there r many tabes n
the dctonary. Tha tabe n the database has a dff name than n the tabe n the data
dct, t has dff no of feds and fed names
are dfferent. A pooed tabe s stored n the poo at the database eve. A tabe poo s
a databse tabe wth a speca struct that
enabes the data of many R3 tabes to be stored n t. It can hod ony pooed tabes.
What are fed symbos and fed groups? Have you used component dx of structure
wth fed groups?
A fed symbo does not physcay reserve space for a fed, but ponts to a fed whch
s not known unt runtme of the program.
Fed symbos are comparabe to the concept of ponters as used n the programmng
anguage C.
dfferent structures. A records wth the same
structure form a record type. You must defne each record type of an extract dataset
as a fed group, usng the FIELD-GROUPS
statement.
What s the step by step process to create a tabe n data dctonary?
1. Seectng the tabe feds
2. Mantanng foregn keys
3. Creatng secondary ndexes (optona)
4. Mantanng technca settngs
5. Actvatng a tabe
What s the advantage of structures and how do you use them n Abap/4 programs?
A structure s defned n the ABAP/4 Dctonary ke a tabe and can be accessed from
ABAP/4 programs. Any change to the
defnton of the structure n the ABAP/4 Dctonary s automatcay mpemented n a
programs.
Whe data n tabes s stored permanenty n the database, structures contan data
ony durng the runtme of a program.
Structures are used n abap/4 programs to transfer data between programs as t s
gobay defned.Structures are used n
partcuar for defnng data at the nterface between modue poos and screens and
for standardzng parameters for functon http://abap-tutoras.com 2010
modues.
What does an extract statement do n the Abap/4 program?
Wth the frst EXTRACT statement of a report, the system creates the extract dataset
and adds the frst extract record. Wth each
subsequent EXTRACT statement, the system adds another extract record to the
extract dataset.
What s a coect statement and how s t dfferent from the append statement?
To f an nterna tabe wth nes whch have unque standard keys, we use the
COLLECT statement.
If an entry wth the same key aready exsts, the COLLECT statement does not append
a new ne as APPEND statement, but
adds the contents of the numerc feds n the work area to the contents of the
numerc feds n the exstng entry.
What s an open SOL vs Natve SOL.
Open SOL aows you to access a database tabes known to the SAP system,
regardess of the database manufacturer.
Sometmes, however, we may want to use database-specfc SOL statements caed
Natve SOL n your ABAP/4 program.
To avod ncompatbtes between dfferent database tabes and aso to make ABAP/4
programs ndependent of the database
system n use, SAP has created a set of separate SOL statements caed Open SOL.
Open SOL contans a subset of standard
SOL statements as we as some enhancements whch are specfc to SAP.
A database nterface transates SAP's Open SOL statements nto SOL commands
specfc to the database n use. Natve SOL
statements access the database drecty.
What does an EXEC SOL statement do n ABAP? What s the dsadvantage of usng t?
To use a Natve SOL statement, t must be preceded by an EXEC SOL statement and
concuded by an ENDEXEC statement.
An ABAP/4 program wth Natve SOL statements does not generay run wth dfferent
databases.
What are the events used n ABAP4?
The events are
INITIALIZATION
AT SELECTION-SCREEN
AT SELECTION-SCREEN ON <fed>
START-OF-SELECTION
TOP-OF-PAGE
TOP-OF-PAGE DURING LINE SELECTION
END-OF-PAGE
END-OF-SELECTION
AT USER-COMMAND
AT LINE-SELECTIONhttp://abap-tutoras.com 2010
AT PF<NN>
GET
GET LATE.
AT User Command
What s an nteractve reports ? What s the obvous dfference of such reports wth
HTML type reports?
Interactve reportng aows the user to partcpate actvey n retrevng and
presentng data durng the sesson. Instead of one
extensve and detaed st, wth nteractve reportng you create a condensed basc
st from whch the user can ca detaed
nformaton by postonng the cursor and enterng commands. Interactve reportng
thus reduces nformaton retreva to the data
actuay requred.
Detaed nformaton s presented n secondary sts. A secondary st may ether
overay the basc st competey or appear n an
addtona daog wndow on the same screen. The secondary st can tsef be
nteractve agan.
Apart from creatng secondary sts, nteractve reportng aso aows to ca
transactons or other reports from sts. These
programs then use vaues dspayed n the st as nput vaues. The user can, for
exampe, ca a transacton from wthn a st to
change the database tabe whose data s dspayed n the st.
What happens when a tabe s actvated n DD?
When the tabe s actvated, a physca tabe defnton n the database s added to the
tabe defnton stored n the ABAP/4
Dctonary. The database-ndependent tabe defnton from the ABAP/4 Dctonary s
transated nto a defnton of the reevant
database.
What s a check tabe and What s a vaue tabe?
The reatona data mode contans not ony tabes, but aso reatonshps between
tabes. These reatonshps are defned n the
ABAP/4 Dctonary by foregn keys. An mportant functon of foregn keys s to support
data ntegrty n the reatona data mode.
Foregn key feds may assume ony those vaues aowed by the check tabe, n other
words, vaues occurrng n the prmary key
of the check tabe.
A foregn key provdes a nk between two tabes, for eg.,T1 and T2 by ncudng a
reference n tabe T1 to the prmary key of tabe
T2. For ths purpose, Foregn key feds assgned to the prmary key feds of T2 are
ncuded n T1. Tabe T1, whch s the one
beng checked, s caed a foregn key tabe, and tabe T2 s caed a check tabe. The
terms dependent (foregn key) tabe and
referenced (check) tabe are aso used.
VALUE TABLE:If the doman of the check fed has a vaue tabe, ths s proposed by
the system as check tabe n the foregn fed
mantenance. The key feds of the vaue tabe are n ths case assgned feds of the
foregn key tabe wth the same doman.
These feds may assume ony those vaues aowed by the vaue tabe.
The vaue range of the doman can be defned by specfyng vaue tabe.A tabe
feds referrng to ths doman can then be
checked aganst the correspondng fed of ths vaue tabe.In order the check can be
executed, a foregn key must be defned for
the vaue tabe.http://abap-tutoras.com 2010
What are matchcodes? Descrbe?
A matchcode s a too to search for data records n the system. Matchcodes are an
effcent and user-frendy search ad for cases
where the key of a record s unknown.
It conssts of two stages one s Match code ob|ect and the other s Matchcode ID.
A matchcode ob|ect descrbes the set of a possbe search paths for a search term.
Matchcode ID descrbes a speca search path for a search term.
What are ranges? What are number ranges?
It s often necessary to drecty access ndvdua records n a data structure. Ths s
done usng unque keys. Number ranges are
used to assgn numbers to ndvdua database records for a commerca ob|ect, to
compete the key. Such numbers are e.g. order
numbers or matera master numbers.
How do you vadate the seecton crtera of a report? And how do you dspay nta
vaues n a seecton screen?
The seecton crtera s vadated n the processng bock of the AT SELECTION
SCREEN event for the nput vaues on the screen
and respectve messages can be sent.
To dspay nta vaues n the seecton screen:
Use INITIALIZATION EVENT
Use DEFAULT VALUE opton of PARAMETERS Statement
Use SPA/GPA Parameters (PIDs).
What s the Cent concept n SAP? What s the meanng of Cent ndependent?
In commerca, organzatona and technca terms, the cent s a sef contaned unt n
the R3 system, wth separate set of Master
data and ts own set of Tabes.
When a change s made n one cent a other cents are affected n the system - ths
type of ob|ects are caed Cent ndependent
ob|ects.
What s Interna tabe?
Interna tabes are tabe ob|ects that ony exst for the runtme of the program. There
are severa ABAP statements for
workng wth nterna tabes, for exampe, append, nsert, deete, or fnd nes.
The number of nes of an nterna tabe s extended dynamcay at runtme as
requred.
You can use nterna tabes for tabe cacuatons on subsets of database tabes. For
exampe, you can read a part of one or more
database tabes nto an nterna tabe.
They aso aow you to reorganze ther contents to sut the needs of your program.
You can, for exampe, read partcuar entres
from one or more arge customer tabes nto an nterna tabe, and then use them to
create a st. When you run your program, you
can access ths data drecty, nstead of havng to search for each record n the
database.http://abap-tutoras.com 2010
What s a varant and where do you use t?
If you want to run a report program wth same seectons at reguar ntervas (for
exampe, for monthy saes statstcs), you
woud not want to enter the same vaues each tme. So, ABAP/4 offers you a
possbty to combne the desred vaues for a these
seectons n one seecton set. You can create as many dfferent seecton sets as you
ke for each report program and they
reman assgned ony to the report program n queston. Such a seecton set s caed
a varant.
Usng Varants Onne
Usng Varants n Background Processng
Onne, startng a report va varant saves the user work,mnmzes nput errors. In
background processng, a varant s the ony
possbty you have to pass vaues for the seectons.
To f certan seectons wth vaues that change accordng to the appcaton, you use
a varant, whch takes the varabe vaues
from Tabe TVARV.
What s set parameter and get parameter?
We can pass data to a caed program usng SPA/GPA parameters. SPA/GPA
parameters are fed vaues saved gobay
n memory. Each parameter s dentfed by a three-character code: you can defne
these parameters n the ob|ect browser by
seectng Other ob|ects on the frst screen. The SPA/GPA storage s user-specfc and
vad throughout a the user's sessons.by
usng the SET PARAMETER or GET PARAMETER statements
These statements et you store and retreve SPA/GPA vaues from an ABAP/4 program.
If the seecton screens for the two
transactons do not share the same requred feds, use these statements to store
screen feds expcty by name.
Before cang the new transacton from a PAI modue, store the caer transacton's
feds under one name:
SET PARAMETER ID 'RID' FIELD <FIELD NAME1>.
The system stores the vaue n <fed name1> n the SPA parameter 'RID'. The three-
character dentfer 'RID' must be defned n
the SAP tabe TPARA. If the SPA parameter 'RID' aready contans a vaue, the SET
PARAMETER statement overwrtes t (wth
the contents of <FIELD NAME1>).
In the PBO modue for the caed transacton, retreve the feds under the other
name:
GET PARAMTER ID 'RID' FIELD <FIELD NAME2>.
What s fed symbo?
A fed symbo does not physcay reserve space for a fed, but ponts to a fed whch
s not known unt runtme of the
program. Sometmes you ony know whch fed you want to process, and how you
want to process t, at runtme.http://abap-tutoras.com 2010
For ths purpose, you can create fed symbos n your program. At runtme, you can
assgn rea feds to such fed symbos. A
operatons whch you have programmed wth the fed symbo are then carred out
wth the assgned fed. After successfu
assgnment, there s no dfference n ABAP/4 whether you reference the fed symbo
or the fed tsef.
How to use a grd st?
Use Functon Modue Dspay_*LIST. In Ur program .Put a the data that U want to
output n ts fna format and then pass ths
nterna tabe to the functon modue
Two types of grd st .
DISPLAY_GRID_LIST(Verson 4.0b)
DISPLAY_BASIC_LIST(Verson 4.6b)
Cacuate the subtota etc and save t as a varant ,However whe prntng t w prnt
a the entes of the feds
How to pass data from the form to the Subroutne program?
Use structure ITCSY
How can we pass seecton and parameter data to a report ?
- There are three optons for passng seecton and parameter data to the report.
usng SUBMIT...WITH .
usng a report varant .
usng a RANGE tabe .
Standard Programs that every ABAPer Shud Know
RSAVGL00 Tabe ad|ustment across cents
RSBDCSUB Reease batch-nput sessons automatcay RSCLTCOP Copy
tabes across cents
RSINCL00 Extended program st
RSORAREL Get the Orace Reease
RSPARAM Dspay a nstance parameters
RSTXSCRP Transport SAPscrpt fes across systems
RGUGBR00 Substtuton/Vadaton utty http://abap-tutoras.com 2010
RSUSR003 Check the passwords of users SAP* and DDIC n a cents
RSUSR006 Lst users ast ogn
RSTXLDMC To Load LOGOs to appcaton server
Interactve Reportng
Interactve reportng aows the user to partcpate actvey n retrevng and
presentng data durng the sesson. Instead of one
extensve and detaed st, wth nteractve reportng you create a condensed basc
st from whch the user can ca detaed
nformaton by postonng the cursor and enterng commands. Interactve reportng
thus reduces nformaton retreva to the data
actuay requred.
What are the event key words n nteractve reportng ?
Event keyword Event
AT LINE-SELECTION Moment at whch the user seects a ne by
doube-cckng on t or by postonng the
cursor on t and pressng F2.
AT USER-COMMAND Moment at whch the user presses a functon
key.
TOP-OF-PAGE DURING LINESELECTION
Moment durng st processng of a secondary
st at whch a new page starts.
What s secondary st ?
Secondary sts aow you to enhance the nformaton presented n the basc st. The
user can, for exampe, seect a ne of the
basc st for whch he wants to see more detaed nformaton. You dspay these
detas on a secondary st.Secondary sts may
ether overay the basc st competey or you can dspay them n an extra wndow on
the screen. The secondary sts can
themseves be nteractve agan.
How to seect vad nes for secondary st ?
To prevent the user from seectng nvad nes, ABAP/4 offers severa possbtes. At
the end of the processng bock END-OFSELECTION, deete the contents of one or
more feds you prevousy stored for vad nes usng the HIDE statement. At the
event
AT LINE-SELECTION, check whether the work area s nta or whether the HIDE
statement stored fed contents there. In the
atter case, create a secondary st, snce you prevousy stored fed contents for
vad nes ony. After processng the secondary
st, cear the work area agan. Ths prevents the user from tryng to create further
secondary sts from the secondary st
dspayed.http://abap-tutoras.com 2010
How to create user nterfaces for sts ?
The R/3 system automatcay generates a graphca user nterface (GUI) for your sts
that offers the basc functons for st
processng, such as savng or prntng the st. If you want to ncude addtona
functonaty, such as pushbuttons, you must defne
your own nterface status.To create a new status, the Deveopment Workbench offers
the Menu Panter. Wth the Menu
Panter,you can create menus and appcaton toobars.And you can assgn Functon
keys to certan functons. At the begnnng of
the statement bock of AT END-OF-SELECTION, actvate the status of the basc st
usng the statement: SET PF-STATUS
'STATUS'.
Can we ca reports and transactons from nteractve reportng sts ?
YES.Interactve reportng aso aows you to ca transactons or other reports from
sts. These programs then use vaues
dspayed n the st as nput vaues.The user can, for exampe, ca a transacton from
wthn a st to change the database tabe
whose data s dspayed n the st.
How to mantan sts ?
To return from a hgh st eve to the next-ower eve (SY-LSIND), the user chooses
Back on a secondary st.The system then
reeases the currenty dspayed st and actvates the st created one step earer.The
system deetes the contents of the reeased
st.To expcty specfy the st eve nto whch you want to pace output, set the SY-
LSIND fed. The system accepts ony ndex
vaues whch correspond to exstng st eves.It then deetes a exstng st eves
whose ndex s greater or equa to the ndex you
specfy.For exampe, f you set SY-LSIND to 0, the system deetes a secondary sts
and overwrtes the basc st wth the current
secondary st.
What are the page headers for secondary sts?
On secondary sts, the system does not dspay a standard page header and t does
not trgger the event TOP-OF-PAGE.To
create page headers for secondary st, you must enhance TOP-OF-PAGE:
Syntax TOP-OF-PAGE DURING LINE-SELECTION. The system trggers ths event for
each secondary st. If you want to
create dfferent page headers for dfferent st eves, you must program the
processng bock of ths event accordngy, for exampe
by usng system feds such as SY-LSIND or SY-PFKEY n contro statements (IF, CASE).
What s meant by stacked st ?
A Stacked st s nothng but secondary st and s dspayed on a fu-sze screen
uness you have specfed ts coordnates usng
the wndow command.
Is the basc st deeted when the new st s created?
NO.It s not deeted and you can return back to t usng one of the standard navgaton
functons ke cckng on the back button or
the cance button.
What s meant by hotspots ?
Hotspot s a st area where the mouse ponter appears as an uprght hand
symbo.When a user ponts to that area(and the hand
cursor s actve),a snge-cck does the same thng as a doube-cck. Hotspots are
supported from R/3 reease 3.0c.
In whch system fed does the name of current gu status s there ?
The name of the current GUI STATUS s avaabe n the system fed SY-
PFKEY.http://abap-tutoras.com 2010
What s meant by hde area ?
The hde command temporary stores the contents of the fed at the current ne n a
system-controed memory caed the HIDE
AREA.At an nteractve event,the contents of the fed s restored from the HIDE
AREA. When cang a secondary st from a st
ne for whch the HIDE feds are stored, the system fs the stored vaues back nto
the varabes n the program. In the program
code, nsert the HIDE statement drecty after the WRITE statement for the current
ne.
When the get cursor command used n nteractve sts ?
If the hdden nformaton s not suffcent to unquey dentfy the seected ne ,the
command GET CURSOR s used.The GET
CURSOR command returns the name of the fed at the cursor poston n a fed
specfed after the addton fed,and the vaue of
the seected fed n a fed specfed after vaue.
How to pass data from st to report ?
ABAP/4 provdes three ways of passng data:
---Passng data automatcay usng system feds
---Usng statements n the program to fetch data
---Passng st attrbutes
How to ca other programs ?
Report Transacton
System feds used n nteractve Reportng
The SY-LSIND system fed contans the ndex of the st currenty created. Whe
creatng a basc st, SY-LSIND equas 0.
Wth each nteractve event, the system automatcay sets the foowng system
feds:
System fed Informaton
SY-LINCT tota ne count of a st
SY-LINNO current ne no where cursor s paced.http://abap-tutoras.com 2010
SY-LSIND Index of the st currenty created durng the current event (basc st = 0)
SY-LISTI Index of the st eve from whch the event was trggered
SY-LILLI Absoute number of the ne from whch the event was trggered
SY-LISEL Contents of the ne from whch the event was trggered
SY-CUROW Poston of the ne n the wndow from whch the event was trggered
(countng starts wth 1)
SY-CUCOL Poston of the coumn n the wndow from whch the event was trggered
(countng starts wth 2)
SY-UCOMM Functon code that trggered the event
SY-PFKEY Aways contans the status of the current st.
TOP-OF-PAGE DURING LINE-SELECTION.
The system trggers ths event for each secondary st. If you want to create dfferent
page headers for dfferent st eves, you
must program the processng bock of ths event accordngy, for exampe by usng
system feds such as SY-LSIND or SY-PFKEY
n contro statements (IF, CASE).
Data from System Feds of Interactve Lsts
From system feds, you retreve the foowng nformaton: the ndex of a st, the
poston of the st n the output wndow, and the
ocaton of the cursor. The ony system fed that contans the contents of the seected
ne s SY-LISEL.
Passng Data by Program Statements
To pass ndvdua output feds or addtona nformaton from a ne to the
correspondng processng bock durng an nteractve
event, use these statements:
HIDE
The HIDE statement s one of the fundamenta statements for nteractve reportng.
Usng the HIDE technque, you can at the
moment you create a st eve defne, whch nformaton ater to pass to the
subsequent secondary sts.
Syntax HIDE <f>.
Eg HIDE: SPFLI-CARRID, SPFLI-CONNID, NUM.
READ LINE
Use the statements READ LINE and READ CURRENT LINE to expcty read data from
the nes of exstng st eves. These http://abap-tutoras.com 2010
statements are tghty connected to the HIDE
technque.
Syntax :
READ LINE <n> |INDEX <dx>|
|FIELD VALUE <f1> |INTO <g 1>|... <f n> |INTO <g n>||
|OF CURRENT PAGE|OF PAGE <p>|.
Eg :
READ LINE SY-INDEX FIELD VALUE BOX.
GET CURSOR
Use the statements GET CURSOR FIELD and GET CURSOR LINE to pass the output
fed or output ne on whch the cursor was
postoned durng the nteractve event to the processng bock.
Syntax
GET CURSOR FIELD <f> |OFFSET <off>| |LINE <n>|
|VALUE <va>| |LENGTH <en>|.
SET CURSOR
To set the cursor, use the SET CURSOR statement. Ths statement sets the cursor n
the most recenty created st. Whe
creatng the basc st, ths s aways the basc st tsef. Whe creatng a secondary
st, ths s the prevous st.
SET CURSOR <co> <n>.
Ths statement sets the cursor to coumn <co> of ne <n> of the output
wndow.http://abap-tutoras.com 2010
Cang Programs
If you need to program an extensve appcaton, one snge program w become
very compex. To make the program easer to
read, t s often reasonabe to dvde the requred functons among severa programs.
ABAP aows you to ca reports as we as transactons usng these statements:
Report Transacton
Typca Structure of ABAP Program
1. Report Defntons *
2. Tabe and Data defntons *
3. Intazaton event
4. Screen Seect Optons/Inputs *
5. Seecton-screen event
6. Start-of-seecton event
7. Performs and other Events *
statements
8. End-of-seecton event
1. Intazaton
Trggered pror to frs t dspay of seecton screen
To specfy Defaut vaue n SELECT-OPTIONS
2. At Seecton-Screen
Processed after the seecton screen vaue are entered
For vadaton of screen accepts
Returns back to SELECT-OPTIONS
4. START-OF-SELECTION & END-OF-SELECTIONhttp://abap-tutoras.com 2010
Ths s mpct n any ABAP/4 program
Start & end of man processng ogc
More n use wth ogca database access
A Statements between START-OF-SELECTION and END-OF-ELECTION s ony
executed
By D efaut , no need to have END-OF-SELECTION
Each procedura statement n an ABAP program automatcay beongs to START-
OF-SELECTION
5. Form Event
Smar to PERFORM/SUBROUTINES
STARTS wth FORM and ends wth ENDFORM
A statements between ENDFORM and end of program are never processed
Smary a statements between ENDFORM and event keyword are never
processed.
6. Lmtatons of Smpe PERFORM
Vaues can be passed through PERFORM to FORM.
Gvng the fexb ty to use the same subroutne mutpe number of tmes.
Syntax1: PERFORM <XXXX> usng <YYY>
changng <MMM>

FORM <XXXX> usng <YYY> ke <ZZZ>
changng <MMM> ke <NNN> - Pass by reference
OR
FORM <XXXX> usng vaue (YYY) ke <ZZZ> - Pass by vaue, creates another
copy of the varabe.
Exampe1:
PERFORM date-nvert usng n-date
Changng out-date
FORM date-nvert usng n-date ke datumhttp://abap-tutoras.com 2010
Syntax2: PERFORM functon-name(program) IF FOUND.
Exampe2: PERFORM HEADER(FORMPOOL) IF FOUND.
6. Get event
GET < tabe name >
Reads data of a coumns from a database tabe fang n the herarchy
Needs to menton tabe name n
TABLES: parameters...
Ony feds pa rt of the tabes mentoned n the TABLES: parameter can be vewed
& edted
7. To Ext from an Event
Ext - It exts from the respectve subroutne were ths syntax s used , generay
condton for the EXIT s stated
before ths syntax
Check - here the condtona check s done at the same tme .
CHECK <condton>
If the condton s not satsfed, the system eaves the subroutne and resumes
the processng after the PERFORM statement
Stop - t s the abrupt stoppng the program fow
8. CALLng Functona Modues
Syntax:
CALL FUNCTION <modue>http://abap-tutoras.com 2010
|EXPORTING f1 = a1 .... fn = an|
|IMPORTING f1 = a1 .... fn = an|
|CHANGING f1 = a1 .... fn = an|
|TABLES f1 = a1 .... fn = an|
|EXCEPTIONS e1 = r1 .... en = rn
Exampe:
CALL FUNCTION 'Z_DATE_CONVERSION'
EXPORTING STD_DATE = GEN_DATE
IMPORTING CH_DATE = NEW_DATE
9. Lst Events
TOP-Of-PAGE, END-OF-PAGE,
AT LINE-SELECTION, AT USER-COMMAND
These events are trggered by the ABAP runtme envronment whe a st s beng
created or when a user performs an
acton on a st. The statement n these bocks can format the st or process the
users request.
ABAP PERFORMANCE ISSUES.
ABAP/4 Optmzaton
Use the GET RUN TIME command to hep evauate performa nce. It's hard to know
whether that optmzaton technque
REALLY heps uness you test t out. Usng ths too can hep you know what s
effectve, under what knds of condtons. The
GET RUN TIME has probems under mutpe CPUs, so you shoud use t to test sma
peces of your program, rather than the
whoe program.
Avod 'SELECT *', especay n tabes that have a ot of feds. Use SELECT A B C
INTO nstead, so that feds are ony read f http://abap-tutoras.com 2010
they are used. Ths can make a very bg dfference.
Fed-groups can be usefu for mut-eve sortng and dspayng. However, they
wrte ther data to the system's pagng space,
rather than to memory (nterna tabes use memory). For ths reason, fed-groups are
ony approprate for processng arge
sts (e.g. over 50,000 records). If you have arge sts, you shoud work wth the
systems admnstrator to decde the maxmum
amount of RAM your program shoud use, and from that, cacuate how much space
your sts w use. Then you can decde
whether to wrte the data to memory or swap space. See the Fedgroups ABAP
exampe.
Use as many tabe keys as possbe n the WHERE part of your seect statements.
Whenever possbe, desgn the program to access a reatvey constant number of
records (for nstance, f you ony access the
transactons for one month, then there probaby w be a reasonabe range, ke 1200-
1800, for the number of transactons
nputted wthn that month). Then use a SELECT A B C INTO TABLE ITAB statement.
Get a good dea of how many records you w be accessng. Log nto your
productve system, and use SE80 -> Dctonary
Ob|ects (press Edt), enter the tabe name you want to see, and press Dspay. Go To
Uttes -> Tabe Contents to query the
tabe contents and see the number of records. Ths s extremey usefu n optmzng a
program's memory aocaton.
Try to make the user nterface such that the program graduay unfods more
nformaton to the user, rather than gvng a huge
st of nformaton a at once to the user.
Decare your nterna tabes usng OCCURS NUM_RECS, where NUM_RECS s the
number of records you expect to be
accessng. If the number of records exceeds NUM_RECS, the data w be kept n swap
space (not memory).
Use SELECT A B C INTO TABLE ITAB whenever possbe. Ths w read a of the
records nto the tab n one operaton,
rather than repeated operatons that resut from a SELECT A B C INTO ITAB...
ENDSELECT statement. Make sure that ITAB
s decared wth OCCURS NUM_RECS, where NUM_RECS s the number of records you
expect to access.
Many tabes contan totas feds (such as monthy expense totas). Use these avod
wastng resources by cacuatng a tota
that has aready been cacuated and stored.
Program Anayss Utty
To determne the usage of varabes and subroutnes wthn a program, you can use
the ABAP utty caed ,Program Anayss
ncuded n transacton SE38. To do so, execute transacton SE38, enter your program
name, then use the path Uttes ->
Program Anayss
ABAP PERFORMANCE IMPROVEMENTS VIA DATA DICTIONARYhttp://abap-tutoras.com
2010
INDEX CREATION SUGGESTIONS RELATED TO DATABASE PERFORMANCE
The coumns at the begnnng of an ndex are the most "common". The most
"common" coumns are those where reports
are seectng coumns wth no ranges - the where cause for these coumns s an
"equa to" expresson. Rearrange coumns of an
ndex to match the seecton crtera. For exampe, f a seect statement s wrtten to
ncude coumns 1 and 2 wth "equa to"
expressons n the where cause and coumn 3 and 4 are seected wth vaue ranges,
then the ndex shoud be created wth
coumns n the sequence of 1,2,3,4.
Coumns towards the end of the ndex are ether nfrequenty used n seects or
are part of reportng seects that nvove
ranges of vaues.
TABLE TYPE SUGGESTIONS RELATED TO DATABASE PERFORMANCE
Use VIEW tabes to effectvey |on and "denormaze" reated tabes that are
takng arge amounts of tme to seect for
reportng. For exampe, at tmes where hghy accessed tabes normaze descrpton
text nto one tabe and the header data nto
another tabe, t may make sense to create a vew tabe that |ons the reevant feds
of the two assocated wth a poor performng
ABAP.
For POOL tabes that contan arge amounts of data and are hghy accessed,
convert the pooed tabe nto a transparent tabe
and add an ndex. POOLED tabes are supposed to be coectons of smaer tabes
that are qucky accessed from the
database or are competey buffered n memory. Pooed tabes contanng more than
a few hundred rows and are accessed
many tmes n a report or transacton are canddates for POOL to TRANSPARENT
Converson. For exampe, tabe A053
contans tax |ursdcton condton nformaton and are accessed more than ten tmes
n the saes order create
transacton. If the entre Unted States tax codes are oaded nto these condton
tabes, the tme to save a saes order
ncreases to unacceptabe eves. Convertng the tax condton tabe to transparent
and creatng an ndex based
upon the key feds, decreases processng tme from mnutes to seconds.
Do not aow the use of LIKE n an SAP SOL statement accessng a arge tabe.
Use nterna tabes n ABAPs to preseect vaues once and store vaues n memory for
sortng and searchng purposes (ths
s an assumpton stated at the begnnng of ths dscusson).
Avod ogca databases when not processng a row s of a tabe. In fact, a ogca
database s merey a group of nested
SAP SOL SELECT statements. In genera, when processng a sma number of rows n a
arger tabe s requred, the use of
nterna tabes and NOT usng a ogca database or nested seects w be much better
for performance.http://abap-tutoras.com 2010
ABAP IMPORTANT REPORTS
RSBDCBTC
Submt a BDC |ob wth an nterna batch number and wat for the end of the batch
nput sesson.
RSBDCSUB
Reease batch nput sessons automatcay
ABAP IMPORTANT TCODES
OSS1 SAP Onne Servce System
SM13 Update montor. W show update tasks status. Very usefu to determne why
an
update faed.
S001 ABAP Deveopment Workbench
SE01 Od Transport & Correctons screen
SE10 New Transport & Correcton screen
SE09 Workbench Organzer
SE16 Data Browser: Inta Screen.
SE30 ABAP/4 Runtme Anayss
SE36 ABAP/4: Logca Databases
SE37 ABAP/4 Functon Modues
SE38 ABAP Edtor
SE39 Sptscreen Edtor: Program Compare
SE41 Menu Panter
SE51 Screen Panter: Inta Screen.
SE71 SAPscrpt ayout set
SE80 ABAP/4 Deveopment Workbench Ob|ect Browser
SM12 Lock tabe entres (unock ocked tabes)
SM21 Vew the system og, very usefu when you get a short dump. Provdes much
more nfo than short dump
SM35 Vew Batch Input Sessons
SO00 ABAP/4 Ouery: Start Oueres
BDC
1
What shoud be the approach for wrtng a BDC program?
Ans.: 1. Anayss the Data. 2. Generate SAP structure. 3. Deveop transfer
program
4. Create sequenta fe. 5. Create batch nput program. 6. Process batch nput data
2 What s the aternatve to batch nput sesson?
Ans. : Ca transacton & ca daog
What are the steps n a BDC sesson ?
program
w process. Next step s to wrte a program to bud the BDC tabe that w be used
to
submt the data to SAP. The fna step s to submt the BDC tabe to the system n the
batch
mode or as a snge transacton by the CALL TRANSACTION command.
3 What are the probems n processng batch nput sessons? How s batch nput
process dfferent from processng on ne?
Ans.: Sessons cannot be run n parae and not fast.
4 What do you do when the system crashes n the mdde of a BDC batch sesson?
-Check no. of records aready updated and deete them from nput fe and run BDC
agan.
5 What do you do wth errors n BDC batch sesson?
-Anayss and correct nput fe format and entres n nterna tabe BDCDATA.
6 WHAT are the commands that aow you to process sequenta fe? And what s ther
syntax?
Ans :-http://abap-tutoras.com 2010
READ DATASET (readng) and TRANSFER (wrtng)
OPEN DTASET <dataset name> for <nput output appendng> n <bnary text >
mode at
POSITION <poston> MESSAGE <fed>
READ DATASET <dataset name > INTO <fed>
CLOSE DATASET <dataset name>
DELETE DATASET <dataset name>
TRANSFER <fed> to <dataset name>
7 What s the process for transferrng data from egacy system to SAP?
Ans :- FTP fe transfer, Manufacturer -specfc fed transfer NFS(network fe
system)/BDC.
8 Expan the process to transfer a record to a dataset?
Ans :- TRANSFER <fed> to <dataset name>.
9 Why batch nput?
Ans :- To nput a arge amount of nformaton at off peak tmes.
10 Can data be put drecty nto the database?
Ans :- No, ony after the data has been entered va transacton.
11 Expan at hgh eve, the batch nput process?
Ans :- Batch data s paced nto queues caed batch nput sessons , then paced nto
the
appcaton programs for mantenance nto the database.
12 What are the functon modues assocated wth batch nput?
Ans :- BDC_OPEN_GROUP , BDC_CLOSE_GROUP , BDC_INSERT
13 What s the structure of the BDC tabe?
Ans :- Program/Dynpro/start/fed name/ fed content.
14 Wrte out a codng exampe for fng a BDC Tabe.
Ans :- http://abap-tutoras.com 2010
FORM <NAME>
REFEESH <bdc tabe>
CLEAR <bdc tabe>
MOVE <program name > to <bdc tabe>-PROGRAM
<number1> TO <bdc tabe>-DYNPRO
,X TO <bdc tabe>-DYNBEGIN
APPEND <bdc tabe>
CLEAR <bdc tabe>
MOVE: <fed1> TO <bdc tabe>-FNAM
<fed2> TO <bdc tabe>-FVAL
APPEND <bdc tabe>
15 How do you fnd the transacton number, program number and fed names?
Ans :-
Transacton no.,program no. - System -> status
Fed names - F1, Technca hep
16 What are the processng modes for Batch Input?
Ans :- Process on screen(foreground) , Dspay errors ony and process n the
background
17 What are the avaabe OK Codes that can be utzed durng batch nput
processng?
Ans :-
/n - termnates current batch nput transacton and marks as ncorrect.
/bde - deete current batch nput transacton from sesson.
/bend - termnate batch nput processng and mark sesson as ncorrect.
/bda - change dspay mode to process the sesson on screen nstead of dspayng
ony
errors.
/bde - change dspay mode to dspay ony errors nstead of processng the sesson
on the
screen.
18 What s the effect of the BDC_CURSOR fed name n the BDC tabe?
Ans :- You can set the cursor and enter as a correspondng fed vaue the name of
the fed
on whch the cursor s to be postoned .
19 How many types of BDCs you have done?http://abap-tutoras.com 2010
21 Why you choose Ca transacton and/or sesson method?
Ca transacton s many used when you want to update the database usng a snge
transacton , you can aso update the database n asynchronous mode, where as
sesson s
used to perform huge database updatons usng more than one transacton and whch
w
ast for a ong tme.
22 How you trap errors n ca Transacton
Errors whe updatng the database usng ca transacton technque are trapped usng
a
structure bdcmsgca, whose fed msgtyp become ,e when an error record s
encountered.
Those records are formatted usng format_message functon ca n the desred format
and
stored n an nterna tabe for stng of a error records n one shot.
23 What are dfferent types of Update modes
In BDCs we have two types of updaton modes - 1) Synchronous 2) Asynchronous
24 What s man dfference between sesson method and LSMW
In the context of sesson method,
the method of updatng s "Batch Input" ,
we requre a program to be coded,
But n the context of LSMW method,
The methods of updatng
usng "Batch Input/Drecton Input"
from an IDOC,
from a BAPI structure.
No source code s requred, the compete operaton s performed n 16 steps
sequence
25 What s man dfference between CATT and LSMW
Usng LSMW you can update any knd of data but no changes to database are
aowed,
where as CATT too can update ony master data, whch aso aows changes to the
master data and aso a sgnfcant testng of data s possbe
26 What s BDC and How you use t?http://abap-tutoras.com 2010
BC Bass Components--ABAP workbench--BC Bass Programmng nterfaces--Data
transfer
Durng data transfer, data s transferred from an externa system nto the SAP R/3
System. Transfer data from an externa system nto an R/3 System as t s nstaed.
Transfer data reguary from an externa system nto an R/3 System.
Exampe: If data for some departments n your company s nput usng a system other
than
the R/3 System, you can st ntegrate ths data n the R/3 System. To do ths, you
export the
data from the externa system and use a data transfer method to mport t nto the
R/3
System.
Batch nput wth batch nput sessons : Data consstency check wth the hep of screen
ogc.
Wth the batch nput method, an ABAP program reads the externa data that s to be
entered
n the R/3 System and stores the data n a "batch nput sesson". The sesson records
the
actons that are requred to transfer data nto the system usng norma SAP
transactons.
When the program has generated the sesson, you can run the sesson to execute the
SAP
transactons n t. You can expcty start and montor a sesson wth the batch nput
management functon (by choosng System Servces Batch nput), or have the
sesson
run n the background processng system.
Use the BDC_OPEN_GROUP functon modue to create a new sesson. Once you have
created a sesson, then you can nsert batch nput data nto t wth BDC_INSERT. Use
the
BDC_INSERT functon modue to add a transacton to a batch nput sesson. Use the
BDC_CLOSE_GROUP functon modue to cose a sesson after you have nserted a of
your
batch nput data nto t.
What s Dataset and how you use t?
ABAP/4 provdes three statements for handng fes:
The OPEN DATASET statement opens a fe.
The CLOSE DATASET statement coses a fe.
The DELETE DATASET statement deetes a fe. http://abap-tutoras.com 2010
To open a fe for read access, use the FOR INPUT opton of the OPEN DATASET
statement
To open a fe for wrte access, use the FOR OUTPUT opton of the OPEN DATASET
statement
To open a fe for appendng data to the fe, use the FOR APPENDING opton of the
OPEN
DATASET statement
To process a fe n bnary mode, use the IN BINARY MODE opton of the OPEN
DATASET
statement
To process a fe n text mode, use the IN TEXT MODE opton of the OPEN DATASET
statement
To open a fe at a specfc poston, use the AT POSITION opton of the OPEN DATASET
statement
When you work wth the operatng systems UNIX or WINDOWS NT, you can send an
operatng system command wth the statement OPEN DATASET. To do so, use the
opton
FILTER
To receve the operatng system message after tryng to open a fe, use the
MESSAGE
opton of the OPEN DATASET statement
To cose a fe on the appcaton server, use the CLOSE DATASET statement
To deete a fe on the appcaton server, use the DELETE DATASET statement
To wrte data to a fe on the appcaton server, use the TRANSFER statement
To read data from a fe on the appcaton server, use the READ DATASET statement.
36 Gve rea tme work done by u n BDC ? Transactons used ? parameters passed
wth
functons.
37 w ask u for screen no's and dynpro names for BDC that u say u have done.
39 Whch technca fed n the BDCDATA tabe hods the ast cursor poston?
41 What s true about the LSMW: (choose correct opton/s)
Par t of the SAP system
Processes herarchca data fes (header and poston)
Needs a source fed for every target fed
44 How do you read a LOCAL sequenta fe?
45 How do you wrte a sequenta fe?
46 How do you send the BDCDATA tabe n a Ca Transacton statement?http://abap-
tutoras.com 2010
47 What oop do you code for a READ DATASET statement?
51 What are the steps n a BDC sesson ?
program
w process. Next step s to wrte a program to bud the BDC tabe that w be used to
submt the data to SAP. The fna step s to submt the BDC tabe to the system n the
batch
mode or as a snge transacton by the CALL TRANSACTION command.
52 How do you fnd the nformaton on the current screen ?
- The nformaton on the current screen can be found by System Status command
from any menu.
53 How do you save data n BDC tabes ?
- The data n BDC tabes s saved by usng the fed name ,BDC_OKCODE and fed
vaue of ,/11
54 What s the ast entry n a BDC tabes ?
- In a BDC tabes, the ast entry s to save the data by usng the fed name
BDC_OKCODE and a fed vaue of ,/11.
55 What s a mutpe ne fed ?
- A mutpe ne fed s a speca knd of fed whch aows the user to enter mutpe
nes of data nto t.
56 How do you popuate data nto a mutpe ne fed ?
- To popuate data nto a mutpe ne fed, an ndex s added to the fed name to
ndcate whch ne s to be popuated by the BDC sesson (Lne ndex ).
57 Wrte the BDC tabe structure.
- BDC tabe structurehttp://abap-tutoras.com 2010
FIELD TYPE DESCRIPTION
Program CHAR(8) Program name of transacton
DynPro CHAR(4) Screen number of transacton
DynBegn CHAR(1) Indcator for new screen
Fnam CHAR(35) Name of database fed from
Screen
Fva CHAR(80) Vaue to submt to fed
58 Does the CALL TRANSACTION method aow mutpe transactons to be processed
by
SAP ?
- No. The CALL TRANSACTION method aows ony a snge transacton to be
processed by SAP.
59 Does the BDC_INSERT functon aow mutpe transactons to be processed by
SAP ?
- Yes.
60 What s the syntax for ,CALL TRANSACTION ?
- CALL TRANSACTION trans | usng bdctab MODE mode |.
Three possbe entres are there for MODE.
A - show a screens
E - show ony screens wth errors
N - show no screens
Whch mode of ,CALL TRANSACTION method aows background processng ?
- N s the ony mode that aows background processng.
61 Is t possbe to use ,CALL TRANSACTION wthout a BDC tabe ?
- Yes, t s possbe to use ,CALL TRANSACTION wthout a BDC tabe. In such case,
the current program s suspended, the transacton specfed s brought up, and a user
must enter the data nto the screens.
62 What s TCODE ?
- TCODE s the transacton code for the transacton that shoud be used to process the
data n the BDC tabe beng nserted.
63 What are the functon modues that need to be caed from BDC program to submt
the
transactons for processng ?
- BDC_OPEN_GROUP
- BDC_INSERT
- BDC_CLOSE_GROUP
64 How many sessons w be opened usng BDC_OPEN_GROUP ?
- Ony one sesson can be created usng the BDC_OPEN_GROUP functon.
65 What s ,BATCH INPUT or ,BDC ?
- The SAP system offers two prmary methods (BDC SESSION METHOD, CALL
TRANSACTION METHOD) for transferrng data nto the system from other systems
and Non-SAP systems. These two methods are coectvey caed as ,BATCH
INPUT or ,Batch Data Communcaton (BDC).
66 What are the advantages n Batch Input ?
- The Batch Input ensures Data ntegrty.
No manua nteracton s requred durng Data transfer.
67 What s the functonaty of ,Cassca Batch Input ?
In ,Cassca Batch Input an ABAP/4 program reads the externa data that s to be
entered n
the SAP system and stores the data n a Batch Input sesson. Ths sesson stores the
actons that are requred to enter your data usng norma SAP transactons.
68 Whch Functon Modues are used n ,Cassca Batch Input ?
- BDC_OPEN_GROUP , BDC_INSERT, BDC_CLOSE_GROUP.
69 What s Synchronous Database update ?
- Durng the processng no transacton s stored unt the prevous transacton has
been wrtten to the Database. Ths s caed Synchronous Database update.
70 What are the dfferences between CALL TRANSACTION and BATCH INPUT
SESSION ?
- The most mportant aspects of the batch sesson nterface are:http://abap-
tutoras.com 2010
- Asynchronous processng
- Transfers data for mutpe transactons
- Synchronous database update
Durng processng, no transacton s started unt the prevous transacton has been
wrtten to the database.
- A batch nput processng og s generated for each sesson
- Sessons cannot be generated n parae
The most mportant aspects of the CALL TRANSACTION USING nterface are:
- Synchronous processng
- Transfers data for a snge transacton
- Synchronous and asynchronous database updatng both possbe
The program specfes whch knd of updatng s desred.
- Separate LUW for the transacton
The system performs a database commt mmedatey before and after the CALL
TRANSACTION USING statement.
- No batch nput processng og s generated
71 What are the types of Batch Input ?
- Cassca Batch Input
- Ca Transacton
- Ca Daog
72 What s BDC_OKCODE ?
- The command fed s dentfed by a speca name n batch nput caed
BDC_OKCODE. Ths name s constant and aways dentfes the command fed.
73 How can we execute a functon n a BDC sesson ?
- We can execute a functon n a transacton by enterng the functon code or functon
key number n the command fed of an SAP sesson. A functon key number must be
prefxed wth the / (sash) character. A functon code must be prefxed wth the =
character.
- Exampe:
BDCDATA-FNAM = 'BDC_OKCODE'
BDCDATA-FVAL = '=UPDA'
74 How can we poston the cursor on a partcuar fed ?
- BDCDATA-FNAM = ,BDC_CURSOR
BDCDATA-FVAL = <FIELDNAME>
75 Who are Daog users and who are Background users ?
- Daog users are norma nteractve users n the SAP system. Background users are
user master records that are specay defned for provdng authorzatons for
background processng |obs.
76 What s the use of BDC_INSERT ?
- We add a transacton to a Batch Input Sesson by usng ths functon.
77 What are the update modes n CALL TRANSACTION ?
- S : Synchronous
- A : Asynchrnous
- L : Loca
78 What does the message parameter ndcates ?
- The message parameter ndcates there a system messages ssued durng a CALL
TRANSACTION are wrtten nto the nterna tabe <tab>. The nterna tabe must
have the structure of BDCMSGCOLL.
79 What s Drect Input ?
- To enhance the batch nput procedure, the system offers the drect nput technque
especay for transferrng arge amount of data. Ths technque doesnt create
sessons but stores the data drecty. The drect nput programs must be executed n
the back ground ony. To mantan and start these programs, use program
RBMVSHOW or the transacton BMVO.http://abap-tutoras.com 2010
80 What are the features of Recordng Functon ?
- recordng transacton runs
- creatng batch nput sessons from the recorded transacton runs.
- Generatng a batch nput program from the recorded data.
81 What s synchrnous database update ?
- Durng the processng, no transacton s stored unt the prevous transacton has
been wrtten to the database. Ths s caed Synchronous database update.
82 How do you set up batch process?
Data anayss: Anayze the data that s to be transferred to the SAP System.
||
Generate SAP structures: Generate SAP data structures for ncorporaton nto your
data
export program.
||
Deveop transfer program: You can wrte the program n ABAP/4 or as an externa
program.
||
Create sequenta fe: Export the data that s to be transferred, to a sequenta fe.
||
Create batch nput program: ABAP/4 batch nput program that w read the data to be
transferred from the sequenta fe.
||
Process batch nput data: Process the data and add t to the SAP System. You can do
ths
ether by:
batch-nput sesson method or Ca transacton method.
||
Anayse resuts: Check that a data has been successfuy processed.
||
Anayse Error sesson: Correct and re-process erroneous data.
83 Where do you use BDC?
transferrng data from another system when you nsta your SAP
Systemhttp://abap-tutoras.com 2010
reguary transferrng data that s captured by a non-SAP system n your company
nto
the SAP System. Assume, for exampe, that data coecton n some areas of your
company s st performed by a non-SAP system. You can st consodate a of your
data n the SAP System by exportng the data from the other system and readng t
nto
the SAP System wth batch nput.
You can aso use batch nput to transfer data between two R/3 Systems. However,
there are
more drect methods for dong ths, such as RFC (remote functon cas).
84 What has to be done to the packed feds before submttng to a BDC sesson?
Decare these feds n the nterna tabe as characters and the ength of the fed
shoud be
same as the fed ength of the fed's data eement. Ths nterna tabe s used to hod
the data
fetched from the sequenta fe usng WS-upoad functon modue
What s LSMW
The LSMW s a cross-appcaton component (CA) of the SAP R/3 System.
The too has nterfaces wth the Data Transfer Center and wth batch nput and drect
nput
processng as we as standard nterfaces BAPI and IDoc n R/3.
The LSMW comprses the foowng man functons:
1. Read data (egacy data n spreadsheet tabes and/or sequenta fes).
Functon Read data repaces and enhances functons Spreadsheet nterface and
Host nterface of LSMW verson 1.0. You can use any combnaton out of PC and
server fes now.
2. Convert data (from the source nto the target format).
3. Import data (to the database used by the R/3 appcaton).
TCODE - LSMW
SAP Scrpts
What s sap scrpt and ayout set?
Ans - SAPscrpt s the ntegrated text management system of the SAP R/3 System.
SAPscrpt s tghty ntegrated nto the SAP
System. It s used for many dfferent word-processng tasks a over the SAP
System.http://abap-tutoras.com 2010
What s ayout set?
A ayout set n SAPscrpt s used for page ayout. The ayout set contans varous
eements, whch are used for ayout contro of
the ndvdua pages and aso contan ayout nformaton for texts whch are to be
output on the ndvdua pages.
The ayot of a document s defned n a ayot set.
A ayout set specfed the appearance and structure of a document.
Layout sets contan predefned text modues wth space reserved for varabe data.
You can use these text modues for dfferent
appcaton.
Every SAPscrpt document uses a ayout set.
To make changes to your documents, such as movng a pece of text, or changng
fonts, paragraph formats, and tabs, you ony
need to change the ayout set.
There are two ways of formattng texts usng ayout sets:
The text s entered and output n standard text mantenance. You can assgn any
ayout set. Text can aso be entered va
the ayout set a etter header, for exampe.
The text s formatted va an ABAP/4 program usng a ayout set. The program can
ether dynamcay output ndvdua
predefned text modues, text eements or transfer entre texts, whch are to be
output n the ayout set.
You can use Styes to defne the formattng of the text n your documents. A stye
determnes text formattng by settng the paragraph and character formats used n a
document. You can, for exampe, use a stye to hghght character strngs or whoe
paragraphs. You can assgn a stye to any text. Typcay, however, you use styes
prmary n the man wndows of ayout sets, where users type or enter text drecty
n documents.
Header data s found n both stye and ayout set mantenance.http://abap-
tutoras.com 2010
In stye mantenance, t s used prmary to present mportant nformaton -
desgned to make t easer for the end user to
seect a stye. The header data n ayout set mantenance, on the other hand, s used
for nformaton and contro purposes.
Wndows are defned n ayout set mantenance. They represent areas
whch are postoned on pages as page wndows and n whch text s
ater output. At east one wndow must be defned for each ayout set. If
not, a text cannot be formatted by SAP scrpt.
The foowng wndow types can be used:
MAIN - Man wndow n whch contnuous text s output. Ths s the wndow used by
daog users of a prnt program and
ayout set. For exampe the body text of a etter woud be entered n MAIN.
VAR - Wndow wth varabe contents. The text can vary on each page n whch the
wndow s postoned. Varabe wndows
are formatted for each page.
CONST - Wndow wth constant contents whch s ony formatted once.
A ayout set has the foowng eements:
Header data - Data reated to deveopment (created by, deveopment cass, etc.)
and ayout set nformaton (whch eements
are used) are both stored n the header data. A start page must be entered here.
Paragraph formats - Paragraph formats are requred n ayout sets - as n styes - n
order to format texts. However, they are
aso used for word processng n ayout sets, for exampe, to format text eements.
Character formats - You can aso use character formats to format texts or paragraphs.
Unke paragraph formats, however,
they are used to format text wthn a paragraph.http://abap-tutoras.com 2010
Wndows - Wndows are names and wndow types, whch are not physcay
postoned unt they are aocated to
pages and unts of measurement are specfed.
Pages - Pages are defned to provde the system wth a start and end pont n text
formattng.
Page wndows - Page wndows are the combnaton of wndows and pages, where the
dmensons of a wndow and ts
poston on a page are specfed.
The purpose of SAP scrpt contro commands s to aow contro of the
output formattng. These commands are not nterpreted by the SAPscrpt
edtor, but are passed through to the SAPscrpt Composer for processng. The
composer s the program that converts text from the form dspayed n the edtor to
the form used for prntng.
What s SAPscrpt and expan ts purpose?
SAP Scrpt s the SAP systems own text-proessng system. You fnd that t ooks
and fees a ot ke other eadng textprocessng system that you may use on your
persona computer.
Every company needs to output documents wth a unformy defned ayout (eg.
Invoces, devery notes, etc..) a the tme.
The basc ayout of the document s pre-defned , but n many cases, other data has to
be merged wth t, such as address
data or purchase order tems. Ths data mght be entered manuay by a empoyee,
or retreved from a database tabe.
Large quanttes of these documents have to be produced. From prntng s usuay a
mattter of arge prnt runs of documents
such as paysps, checks, order confrmaton, remnders etc.
SAPscrpt has been deveoped to meet the above requrements. IT s an ntegrated
too for text entry and form prntng n R/3
appcatons.http://abap-tutoras.com 2010
These documents are normay provded by SAP but every organzaton have ther
unque waqys of these documents so to
customze these and for creatng newer ones f requred; SAP scrpt s used.
What are components of SAPscrpt?
Layout set, SAPscrpt Text, ABAP Prnt program , symbos, functon modues ke
open_form, cose_From,
Read_text etc,.
What are the ABAP/4 Commands that nk to a ayout set?
Ca functon OPEN-form.
Ca functon WRITE-from.
Ca functon CLOSE-from
Importng Graphcs (Logos) nto SAPScrpt
The program RSTXLDMC can be used to upoad graphcs (fe extenson .tf on PC fes)
nto ndvdua standard text.
Other usefu programs for SAPScrpt
RSTXFCON - Converts page format
RSTXSCRP - Upoad/Downoad ayout sets
RSTXDBUG - SAPScrpt debugger
Debug SAPScrpt
You can debug a SAPScrpt: Use Toos - Word Processng - Layout Set.
Enter name of ayout set and then Uttes - Actvate Debugger.
It s of no consequence whch ayout set you enter when seectng the SAPscrpt
debugger. (Menu path: Toos-Wordprocessng - Forms, Uttes - Actvate Debugger)
The next ayoutset caed w nvoke the debugger. Ths s qute handy when
verfyng whch ayoutset s beng caed (Verfyng customzng settngs).http://abap-
tutoras.com 2010
Another way to set the SAPScrpt debugger s to run program RSTXDBUG.
When a Form s coped from one cent to another .And If U try to dspay or change
the form n the coped cent .The possbe
error message cud be :
1.Form not found
Try copng agan specfng the anguage .
2.IF IT dspays an error message sayng That the text fe s nconsstent .
Then go to SE38 and Run "RSTXCHKO" .
It w ask for the form name ,then check a the checkboxes and then run the
program.
Note : a Scrpt reated probems can be soved usng Program ,RSTX*.
How to take a back up of scrpt ayout nto Ur hard dsk and oad t ater
Use Program RSTXSCRP.
Use EXPORT mode, when downoadng and IMPORT when upoadng a scrpt. Dont
forget to gve the form name n the
ob|ect fed. Ths w create a scrpt wth the same name as that of the orgna scrpt .
If a scrpt wth the same name exsts
n the same cent ,then t w gve an error ,Ob|ect cannot be overwrtten .
I want to copy tabe across cents
Use Program RSCLTCOP
To transfer scrpt fes across systems (Not Cents) - RSTXSCRP
To compare the contents of a tabe across cents: RSTBSERV
To change the deveopment cass of any ob|ect - RSWBO052
What type of varabes normay used n sap scrpt to output data?http://abap-
tutoras.com 2010
&Tabes name- feds&.
How do you number pages n sap scrpt ayout outputs?
& page &
&next Page &
What takes most tme n SAP scrpt programmng?
Defnng ayout set up / sets.
How do you use tab sets n ayout sets?
Defne paragraph wth defned tabs.
How do you backup sap scrpt ayout sets? Can you downoad and upoad? How?
SAP scrpt backup :- In transacton SE71 goto Uttes -> Copy from cent -> Gve
source form name, source cent (000
defaut), Target form name.
Downoad :- SE71, type form name -> Dspay -> Uttes -> form nfo -> Lst -> Save
to PC fe.
Upoad :- Create form wth page, wndow, pagewndow wth the hep of downoaded
PC fe. Text eements for Page wndows
to be coped from PC fe.
What s Compare Too n SAP Scrpt ?
SAP Scrpt offers toos for comparng ob|ects across cents. We can compare or copy
the foowng knds of ob|ects.
Styes
Layout sets
Documents
Wth the Compare too we can do the foowng :
Check whether an ob|ect exsts n both cents
Dspay the dfferences between the versons of an ob|ecthttp://abap-tutoras.com
2010
Layout Sets are used to contro page ayout and text formattng n documents .
SAP Standard styes and ayout sets are aways hed n Cent 000.
In what format does SAP Scrpt store text ?
SAPscrpt texts are stored n Interchange Text Format (ITF). SAPscrpt offers
converson programs for the text fe formats
Rch Text Format (RTF) and ASCII as an nterface to other word processors.
The varous wndow types n SAP Scrpt are
Man, Varabe and Constant.
The New-Page command s used to force a Page break n the text at any pont.
Protect ... Endprotect command pars can be nested (True / Fase).
Fase.
Demter & must be used mmedatey before and after the symbo.
What does the composer do?
The fna appearance of your documednt depends on nteracton between the prnt
program and the ayout set.
The SAPscrpt prnt program ntazes the prntng process. Every command entered
usng the SAPscrpt programmng
nterfaces s transferred to the composer.http://abap-tutoras.com 2010
The composer receved ayout nformaton from the ayout set specfed by the prnt
program. The documents are formatted
accordng to ths ayout nformaton.
If the documents contan varabes, the compoer repaces these varabes wth data
from the R/3 system, such as the current
date, or wth the userdata seected by the prnt program.
The prnt program contros the competon of theayout set. Once ths s done, the
composer paces the competed document
n the spoo.
Where do we defne Tab space for data n SAPScrpt?
When defnng the paragraph for the text eement we can defne the TABS then.
There s parameter caed TABS to be
defned n paragraph defnton.
what s dfference between Wndow & a Page Wndow?
Wndow: An area that s predefned n the ayout set. Wndows are text modues,
whch are postoned on a document page.
We defne the wndow type, Defaut Paragraph, specfy the text eements or a
SAPscrpt text to be ncuded etc n the
Wndcow Component.
PageWndow: we defne the parameters of the earer defned Wndow, appearance on
the document ke eft or rght margns,
Wdth & Heght.
What are symboes & state ther dfferent types wth E.g.
A Symbo s a constant, whch can be nserted n a document. It saves the user
unnecessary work when repacng sectons of
text, phrases, etc. Each symbo has a name whch s encoses by &.http://abap-
tutoras.com 2010
Eg. &varabe name &
System symbos eg &Date&, &tme& etc.
Standard symbos :Standard symbos are user-defned. They are mantaned centray
n tabe TTDTG. Eg. &SGDH& for the
openng sautaton : "dear sr/madam".
&MFG& for the cosng sautaton :"yours Fathfuy".
Program Symbos : Program symbos dspay data from the ABAP/4 program whch
has caed the word processng functon
Eg. Itab-connd.
Text symbos: You can defne a text symbo for any text modue. Ths symbo s vad
ony n the text modue for whch you
have defned t. Eg. Defne &Symbo& = ,vaue.
How do we defne Text symbos?
Usng the contro command DEFINE &x1& = ,56.
State few contro commands?.
Protect .. endprotect, defne, new-page, ncude.. f. endf.
what s the purpose of "Protect and EndProtect"?.
You can specfy ether n the stye or n the ayout set that a partcuar paragraph
shoud not be st n two by a page beak. If
the page protect attrbute s set then the compete paragraph s aways output ona
snge page. Ths property appes ony to
that partcuar paragraph. SAPScrpt provdes the PROTECT. ENDPROTECT
command par to aow you to defne the
areas to be protected aganst a page beak on an ndvdua bass. Thus the
PROTECT/ENDPROTECT commands may be
regarded as a knd of condtona NEW-PAGE command, the condton beng whether
or not the nes encosed between the
two commands ft n the space remanng n the current man wndow.http://abap-
tutoras.com 2010
How do we set the date, tme format?
SET TIME MASK : CONROLS THE TIME FIELD FORMAT.
SET DATE MASK : CONTRLS THE DATE FIELD FORMAT.
EG. Set Tme Mask = " HH:MM:SS".
what s the roe of an ABAP progrm n SAPScrpt?
Retreves R/3 appcaton data from the database.
Defnes the ayout set processng ogc ( The order and repetton of text eements).
Chooses a ayout set for prntng.
Seects the output devce, such as prnter,montor, or fax.
Sets prnt attrbutes such as mmedate output, number of copes ,and pages to
beprnted.
How to reuse some components of the scrpt ayout to other program?
Is ths scrpt ayout s standard for a the prnter? If not then y we are gong for scrpt
ayout?
Gve me coupe of methods that I w take standard scrpt ayout prntout for dfferent
prnter.
How u w anayss scrpt program? ( whch goes to man and how many wndows
etc..)http://abap-tutoras.com 2010
Can V nserted ogo on your program?. Gve me the program name whch upoads my
ogo and syntax for ogo
nsertng n sap scrpt.
Yes u can nsert a ogo on your scrpt ayout.
Use ths Report "RSTXLDMC" whch w upoads the ogo.
Use the foowng statement whch ncudes the ogo on your scrpt prog.
/: INCLUDE 'ZHEX-MACRO-XXX' OB|ECT TEXT ID ST LANGUAGE 'E'.
XXX - ob|ect name, u w gves @ runtme n rstxdmc program.
Gve me syntax for box command.
BOX XPOS 2 MM WIDTH 0 CM HEIGHT '9.5' CM FRAME 10 TW
Scrpt Commands.
Defnng a varabe
DEFINE &CUST& = '00000021'.
Defne and nsert a standard text:
Standard texts s predfned textst that can be used n more than one form. Standard
texts are can be created, changed and
dspayed usng transacton SO10.
The text ID s used to casfy texts.
To ncude a stadard text n a form, use the INCLUDE command:
/: INCLUDE Z_BC460_EX4_HF OB|ECT TEXT ID SDVDhttp://abap-tutoras.com 2010
When formattng the standard text the PARAGRAPH parameter s used. To center the
text use:
/: INCLUDE Z_BC460_EX4_HF OB|ECT TEXT ID SDVD LANGUAGE EN PARAGRAPH C.
Formattng addresses
The ADDRESS-ENDADDRESS command formats addresses accordng to the posta
norms of the recpent's country, as
defned n the
country parameter.
ADDRESS DELIVERY PARAGRAPH AD
NAME &KNA1-NAME&
STREET &KNA1-STRAS&
POSTCODE &KNA1-PSTLZ&
CITY &KNA1-ORT01&'
COUNTRY &KNA1-LAND1&
FROMCOUNTRY 'DE'
ENDADDRESS
Avodng pagebreaks n a paragraph
/: PROTECT
:
:
/: ENDPROTECThttp://abap-tutoras.com 2010
The text nes to be protected are encosed between the two commands
Condtona text ouput IF - ENDIF
You can use IF/ENDIF ke n a norma ABAP program
/: IF condton
:
:
/: ENDIF
and
/: IF condton
:
/: ELSE
:
/: ENDIF
Exampe:
/: IF &SPFLI-CITYTO& = "BERLIN"
put some text here .....
/: ENDIFhttp://abap-tutoras.com 2010
Symbos and Contro commands
Symbos are pacehoders for vaues that are nserted durng prnt formattng.
Symbos are ndentfed by name surrounded by "&" and are not case senstve
Types of symbos
System symbos
DATE Date
DAY Day
NAME_OF_DAY Name of day
MONTH Month
YEAR Year
TIME Tme
HOURS Hours
MINUTES Mnutes
SECONDS Seconds
PAGE Page number
NEXTPAGE Number of next pagre
DEVICE Output devce
SPACE Bank space
ULINE Undernehttp://abap-tutoras.com 2010
VLINE Vertca ne
Standard symbos
Standard symbos are user defned and are mantaned n tabe TTDG(tabe s not
avaabe???). You use transacton SM30
to change or dspay standard symbos.
An exampes of standard symbos s &MFG& fot "Yours fathfuy"
Standard text
Standard texts s predfned texts that can be used n more than one form. Standard
texts are can be created, changed and
dspayed usng transacton SO10.
The text ID s used to cassfy texts.
To ncude a standard text n a form, use the INCLUDE command:
/: INCLUDE Z_BC460_EX4_HF OB|ECT TEXT ID SDVD
When formattng the standard text the PARAGRAPH parameter s used. To center the
text use:
/: INCLUDE <name> <Parameter>
<parameter> = Ob|ect, ID, Language, Paragraphhttp://abap-tutoras.com 2010
Exampe:
/: INCLUDE Z_BC460_EX4_HF OB|ECT TEXT ID SDVD LANGUAGE EN PARAGRAPH C.
Name: Z_BC460_EX4_HF
Ob|ect: Text
Text d: SDVD (Text d from SO10)
Language: EN
Paragraph: C (Centered)
Tp: You can use menu Insert->Text->Standard to make t easer to nsert the text
Program symbos
Program symbos are for contents of database feds or goba program symbos.
When you prnt the form, data from the
database tabes are prnted sntead of the symbos.
In the prnt program:
TABLES: kna1.
In the form:http://abap-tutoras.com 2010
&KNA1-NAME1&
Formattng
&SYMBOL& No formattng
&SYMBOL+4& Offset - Output begns here. Offset refers to formatted vaue
&SYMBOL(5)& Length - Output data n the specfed ength
&SYMBOL(I)& Suppress nta vaue - If the fed has been ntazed, nothng s output
&SYMBOL(Z)& Suppress eadng zeros
&SYMBOL(C)& Compress bank spaces - Consecutce spaces are compressed nto a
snge space. Leadng spacesare
suppressed.
&SYMBOL(R)& Rght agn output
&SYMBOL(S)& Operators are suppressed
&SYMBOL(*)& Dctonary ength - The data ength s defned by the ABAP dctonary
&SYMBOL(8.2)& Decma format. Length 8 decmas 2
&'text1'SYMBOL'text2'& Text can be nserted before and after the symbo
Contro commands
Contro command are used to modfy text output. Use format key /: n the format
coumn.
/: INCLUDE
/: DEFINE
/: ADDRESS....ENDADDRESS
/: PROTECT.....ENDPROTECThttp://abap-tutoras.com 2010
/: NEW-PAGE
/: IF....ENDIF
/: CASE...ENDCASE
Exampes of contro commands
INCLUDE
INCLUDE name <parameter>
Parameters:
OB|ECT E.g. TEXT, DOKU (Document), DSYS (Hypertext).
ID Text ID -Text ID s a way to group texts - Se transacton SO10
LANGUAGE If the parameter s not specefed, the ogon anguage w be used
PARAGRAPH The text to be ncuded s formatted usng the stye aocated. The
PARAGRAPH parameter can be used to
redefne the standard paragraph for ths stye for the current ca. A *-paragraphs n
the ncuded text w then be formatted
usng the paragraph specfed here.
Ob|ect
ID
Language
Paragraph
Standard texts are mantaned n transacton SO10.
Exampe 1:
You have created a standard text n SO10 Named MYTEXT and wth Text Id
SThttp://abap-tutoras.com 2010
/: INCLUDE MYTEXT OB|ECT text ID st
Exampe 2:
You can aso use a dynamc name so that you can retreve a ext depedng of the
name varabe:
/: INCLUDE &SCUSTOM-NAME& text ID st.
Dependng on the name n the varabe &SCUSTOM-NAME& dfferent texts w be
shown. Note that a text wth the name n
the varabe &SCUSTOM-NAME& name must be created n SO10.
DEFINE
/: DEFINE &SYMBOL& = 'Strng1 Strng2'
/: DEFINE &CUST& = '00000021'.
ADDRESS-ENDDRESS
The ADDRESS-ENDADDRESS command formats addresses accordng to the posta
norms of the recpent's country, as
defned n the
country parameter.
/: ADDRESS DELIVERY PARAGRAPH AD
/: NAME &KNA1-NAME&
/: STREET &KNA1-STRAS&http://abap-tutoras.com 2010
/: POSTCODE &KNA1-PSTLZ&
/: CITY &KNA1-ORT01&
/: COUNTRY &KNA1-LAND1&
/: FROMCOUNTRY 'DE'
/: ENDADDRESS
Tme Date and decma format
Exampes:
/: SET TIME MASK = 'HH:MM'
/: SET DATE MASK = 'DD.MMMM.YYYY'
/: SET COUNTRY 'USA'
Frames, nes and shadng
BOX
Draws a box
Syntax:
/: BOX <xpos> <ypos> <wdth> <heght> <frame> <ntensty>
The ntensty s the grey scae of the box as %. The frame parameters s the thckness
of the frame. Defaut s 0.
Each of the paramteters ypos, xpos, wdth, heght and frame muts be foowed of the
measurement unt:http://abap-tutoras.com 2010
TW (twp)
PT (pont)
IN (nch)
MM (mmeter)
CM (centmeter)
LN (ne)
CH (character).
Exampes:
/: BOX XPOS '11.21' MM YPOS '5.31' MM HEIGHT '10' MM WIDTH '20' MM INTENSITY 10
FRAME 0 TW
/: BOX FRAME 10 TW
Draws a frame around the current wndow wth a frame thckness of 10 TW (= 0.5 PT).
/: BOX INTENSITY 10
Fs the wndow background wth shadng havng a gray scae of 10 %.
/: BOX HEIGHT 0 TW FRAME 10 TW
Draws a horzonta ne across the compete top edge of the wndow.
/: BOX WIDTH 0 TW FRAME 10 TW
Draws a vertca ne aong the compete heght of the eft hand edge of the wndow.
/: BOX WIDTH '17.5' CM HEIGHT 1 CM FRAME 10 TW INTENSITY 15http://abap-
tutoras.com 2010
/: BOX WIDTH '17.5' CM HEIGHT '13.5' CM FRAME 10 TW
/: BOX XPOS '10.0' CM WIDTH 0 TW HEIGHT '13.5' CM FRAME 10 TW
/: BOX XPOS '13.5' CM WIDTH 0 TW HEIGHT '13.5' CM FRAME 10 TW
Draws two rectanges and two nes to construct a tabe of three coumns wth a
hghghted headng secton.
POSITION and SIZE
You can use the POSITION and SIZE commands to set defaut parmeters for a box.
Ths can be usefu f you have severa
boxes that share the same parameters.
Exampe:
/: POSITION XORIGIN '11.21' YORIGIN '5.31' MM
/: SIZE HEIGHT '2' MM WIDTH '76' MM
/: BOX FRAME 10 TW INTENSITY 10
If you want to set the poston reatvey to the wndow use POSITION WINDOW to set
the poston to the top/eft start of the
wndow. Then use POSITION to set the current poston reatvey to the start of the
Wndow. Note that
you uses "+" or "-" n the ORIGIN poston to the set the poston reatvey.
/: POSITION WINDOW
/: POSITION XORIGIN '+5' MM YORIGIN '+10' MMhttp://abap-tutoras.com 2010
the poston s now 5 MM from the eft and 10 MM from the top of the wndow.
NOTE: After usng the poston command you can move the current poston reatvey
to the ast used poston
/: POSITION XORIGIN '+10' MM YORIGIN '+20' MM
Now the poston w be X = 15 and Y = 30
Drawng a ne
You can draw a ne by settng the Heght or Wdth of a box to 0 and add a frame. E.g.
a horzonta ne:
/: SIZE HEIGHT '0' MM WIDTH '200' MM
/: BOX FRAME 10 TW XPOS '11.21' MM YPOS '14.81' MM INTENSITY 100
Wndow and Page
WINDOW sets the vaues for the wdth and heght to the vaues of the current wndow
(defaut settng).
PAGE Sets the vaues for the wdth and heght to the vaues of the current output
page.
Exampes:
/: SIZE WINDOW
Sets WIDTH and HEIGHT to the current wndow dmensons.
/: SIZE WIDTH '3.5' CM HEIGHT '7.6' CM
Sets WIDTH to 3.5 cm and HEIGHT to 7.6 cm.http://abap-tutoras.com 2010
/: POSITION WINDOW
/: POSITION XORIGIN -20 TW YORIGIN -20 TW
/: SIZE WIDTH +40 TW HEIGHT +40 TW
/: BOX FRAME 10 TW
A frame s added to the current wndow. The edges of the frame extend beyond the
edges of the wndow tsef, so as to avod
obscurng the eadng and trang text characters.
61. Cang a form from SapScrpt (*****)
/:DEFINE &CUST& = '00000021'.
/:PERFORM GET_NAME IN PROGRAM Z_BC460_EX4_HF
/: USING &CUST&
/: CHANGING &NAME&
/:ENDPERFORM.
Dear &NAME&
The ABAP routne coud be defned as foows:
IMPORTANT: The structure tcsy must be used for the parameters.
REPORT Z_HENRIKF_SCRIPT_FORM .
tabes scustom.
form get_name tabes n_tab structure tcsy
out_tab structure tcsy.http://abap-tutoras.com 2010
read tabe n_tab ndex 1.
seect snge * from scustom
where d = n_tab-vaue.
f sy-subrc = 0.
read tabe out_tab ndex 1.
move scustom-name to out_tab-vaue.
modfy out_tab ndex sy-tabx.
ese.
read tabe out_tab ndex 1.
move 'No name' to out_tab-vaue.
modfy out_tab ndex sy-tabx.
endf.
** You coud aso f the ouput parameter tabe ths way
READ TABLE out_par WITH KEY 'NAME1'.
out_par-vaue = _name1.
MODIFY out_par INDEX sy-tabx.http://abap-tutoras.com 2010
endform.
Note that f you use more than one parameter you must use Usng or Changng before
every parameter !
/: PERFORM <form> IN PROGRAM <prog>
/: USING &INVAR1&
/: USING &INVAR2&
......
/: CHANGING &OUTVAR1&
/: CHANGING &OUTVAR2&
......
/: ENDPERFORM
62. Structure of a prnt program
The prnt program s used to prnt forms. The program reteves the necesary data
from datbase tabes, defnes the order of n
whch text eements are prnted, chooses a form for prntng and seects an output
devce and prnt optons.
Open form prntng - Must be caed before workng wth any of the other form
functon modues.
ca functon 'OPEN_FORM'.....
Must be ended wth functon modue CLOSE FORM
*To begn severa ndentca forms contanng dfferent data wthn a snge spoo
request, begn each form usng
START_FORM, and end t usng END_FORM
ca funton 'START_FORM'.....http://abap-tutoras.com 2010
Wrte text eements to a wndow of the form
ca functon 'WRITE_FORM'.....
Ends form
ca funton 'END_FORM'.....
Coses form prntng
ca functon 'CLOSE_FORM'....
Exampes of functon cas
OPEN FORM
CALL FUNCTION 'OPEN_FORM'
EXPORTING
* APPLICATION = 'TX'
* ARCHIVE_INDEX =
* ARCHIVE_PARAMS =
DEVICE = 'PRINTER'
DIALOG = 'X'
* FORM = ' '
* LANGUAGE = SY-LANGU
OPTIONS = OPTIONShttp://abap-tutoras.com 2010
* MAIL_SENDER =
* MAIL_RECIPIENT =
* MAIL_APPL_OB|ECT =
* RAW_DATA_INTERFACE = '*'
IMPORTING
* LANGUAGE =
* NEW_ARCHIVE_PARAMS =
* RESULT =
EXCEPTIONS
CANCELED = 1
DEVICE = 2
FORM = 3
OPTIONS = 4
UNCLOSED = 5
MAIL_OPTIONS = 6
ARCHIVE_ERROR = 7
INVALID_FAX_NUMBER = 8
MORE_PARAMS_NEEDED_IN_BATCH = 9
OTHERS = 10
.
START_FORM
CALL FUNCTION 'START_FORM'
EXPORTING
* ARCHIVE_INDEX =
FORM = 'MY_FORM'http://abap-tutoras.com 2010
* LANGUAGE = ' '
* STARTPAGE = ' '
* PROGRAM = ' '
MAIL_APPL_OB|ECT =
IMPORTING
* LANGUAGE =
EXCEPTIONS
FORM = 1
FORMAT = 2
UNENDED = 3
UNOPENED = 4
UNUSED = 5
OTHERS = 6
WRITE_FORM
See 'WRITE_FORM'
END_FORM
CALL FUNCTION 'END_FORM'
IMPORTING
* RESULT =
EXCEPTIONShttp://abap-tutoras.com 2010
* UNOPENED = 1
BAD_PAGEFORMAT_FOR_PRINT = 2
OTHERS = 3
CLOSE_FORM
Structure for Prnt optons (return vaues) - Pages seected for prntng, Number of
copes etc.
DATA BEGIN OF RESULT.
INCLUDE STRUCTURE ITCPP.
DATA END OF RESULT.
CALL FUNCTION 'CLOSE_FORM'
IMPORTING
RESULT = RESULT
* RDI_RESULT =
TABLES
* OTFDATA =
EXCEPTIONS
* UNOPENED = 1
BAD_PAGEFORMAT_FOR_PRINT = 2
* SEND_ERROR = 3
* OTHERS = 4.
63. CONTROL_FORM - Cang Commands Usng a programhttp://abap-tutoras.com
2010
The functon modue CONTROL_FORM can be used to create SapScrpt contro
statements from wthn an ABAP program.
Exampe:
ca functon 'CONTROL_FORM'
EXPORTING
COMMAND = 'PROTECT'.
ca functon 'WRITE_FORM'.....................
ca functon 'CONTROL_FORM'
EXPORTING
COMMAND = 'ENDPROTECT'.
Styes
Styes are used to predefne paragraph and character formats for forms. SAP provdes
severa standard styes e.g. for
Address ncudes, on-ne documentaton and so on. You can defne your own styes.
To fnd styes, create styes and mantane styes, use transacton SE72.
You assgn stye to a text by usng menu Format -> Stye
You can make temporary stye changes usng the contro command /:
STYLEhttp://abap-tutoras.com 2010
Usng graphcs n SapScrpt
Use transacton SE78 to nmport graphcs to SAP.
In the form panter, you can ether ncude drecty to the form usng menu Edt-
>Graphc->Create or usng the INCLUDE
statement n a wndow.
To use an INCLUDE stanment, goto nto the wondow scrpt edtor and use menu
Incude->Graphc. The ncude can ook ke
ths for a btmap:
/: BITMAP MYLOGO OB|ECT GRAPHICS ID BMAP TYPE BMON
Modfcatons
Consderatons n connecton wth modfcatons
The standard SAP prnt program shoud ony be changed when t s absoutey
necessary. If addtona data s needed, these
can n many cases be retreved usng a a PERFORM statement n the form nstead of
changng the prnt program..
There can be the foowng reasons to change the prnt program:
Structurea changes
New text eoements are needed
Prnt program to be used to prnt addtona forms
Determne/change whch forms and prntprograms that are used for
prntnghttp://abap-tutoras.com 2010
The forms and prnt programs for a gven output type and appcaton can be found n
tabe TNAPR Processng programs for
output
Use vew V_TNAPR n (Transacton SE30) to change entres.
Import/Export SapScrpt form from PC fe
Use ABAP program: RSTXSCRP
SD - Fndng the name of the prnt program
For SD dopcuments you can use tabe TNAPR top fnd the name of the a
prntprogram
Modue Poo
Transactons:
A transacton s a program that conducts a daog wth the user. In a typca daog,
the system dspays a screen on whch the
user can enter or request nformaton. Based on the the user nput or request, the
program executes the approprate actons
ke, t branches to the next screen, dspays an output, or changes the database.
Expan what s a transacton n SAP termnoogy.
- In SAP termnoogy, a transacton s seres of ogcay connected daog steps.
Expan how SAP GUI handes output screen for the user.
- User termna nput s accepted by SAP GUI and sent to the SAP dspatcher. The
dspatcher co-ordnates the nformaton
exchange between the SAP GUIs and the work processes. The dspatcher frst paces
the processng request n request
queues, whch t then processes. The dspatcher dspatches the requests to the
avaabe work process. The actua
processng takes pace n the work process. When processng s compete, the resut
of a work process s returned va
the dspatcher to the SAP GUI. The SAP GUI nterprets the receved data and
generates the output screen for the user.http://abap-tutoras.com 2010
What s LUW or Database LUW or Database Transacton ?
- A "LUW" ( ogca unt of work ) s the span of tme durng whch any database
updates must be performed . Ether they
are a performed ( commtted ) , or they are a thrown away ( roed back ).
LUW ( or "database LUW" or "database transacton" )
from one screen change to the next (
because the SAP system trggers database commts automatcay at every screen
change ).
LUWs hep to guarantee database ntegrty. When an LUW has been successfuy
concuded, the database s once agan n a
correct state. If, however, an error occurs wthn an LUW, a database changes made
snce the begnnng of the LUW are
canceed and the database s then n the same state as before the LUW started.
An LUW begns
- Each tme you start a transacton
- When the database changes of the prevous LUW have been confrmed (database
commt) or
- when the database changes of the prevous LUW have been canceed (database
roback)
An LUW ends
- When the database changes have been confrmed (database commt) or
- When the database changes have been canceed (database roback)
What s SAP LUW or Update Transacton ?
- Update transacton ( or "SAP LUW")
onger than a database LUW, snce most
update processng extends over mutpe transacton screens.The programmer
termnates an update transacton by ssung a
COMMIT WORK statement.
Does the externa program run n the same SAP LUW as the caer, or n a separate
one?
- Transactons run wth a separate SAP LUW
- Reports run wth a separate SAP LUW
- Daog modues run n the same SAP LUW as the caerhttp://abap-tutoras.com 2010
- Functon modues run n the same SAP LUW as the caer
The ony exceptons to the above rues are functon modues caed wth IN UPDATE
TASK (V2 functon ony) or IN
BACKGROUND TASK (ALE appcatons). These aways run n ther own (separate)
update transactons.
What are the requrements a daog program must fuf ?
- A daog program must fuf the foowng requrements
a user frendy user nterface .
format and consstency checks for the data entered by the user .
easy correcton of nput errors .
.access to data by storng t n the database .
What are the basc components of daog program ?
- Screens (Dynpros)
Each daog n an SAP system s controed by dynpros. A Dynpro conssts of a screen
and ts fow ogc and contros
exacty one daog step.
- ABAP/4 modue poo
Each dynpro refers to exacty one ABAP/4 daog program. Such a daog program s
aso caed a modue poo, snce t
conssts of nteractve modues.
What s a dynpro ? What are ts components ?
- A dynpro (DYnamc PROgram) conssts of a screen and ts fow ogc and contros
exacty
one daog step.
- The dfferent components of the dynpro are:
Fow ogc: Cas of the ABAP/4 modues for a screen
Screen ayout: Postons of the texts, feds, pushbuttons, and so on for a screen
Screen attrbutes: Number of the screen, number of the subsequent screen, and
others
Fed attrbutes: Defnton of the attrbutes of the ndvdua feds on a screen
What s screen fow ogc? What are the seectons n t? Expan PAI and PBO?
Ans - Screen fow ogc contans the procedura part of a screen. The screen fow ogc
s ke an ABAP program n
that t serves as a contaner for processng bocks. There are four event bocks, each
of whch s ntroduced wth the
screen keyword PROCESS:http://abap-tutoras.com 2010
PROCESS BEFORE OUTPUT.
...
...
PROCESS ON HELP-REOUEST.
...
PROCESS ON VALUE-REOUEST.
Seectons are performed n PAI.
PROCESS BEFORE OUTPUT (PBO) s automatcay trggered after the PAI processng of
the prevous screen and before
the current screen s dspayed. You can program the PBO processng of the screen n
ths bock. At the end of the PBO
processng, the screen s dspayed.
PROCESS AFTER INPUT (PAI) s trggered when the user chooses a functon on the
screen. You can program the PAI
processng of the screen n ths bock. At the end of the PAI.
processng, the system ether cas the next screen or carres on processng at the
pont from whch the screen was caed.
PROCESS ON HELP-REOUEST (POH) and PROCESS ON VALUE-REOUEST (POV) are
trggered when the user requests
fed hep (F1) or possbe vaues hep (F4) respectvey. You can program the
approprate codng n the correspondng event
bocks. At the end of processng, the system carres on processng the current screen.
Can we use WRITE statement n screen feds ? If not how s data transferred from
fed data to screen feds
- We cannot wrte fed data to the screen usng the WRITE statement. The system
nstead transfers data by comparng
screen fed names wth ABAP/4 varabe names. If both names are the same, t
transfers screen fed vaues to ABAP/4
program feds and vce-versa. Ths happens mmedatey before and mmedatey
after dspayng the screen.
How does the nteracton between the Dynpro and the ABAP/4 modues takes pace ?
- A transacton s a coecton of screens and ABAP/4 routnes, controed and executed
by a Daog processor. The Daog
processor processes screen after screen, thereby trggerng the approprate ABAP/4
processng for each screen. For
each screen, the system executes the fow ogc that contans the correspondng
ABAP/4 processng. The contro passes
from screen fow ogc to ABAP/4 code and back.
How does the Daog hande user requests ?
- When an acton s performed, the system trggers the PROCESS AFTER INPUT event.
The data passed ncudes fed
screen data entered by the user and a functon code. A functon code s a technca
name that has been aocated n the http://abap-tutoras.com 2010
Screen Panter or Menu Panter to a menu entry, a pushbutton, the ENTER key or a
functon key of a screen. An nterna
work fed (ok-code) n the PAI modue evauates the functon code, and the
approprate
acton s taken.
How are the functon codes handed n fow ogc ?
- When the user seects a functon n a transacton, the system copes the functon
code nto a specay desgnated work
fed caed OK_CODE. Ths fed s goba n the ABAP/4 modue poo. The OK_CODE
can then be evauated n the
correspondng PAI modue.
The functon code s aways passed n exacty the same way, regardess of whether t
comes from a screen's pushbutton,
a menu opton, functon key or other GUI eement.
What contros the screen fow ?
- The SET SCREEN and LEAVE SCREEN statements contro screen fow.
What are "fed" and "chan" statements ?
- The FIELD and CHAIN fow ogc statements et you program your own fed checks.
FIELD and CHAIN te the system
whch feds you are checkng,and whether the system shoud perform checks n the
fow ogc or ca an ABAP/4 modue.
What s an on "*-nput fed" statement ?
- ON *-INPUT
The ABAP/4 modue s caed f the user has entered a "*" n the frst character of the
fed, and the fed has the attrbute *-
entry n the Screen Panter. You can use ths opton n exceptona cases where you
want to check ony feds wth certan
knds of nput.
What are condtona chan statements ?
- ON CHAIN-INPUT smar to ON INPUT.
The ABAP/4 modue s caed f any one of the feds n the chan contans a vaue
other than ts nta vaue (banks or
nus).
ON CHAIN-REOUEST
Ths condton functons |ust ke ON REOUEST, but the ABAP/4 modue s caed f any
one of the feds n the chan
changes vaue.
What s "at ext-command" ?
- The fow ogc keyword AT EXIT-COMMAND s a speca addton to the MODULE
statement n the fow ogc. AT EXITCOMMAND ets you ca a modue before the
system executes the automatc fed checks.
Whch functon type has to be used for usng "at ext-command" ?
- To use AT EXIT-COMMAND, we must assgn a functon type ,E to the reevant
functon n the Menu Panter or Screen
Panter.
What s the dfference between SET SCREEN and CALL SCREEN ?
Wth SET SCREEN, the current screen smpy specfes the next screen n the chan.
contro branches to ths next screen as
soon as the current screen has been processed. Return from next screen to current
screen s not automatc. It does not
nterrupt processng of the current screen. If we want to branch to the next screen
wthout fnshng the current one, use
LEAVE SCREEN.http://abap-tutoras.com 2010
Wth CALL SCREEN, the current (cang) chan s suspended, and a next screen (or
screen chan) s caed n. The caed
screen can then return to the suspended chan wth the statement LEAVE SCREEN
TO SCREEN 0. Sometmes we mght
want to et an user ca a popup screen from the man appcaton screen to et them
enter secondary nformaton. After they
have competed ther entres, the users shoud be abe to cose the popup and return
drecty to the pace where they eft off n
the man screen. Here comes CALL SCREEN nto pcture. Ths statement ets us nsert
such a sequence nto the current one.
Can we specfy the next-screen number wth a varabe. ( Yes / No ).
Yes.
The fed SY-DYNNR refers to ________________.
Number of the current screen.
What s a daog modue ?
A daog modue s a caabe sequence of screens that does not beong to a partcuar
transacton. Daog modues have ther
own modue poos, and can be caed by any transacton.
The syntax used to ca a screen as a daog box ( popup ) s _________________.
CALL SCREEN <screen number>
STARTING AT <start coumn> <start ne>
ENDING AT <end coumn> <end ne> .
What s a "ca mode" ?
In the ABAP/4 word, each stackabe sequence of screens s a "ca mode". Ths s
mportant because of the way you return
from a gven current sequence. To termnate a ca mode and return to a suspended
chan, set the "next screen" to 0 and
eave to t:
LEAVE TO SCREEN 0 or ( SET SCREEN 0 and LEAVE SCREEN ). When you return to the
suspended chan,
executon resumes wth the statement drecty foowng the orgna CALL SCREEN
statement. The orgna sequence
of screens n a transacton s tsef s a
cang mode. If you LEAVE TO SCREEN 0 n ths sequence ( that s, wthout havng
stacked any addtona ca
modes ), you return from the transacton atogether.http://abap-tutoras.com 2010
The maxmum number of cang modes stacked at one tme s ______.
Nne.
What s LUW or Database LUW or Database Transacton ?
A "LUW" ( ogca unt of work ) s the span of tme durng whch any database
updates must be performed n an "a or nothng"
manner. Ether they are a performed ( commtted ) , or they are a thrown away
( roed back ). In the ABAP/4 word, LUWs
and transactons can have severa meanngs:
LUW ( or "database LUW" or "database transacton" )
from one screen change to the next (
because the SAP system trggers database commts automatcay at every screen
change ).
What s SAP LUW or Update Transacton ?
Update transacton ( or "SAP LUW")
onger than a database LUW, snce
most update processng extends over mutpe transacton screens.The programmer
termnates an update transacton by
ssung a COMMIT WORK statement.
What happens f ony one of the commands SET SCREEN and LEAVE SCREEN s used
wthout usng the other?
If we use SET SCREEN wthout LEAVE SCREEN, the program fnshes processng for
the current screen before branchng to
<scr no>. If we use LEAVE SCREEN wthout a SET SCREEN before t, the current
screen process w be termnated and
branch drecty to the screen specfed as the defaut next-screen n the screen
attrbutes.
What s sgnfcance of the screen number ,0 ?
In "cang mode", the speca screen number 0 (LEAVE TO SCREEN 0) causes the
system to |ump back to the prevous ca
eve. That s, f you have caed a screen sequence wth CALL SCREEN eavng to
screen 0 termnates the sequence and
returns to the cang screen. If you have not caed a screen sequence, LEAVE TO
SCREEN 0 termnates the transacton.
What does the command ,SUPPRESS DIALOG do ?http://abap-tutoras.com 2010
Suppressng of entre screens s possbe wth ths command. Ths command aows
us to perform screen processng "n the
background". Suppresng screens s usefu when we are branchng to st-mode from a
transacton daog step.
What s the sgnfcance of the memory tabe ,SCREEN ?
At runtme, attrbutes for each screen fed are stored n the memory tabe caed
,SCREEN. We need not decare ths tabe n
our program. The system mantans the tabe for us nternay and updates t wth
every screen change.
What are the feds n the memory tabe ,SCREEN ?
- Name Length Descrpton
Why groupng of feds s requred ? What s the maxmum number of modfcaton
groups for each fed ?
- If the same attrbutes need to be changed for severa feds at the same tme these
feds can be grouped together. We
can specfy up to four modfcaton groups for each fed.
What s a screen group ? How t s usefu ?
Screen group s a fed n the Screen Attrbutes of a screen. Here we can defne a
strng of up to four characters whch s
avaabe at the screen runtme n the SY-DNGR fed. Rather than mantanng fed
seecton separatey for each screen of a
program, we can combne ogcay assocated screens together n a screen group.
What s a Subscreen ? How can we use a Subscreen ?
A subscreen s an ndependent screen that s dspayed n an area of another ("man")
screen. To use a subscreen we must
ca t n the fow ogc ( both PBO and PAI ) of the man screen. The CALL
SUBSCREEN statement tes the system to
execute the PBO and PAI events for the subscreen as part of the PBO or PAI events of
the man screen. The fow ogc of
your man program shoud ook as foows:
PROCESS BEFORE OUPTPUT.
CALL SUBSCREEN <area> INCLUDING '<program>' '<screen>'.
CALL SUBSCREEN <area>.
Area s the name of the subscreen area you defned n your man screen. Ths name
can have up to ten characters. Program
s the name of the program to whch the subscreen beongs and screen s the
subscreen's number.http://abap-tutoras.com 2010
What are the restrctons on Subscreens ?
Subscreens have severa restrctons. They cannot:
Set ther own GUI status
Have a named OK code
Ca another screen
Contan an AT EXIT-COMMAND modue
Support postonng of the cursor
How can we use / dspay tabe data n a screen ?
ABAP/4 offers two mechansms for dspayng and usng tabe data n a screen. These
mechansms are TABLE CONTROLS
and STEP LOOPS.
What are the dfferences between TABLE CONTROLS and STEP LOOPS ?
- TABLE CONTROLS are smpy enhanced STEP LOOPS that dspay data wth the ook
and fee of a tabe wdget n a
desktop appcaton. But from a programmng standpont, TABLE CONTROLS and
STEP LOOPS are amost exacty the
same. One ma|or dfference between STEP LOOPS and TABLE CONTROLS s n STEP
LOOPS ther tabe rows can span
more than one ne on the screen. By contrast the rows n a TABLE CONTROLS are
aways snge nes, but can be very
ong. ( Tabe contro rows are scroabe ). The structure of tabe contros s dfferent
from step oops. A step oop, as a
screen ob|ect, s smpy a seres of fed rows that appear as a repeatng bock. A
tabe contro, as a screen ob|ect conssts of :
) tabe feds ( dspayed n the screen ) ) a contro structure that governs the
tabe dspay and what the user can do wth
t.
Why do we need to code a LOOP statement n both the PBO and PAI events for each
tabe n the screen ?
We need to code a LOOP statement n both PBO and PAI events for each tabe n the
screen. Ths s because the LOOP
statement causes the screen feds to be coped back and forth between the ABAP/4
program and the screen fed. For ths
reason, at east an empty LOOP......ENDLOOP must be there.
The fed SY-STEPL refers to ___________________ .http://abap-tutoras.com 2010
The ndex of the screen tabe row that s currenty beng processed. The system
varabe SY-STEPL ony has a meanng
wthn the confnes of LOOP...ENDLOOP processng. Outsde the oop, t has no vad
vaue.
How can we decare a tabe contro n the ABAP/4 program ?
Usng the syntax contros <tabe contro name> type tabevew usng screen <scr
no>.
Dfferentate between statc and dynamc step oops.
Step oops fa nto two casses: Statc and dynamc. Statc step oops have a fxed
sze that cannot be changed at runtme.
Dynamc step oops are varabe n sze. If the user re-szes the wndow the system
automatcay ncreases or decreases the
number of step oops bocks dspayed. In any gven screen you can defne any
number of statc step oops but ony a snge
dynamc one.
What are the two ways of producng a st wthn a transacton ?
By submttng a separate report.
By usng eave to st-processng.
What s the use of the statement Leave to st-processng ?
Leave to st-processng statement s used to produce a st from a modue poo.
Leave to st-processng statement aows
to swtch from daog-mode to st-mode wthn a daog program.
When w the current screen processng termnates ?
A current screen processng termnates when contro reaches ether a Leave-screen
or the end of PAI.
How s the command Suppress-Daog usefu ?
Suppressng entre screens s possbe usng ths command. Ths command aows
us to perform screen processng "n the background". The system carres out a PBO
and PAI ogc, but does not dspay the
screen to the user. Suppressng screens s usefu when we are branchng to st-mode
from a transacton daog step.
What happens f we use Leave to st-processng wthout usng Suppress-Daog ?
If we don't use Supress-Daog the next screen w be dspayed but as empty.
when the user presses ENTER, the standard st output s dspayed.http://abap-
tutoras.com 2010
How the transactons that are programmed by the user can be protected ?
By mpementng an authorty check.
What are the modes n whch any update tasks work ?
Synchronous and Asynchronous.
What s the dfference between Synchronous and Asynchronous updates ?
A program asks the system to perform a certan task, and then ether wats or doesn't
wat for the task to fnsh. In
the task has been competed. In
asynchronous processng, the program does not wat: the system returns contro
after merey oggng the request for
executon.
What s the dfference between Leave Transacton and Ca Transacton ?
In contrast to LEAVE TO TRANSACTION, the CALL TRANSACTION statement causes the
system to start a new SAP LUW .
Ths second SAP LUW runs parae to the SAP LUW for the cang transacton.
Overa how do you wrte transacton program n SAP?
Create the transacton usng ob|ect browser (SE80)
Defne the ob|ects e.g. screen, Transactons. - Modues - PBO, PAI.
And you can create a transacton from SE93 aso.
Does SAP has a GUI screen panter? If yes What operatng systems s t avaabe on?
What s the other type of
screen panter caed?
Yes
On what OS s t avaabe - Wndow based.
Other type of screen panter - apha numerc screen panter.
What are step oops? How do you program page down page up n step oop?
Step oops: Method of dspayng a set of records.
Page down & Page up: decrement / ncrement base counter
Index = base + sy-step1 - 1http://abap-tutoras.com 2010
Normay how many and what fes get created when a transacton program s
wrtten? What s top XXXXXXTOP
program?
Man program wth A Incudes
I ) TOP INCLUDE - GLOBAL DATA
II ) Incude for PBO
III) Incude for PAI
IV) ncude for Forms
Where s processng ogc ocated n an on-ne program?
Ans :- ABAP/4 program (modue poo)
Descrbe the onne processor. What s ts functon?
Ans :- Contros the fow of onne program.
How are screen names defned? Do you create a screen frst or defne your program
frst?
Ans :- Defne the program frst and then create a screen.
What does PBO stands for? When s the PBO ogc performed?
Ans :- PROCESS BEFORE OUTPUT -Processed before the screen s dspayed.
What does PAI stands for? When s the PAI ogc performed?
Ans :- PROCESS AFTER INPUT -Processed after the user has pressed ENTER.
How s data passed from the screen feds to the ABAP/4 program?
Ans :- Through the fow ogc.http://abap-tutoras.com 2010
What does the TOP Incude do for you as a programmer?
Ans: For goba decaratons.
What are the steps n creatng screen?
Where are the modue statement decared? Where s the ogc wthn each modue?
Ans :-
1. Go to SE41 ( Screen Panter )
Enter the program name and screen number . Press Enter.
2. Desgn the screen and save, check and actvate t.
Modue statements are n the fow ogc wthn each modue s n the ABAP/4
modue poo
Program.
What s the sgnfcance of the word ,OUTPUT n the decaraton
MODULE TEST_KNOWLEDGE OUTPUT
ENDMODULE.
Ans :- Then we know that t s part of the PBO, therefore s processed before the
screen s presented.
Descrbe the feds on the screen ?
Ans :- Attrbutes screen , Screen types ,foow up screens , cursor poston etc. After
you have entered the screen number,
the screen branches to the screen attrbute mantenance. Enter a short descrpton ,
seect the type NORMAL and specfy the
number of the foow-up screen.
What are the three components of ON-LINE program?
Ans :- Screen , ABAP/4 program and transacton code.
What s ganed by usng the Dctonary Feds menu opton when creatng your
screen?
Ans :- The feds you have created nherts the same attrbutes as those n the Data
Dctonary.http://abap-tutoras.com 2010
How to Create a checkbox , frame, pushbuttons and rado buttons on a screen?
Ans :- |ust type a name and go to graphc eement push button.
How do you assgn an OK_CODE for a push button? How t s used n your ABAP?
Ans :- In the fed st ,name the eement and gve t the vaue that t w represent
when pushed You must make sure that
you cear the fed that represents the pushbutton after every check.
What automatc checks does the screen perform? (shoud be four)
Descrbe a four and how they are used?
Ans :- The fed format, requred nput, a foregn key tabe ,parameters.
What are the two methods to decare nput fed as mandatory?
If you set requred fed as program attrbute, the user must enter a vaue n the fed.
Requred feds appear on the screen
contanng a queston mark (?).
How does foregn key work? What you have to put n your screen to dentfy the
foregn key?
No? Then where s the foregn key dentfed?
Ans :- You have defned a screen fed by referrng to a Data Dctonary, whch has a
check tabe. When the foregn key s
checked the system compares the vaues of the feds to be checked wth the
contents of the key feds of the correspondng
tabe.
What are the two effects of the foregn key from a user standpont?
Ans :- Possbe entres & a check aganst the key fed contents.
What s user defned vadaton checks n the fow ogc?
Ans :- FIELD.SELECT FIELD.VALUES or n the modue poo FIELD.MODULE.
Does the vaue command n the fow ogc go n the PAI or the PBO event?
Ans :- PAI.
If an error occurs n the modue poo, whch feds are avaabe for entry and whch
are dspay ony feds?
Ans :- Ony those feds defned wth the FIELD statement before MODULE & reevant
checks n a chan.http://abap-tutoras.com 2010
When s the chan command used n the PBO event?
Ans :- If you want to make more than one fed ready for nput after an error.
What tabe stores the onne messages? What s the message cass and what s ts
sgnfcance?
Ans :- Tabe T100. The message cass s a specfc cass of messages for a group of
transactons.
What are the 5 dfferent message types and how are they handed by the system?
What s then dfference between
the Warnng and Error messages?
Ans :-
A : Abend Message dspayed on the current screen and subsequent task termnated
I : Informaton Message dspayed on the current screen , but user can contnue
program by pressng ENTER
E: Error Message dspayed on the current screen. Wth FIELD statements , the feds
concerned become ready agan for
nput and user s requred to make the entry /entres agan
W : Warnng As E message , but correctng nput s optona
S: Success Message dspayed on the foow-up screen as an I message.
What does WITH statement add to a message?
Ans :- In the pace of the & or $ the feds or vaues are paced n the error message.
What effect does the FIELD statement have wthn the fow ogc?
Ans :- The fed statement resets the feds so those feds are ready for nput agan.
Where are the messages dspayed on the screen?
Ans :- At the bottom.
Is the SET PARAMETER statement to be ssued n PBO or PAI modue? Why?
Ans :- PAI, the vaue must be nput nto the feds frst before t can be paced n the
buffer.
Where does the GET PARAMETER statement get ts vaues? Whch fed gets
popuated wth the new vaue?
Ans :- From the buffer.http://abap-tutoras.com 2010
Where can the SET CURSOR command be executed? What s ts effect?
Ans :- In PBO, To poston the CURSOR n a partcuar fed after the screen s
dspayed.
What are the matchcodes and how do they affect the screen fed? Where are they
specfed n the onne program?
Ans :- In the Propertes wndow of the Fed.
What s the effect of an ON CHAIN-REOUEST command n your fow ogc?
Ans :- When vaue of any of the feds between CHAIN...ENDCHAIN s attempted to
change.
What commands are used to change database tabe entres?
Ans :-
How can you check f the changes to the database were successfu?
Ans :-
What s the dfference between the Long form and the short form of makng database
changes?
Ans :- Long Form:
Update MARA and set brgew = 0 where matnr = ,MAT!.
Ths s a standard Orace Statement to modfy the entry n the Database.
Short Form:
MARA-MATNR = ,MAT1. MARA-BRGEW = 0.
Modfy MARA.
Ths s an SAP defned statement to modfy the tabe.
It s more secure and consstent.
What s the advantages usng the SAP ong form over the short form of database
changes?
Ans :- May be Fast Effect.
Can ,where cause be used when updatng database entres?
Ans :- Yes.http://abap-tutoras.com 2010
Descrbe array operatons and ther advantages?
Ans :-
What s ogca unt of work? How s t defned?
Ans :- Logca Unt of work s a bock of memory area where database contents are
stored and manpuated.
For every SAP appcaton LUW s automatcay created for database communcaton.
Besdes ths we have SAP
LUW s aso there.
What functon s performed by the commt work command?
Ans :- When you perform Commt , a the LUW s work w be refected to the
database.
Why s t so mportant for a programmer to check the ock entres?
Ans :- To fnd out f record s ocked and aso to mantan data ntegrty.
How can you fnd a ock entry for a database tabe?
Ans :- The functon modue ,ENOUEUE <ock ob|ect> checks whether a ock was
trggered for the same ob|ect. Otherwse an
excepton FOREIGN_LOCK s carred out. If the ob|ect s not ocked the functon
modue sets the ock.
What steps are necessary to set a ock on a record wthn a database tabe?
Ans :-
Execute CALL FUNCTION statement
CALL FUNCTION "ENOUEUE <ock ob|ect>
EXPORTING.
EXCEPTIONS.
CASE SY-SUBRC.
.
.
ENDCASE.
How do you unock the entry? Why s ths necessary?
Ans :-http://abap-tutoras.com 2010
Execute the CALL FUNCTION statement
CALL FUNCTION ,DEOUEUE <ock ob|ect>
EXPORTING.
It s mportant to unock the entry so others can update t.
What s the dfference between ,CALL SCREEN # # # , and ,SET SCREEN ###
. LEAVE SCREEN?
Ans :-
SET SCRREN statement sets or overwrtes the foow-up screen.
LEAVE SCREEN executes the screen number currenty n the foow-screen fed
CALL SCREEN nterrupts the processng of the current screen to ca a new screen or a
chan of screens, processng of the
current screen s resumed drecty after the ca.
After a CALL SCREEN command where does the processng return after the screen
has been executed?
Ans :- It returns the processng to the cang screen.
Whch s the more smar to a ca wth return, the SET SCREEN or the CALL SCREEN?
Ans :- The CALL SCREEN command.
What functon s performed by the SET SCREEN 0 command?
Ans :- Returns to the orgna screen.
What are the man dfferences between the repot status and screen status?
Ans :-
Where must you pace the SET PF-STATUS command n your onne program?
Ans :- Pace t n the PBO modue of the screen.
Why s t good dea to cear OK_CODE fed after decdng whch acton to take?
Ans :- You need to cear the OK code to avod sendng a screen that aready has a
functon code.http://abap-tutoras.com 2010
How do you specfy that a functon s an ext type command?
Ans :- By specfyng functon type E for the pushbuttons or menu optons n the screen
panter or menu panter.
What s the purpose of the ,AT EXIT-COMMAND?
Ans :- Usuay there are many ways to eave a screen (back,ext,cance) .Ths
command w perform termnaton ogc for a
functons of type E.
What are screen groups?
Ans :- A group of screen feds such as rado buttons or checkboxes.
What s the correct syntax for dynamcay modfyng a arge number of screen feds?
Ans :-
MODULE MODIFY _SCREEN_OUTPUT
.
.
.
LOOP AT SCREEN
IF SCREEN -GROUP = 3D ,GR1
SCREEN-INPUT=3D 1
ENDIF.
IF SCREEN-NAME = 3D ,TAB-FIELD
SCREEN-ACTIVE=3D 0.
ENDIF.
MODIFY SCREEN.
ENDLOOP.
What s the name of the nterna tabe that stores the screen nformaton?
Ans :- SCREEN.http://abap-tutoras.com 2010
What s the purpose of the MODIFY command when performng the dynamc screen
modfcatons?
Ans :- after you actvate or deactvate the fed attrbutes by assgnng them 1 or 0,
you save the modfcatons va MODIFY
SCREEN command.
Drecton for the use of check box and rado buttons n screen panter?
Ans :-
Creatng Rado Button and Check Boxes on the screen
Go to the fu screen edtor.
Pace an underscore at the pont where you want to pace the fed.
Defne the name of the fed usng <Fed Attrbutes>
Pace the cursor on the fed and press <Graphc eement>
Then press <Rado Buttons> or <Check boxes> dependng on whch graphc eement
you want
Then you group reated check boxes and rado boxes.
What are user Exts and transactons?
Ans :- Generay, user exts are the forms defned wthn SAP standard code (usuay
startng wth user ext). These
predefned areas n the code aow programmers to nsert custom defned code nto
the standard processng of a transacton
(e.g. aow resortng of the batch sequence n VA01 batch processng). There are
many specfc exampes f you are
nterested, but usuay user exts are searched for when a specfc use s beng
anayzed.
What happens f you enter 0 n NEXT Screen attrbute?
Ans :- It does not go to any other screen and t moves back one eve. However you
can contro ths n run-tme usng SET
SCREEN command.
How to modfy the attrbutes of screen feds at run tme ?.
We oop through the feds of the screen. When you fnd the name of a screen fed
you want to
modfy, set attrbutes for the fed and use MODIFY SCREEN to update the
attrbtes.
You can fnd the attrbutes n the nterna tabe SCREEN.
Ths oop makes some of the screen feds nvsbe nd a seecton screen:
AT SELECTION-SCREEN OUTPUT. http://abap-tutoras.com
2010
LOOP AT SCREEN.
IF screen-name = 'P_VERAB' OR
screen-name = 'P_STXT1' OR
screen-name = 'P_STXT2' OR
screen-name = '%_P_VERAB_%_APP_%-TEXT' OR
screen-name = '%_P_STXT1_%_APP_%-TEXT' OR
screen-name = '%_P_STXT2_%_APP_%-TEXT'.
screen-actve = '0'.
MODIFY SCREEN.
ENDIF.
ENDLOOP.
How to eave dynpro athough requred entry not made ?
In the menu panter - Functon attrbutes for the button, set Functona
type to E (Ext command)
Ca modue that eaves screen before User_Command_xxxx s executed
MODULE ReturnExt AT EXIT-COMMAND.
MODULE user_command_1000.
MODULE returnext.
CASE sy-ucomm. http://abap-tutoras.com 2010
WHEN 'CANC'. "Or whatever you want to ca t
Cear w_screen.
LEAVE TO SCREEN 0.
ENDCASE.
ENDMODULE.
Cang a report from a dynpro
There are to ways to do ths:
Use eave to st-processng f you want to do t n your modue poo. You w not be
abe to use
seecton-screens.
Use the submt statement to start a seperate report from your dynpro.
Anyone who have dea on how to know the seected vaue on run-tme?
How can get the tabe contro attrbute seected vaue ? I try to read the vaue n
debuger whch s #
(tabe_contro-cos-seected). There s no dfference on the other row whch s not
seected.
The tc-cos-seected s for coumn seecton ony. For row seecton you have two
scenaros
turn on the SeCoumn attrbute n screen panter, gve t a name and decare an abap
varabe wth the same name
type C ength 1. In your PAI oop at tab, when the seected row s processed the abap
varabe w = 'X'. At ths pont
you can save the record or key.
you can determne whch row the cursor s on n your tabe contro as foows:
DATA: LINE_SEL LIKE SY-STEPL,
TABIX LIKE SY-TABIXhttp://abap-tutoras.com 2010
GET CURSOR LINE LINE_SEL.
TABIX = <tabe contro>-TOP_LINE + LINE_SEL - 1.
TABIX s now the ndex of the seected row.
F4 Hep - Cang t from a program and mtng vaues ?
To avod the standard F4 hep to be show, nsert the event PROCESS ON-VALUE-
REOUEST n the program and add a fed
statement for the fed that shoud trgger the F4 hep. In the mdoue caed from
PROCESS ON-VALUE-REOUEST, ca functon modue
F4IF_FIELD_VALUE_REOUEST.
Exampe 1 - Dynpro
process before output.
.....
process after nput.
.....
PROCESS ON VALUE-REOUEST.
FIELD t_zsd00003-prctr MODULE f4_hep_for_pctr.
MODULE f4_hep_for_pctr INPUT.http://abap-tutoras.com 2010
NOTE:
Tabname/fedname s the name of the tabe and fed
for whch F4 shoud be shown.
*
Dynprog/Dynpnr/Dynprofed are the names of the Progran/Dynpro/Fed
n whch the f4 vaue shoud be returned.
*
Vaue: The vaue of the Dynpro fued when cang the F4 hep.
You can mt the vaues shown, by nsetng a vaue n ths parameter
e.g '50*' to show ony vaues begnnng wth 50
CALL FUNCTION 'F4IF_FIELD_VALUE_REOUEST'
EXPORTING
tabname = 'ZSD00003'
fedname = 'PRCTR'
* SEARCHHELP = ' '
* SHLPPARAM = ' '
dynpprog = 'ZSD00002_BRUGERKONV_LISTE'
dynpnr = '0100'
dynprofed = 'IT_ZSD00003-PRCTR'
* STEPL = 0
vaue = '50*'
* MULTIPLE_CHOICE = ' '
* DISPLAY = ' 'http://abap-tutoras.com 2010
* SUPPRESS_RECORDLIST = ' '
* CALLBACK_PROGRAM = ' '
* CALLBACK_FORM = ' '
TABLES
* RETURN_TAB =
EXCEPTIONS
* FIELD_NOT_FOUND = 1
* NO_HELP_FOR_FIELD = 2
* INCONSISTENT_HELP = 3
* NO_VALUES_FOUND = 4
* OTHERS = 5
.
IF sy-subrc <> 0.
MESSAGE ID SY-MSGID TYPE SY-MSGTY NUMBER SY-MSGNO
WITH SY-MSGV1 SY-MSGV2 SY-MSGV3 SY-MSGV4.
ENDIF.
ENDMODULE. " F4_hep_for_pctr INPUT.
What you can do wth a transacton varant
Insert defaut vaues nto feds
hange the ready for nput status for feds
Hde varous screen eements, menu functons or entre screens
Ad|ust tabe contro settngshttp://abap-tutoras.com 2010
Note: Transacton varants can ony be used wth daog transactons.
How to create a transacton varant
Transacton varants are created wth transacton: SHD0
In the fed Transacton on SHD0 enter the transactoncode for the screen you want
tpo modfy (E.g. VA03) . In the fed
Varant on SHD0 enter the name you want to gve the transacton varant (E.g.
ZVA03)
Press Create
Now the screen for the transacton s shown and you can enter defaut vaues n the
feds of the screen
Press Enter. Now a screen that enbes you to make further customzng (Hde, Output
ony, Invsbe, Mandatory) f the screen
feds s shown.
After you have fnshed customzng the screen press Enter to go to the next screen or
ave and ext to save the Transacton
varant
How to fnd user exts
Dspay the program where you are searchng for and ext and search for CALL
CUSTOMER-EXIT
If you know the Ext name, go to transacton CMOD. Choose menu Uttes->SAP
Enhancements. Enter the ext name and
press enter.
You w now come to a screen that shows the functon modue exts for the ext.
Usng Pro|ect management of SAP Enhancements
We want to create a pro|ect to enahance trasnacton VA01
Go to transacton CMOD
Create a pro|ect caed ZVA01
Choose the Enhancement assgn rado button and press the Change button
In the frst coumn enter V45A0002 Predefne sod-to party n saes document . Note
that an enhancement
can ony be used 1 pro|ect. If the enhancement s aready n use, and error message
w be dspayed
Press Save
Press Components. You can now see that enhancement uses user ext
EXIT_SAPMV45A_002. Doube cck on the ext.http://abap-tutoras.com 2010
Now the functon modue s dspayed. Doube cck on ncude ZXVVAU04 n the
functon modue
Insert the foowng code nto the ncude: E_KUNNR = '2155'.
Actvate the ncude program. Go back to CMOD and actvate the pro|ect.
Goto transacton VA01 and craete a saesorder. Note that Sod-to-party now
automatcay s "2155"
To run the transacton varan, you must create a new Transacton code n SE93 that
referes to the Transacton varant.
Choose Transacton wth varant as Start ob|ect.
Note: The transacton varant can aso be caed from a program that mcudes a ca
to functon modue
RS_HDSYS_CALL_TC_VARIANT
Can a fed ext on a screen access the vaues entered by a user on that screen for the
screen feds other than the
fed for whch the ext has been apped. f yes then how?
Maybe ths functon heps you: DYNP_VALUES_READ. It reads the dynpro-vaues
before processng PAI.
What are events n daogs?
Process Before Output and
Process After Input.
Process On Vaue
Process On Hep
Modue output.
Modue nput.
What are sgnfcance of PBO and PAI?
Before dspay the screen PBO s fred. Ths s for screen dspay
After gvng the user nput PAI s fred. Ths s for nput vadaton
Where you w vadate entres n the feds?
Entres can be vadated n PAI.
You can vadate n Fed Exts aso.http://abap-tutoras.com 2010
What s use of Chan and EndChan?
For cang a partcuar PAI modue f any one of feds n a group meets a condton,
we use to combne a such feds .
How to change screen dynamcay?
By modfyng the screen attrbutes.
How to capture changes on the screen feds? Same n case of tabe contro?
We can capture changes on the screen feds usng modue on nput and on request.
If you are vadatng contents of fed but user want to ext from the transacton
wthout vadatng contents; How to
hande ths scenaro?
By at ext-command we can do.
How to pass fed vaues from one screen to other screen?
By usng set and get parameter d statements.
What s the dfference n usng COMMIT WORK wthn a caed transacton and wthn a
caed daog modue n an
exstng modue.
Ans.:
Transacton: It w create a new LUW and so you have to say COMMIT WORK n a
caed transacton for gettng any of the
update statements to be frutfu nsde the caed transacton.
Daog modue: Snce no new LUW s created, COMMIT WORK s not necessary.
Whch 2 transacton codes are used to manage enhancements?
Ans: SMOD and CMOD
Whch enhancement s oca, whch s goba:
Fed Exts
Screen Exts
Program Extshttp://abap-tutoras.com 2010
Menu Exts
Where can you create an enhancement to show your own F1 Hep on a fed?
Ans: n POH
What enhancements can be created usng Cmod?
Ans: Customer Enhancements, .e., Fed Exts.
What s the code for showng a st produced n a daog program?
Ans: Leave screen.
Leave to Lst-processng.
Or
Submt <program name>.
When s fed Name1 transported to the program n ths codng:
Process After Input.
Modue ABC.
Fed Name1 Modue DEF.
What s the effect of SUPPRESS DIALOG n PBO?
Fed Name2 Modue GHI.
If an error message was rased n Modue GHI, whch feds woud be ready for nput?
Ans: The feds that are paced n CHAIN...ENDCHAIN.
In whch 2 paces coud you set the GUI status and tte bar for a moda daog box?
What does CHAIN ....END CHAIN do?
Sometmes you want to check severa feds as a group. To do ths, ncude the feds
n a FIELD statement, and encose
everythng n a CHAIN-ENDCHAIN bock.
Exampe
**** Screen fow ogc: ****
CHAIN.
FIELD: SPFLI-CARRID, SPFLI-CONNID.
MODULE CHECK_FLIGHT.
ENDCHAIN.
When an error s found nsde a chan, the screen s re-dspayed, and a feds found
anywhere n the chan are nput-enabed. A
non-chan feds reman dsabed.
How can you test fow ogc?
Check functon checks the syntax,data-conssteny and screen ayout of the screen.
To test the syntax, from the menu path choose screen---->check-------> syntax.
To test the data consstency, from the menu path choose screen---->check------>
consstency.
To check the ayout,from ythe menu path choose screen----->check----->ayout.
What happens f you choose hod data opton n screen atrbutes?
To retan data entered by a user. The system automatcay dspays ths data f the
user returns to ths screen.
What happens f you enter 0 n NEXT screen attrbute?
In ABAP/4 each stackabe sequence of screens s a "ca mode". Ths s mportant
because of the way you return from a gven
current sequence. To termnate a ca mode and return to a suspended chan, set the
"next screen" to 0 and eave to t:When you
return to the suspended chan, executon resumes wth the statement drecty
foowng the orgna CALL SCREEN statement.The
orgna sequence of screens n a transacton s tsef a cang mode. The orgna
sequence of screens n a transacton s tsef a
cang mode. If you LEAVE TO SCREEN 0 n ths sequence (that s, wthout havng
stacked any addtona ca modes), you return
from the transacton atogether.
How many menu ttes you can have n a man menu?http://abap-tutoras.com 2010
You can have sx menus n a menu bar.In addton to ths system provdes two more
menus e system and hep. You can have
ony one menu bar for a status.
You can mantan 15 entres n a menu and upto three eves.
What s the dfference between the "change on-nput" and "Change on request" n the
PAI of a screen?
ON INPUT
The ABAP/4 modue s caed ony f the fed contans a vaue other than ts nta
vaue. Ths nta vaue s determned by the
fed's data type: banks for character feds, zeroes for numercs.
ON REOUEST
The ABAP/4 modue s caed ony f the user has entered a vaue n the fed vaue
snce the ast screen dspay. The vaue counts
as changed even f the user smpy types n the vaue that was aready there.
What are user exts? What s nvoved n wrtng them? What precautons are needed?
User defned functonaty ncuded to predefned SAP standards. Pont n an SAP
program where a customer's own program can
be caed. In contrast to customer exts, user exts aow deveopers to access and
modfy program components and data
ob|ects n the standard system. On upgrade, each user ext must be checked to
ensure that t conforms to the standard
system.
There are two types of user ext:
User exts that use INCLUDEs.
These are customer enhancements that are caed drecty n the program.
User exts that use tabes.
These are used and managed usng Customzng.
Shoud fnd the customer enhancements beongng to partcuar deveopment cass.
What are the dfferent ways n whch you can make changes to SAP standard
software ?
Customzng
Enhancements to the SAP Standard
Modfcatons to the SAP Standard
Customer Deveopmenthttp://abap-tutoras.com 2010
What s customzng ?
Customzng s the settng of system parameters va SAP's own nterface.
Why do you need enhancements ?
The standard appcatons do not offer some of the functonaty you need. The R/3
enchancement concept aows you to add
your own functonaty to SAP's standard busness appcatons.
What are the dfferent types of enhancements ?
Enhancements usng customer exts
Customers' potenta requrements whch are not ncuded n the standard software
are ncorporated n the standard as empty
modfcaton 'shes'. Customers can then f these wth ther own codng.
Enhancements can reate to programs, menus and
screens. Upward compatbty s assured. In other words, SAP guarantees that the
|ump from the standard software to the ext
and the nterface whch ca the ext w reman vad n future reeases.
Enhancements to ABAP/4 Dctonary eements
These are ABAP/4 Dctonary enhancements (creaton of tabe appends), text
enhancements (customer-specfc key words
and documentaton for data eements) and fed exts (creaton of addtona codng
for data eements).
What s customer deveopment ?
Creatng customer-specfc ob|ects wthn the customer name range.
What s SSCR ?
SSCR (SAP Software Change Regstraton) s a procedure, for regsterng a manua
changes to SAP source codng and SAP
Dctonary ob|ects.
What s the dfference between modfcatons and enhancements ?
Modfcatons mean makng changes to the SAP standard functonaty.
Enhancements mean addng some functonaty to SAP standard functonaty.
What are the dsadvantages of modfcaton ?
Modfyng standard code can ead to errors
Modfcatons mean more work durng software upgradeshttp://abap-tutoras.com
2010
What are the advantages of enhancements ?
Do not affect standard SAP source code
Do not affect software upgrades
when do you opt for modfcaton ?
Customer exts are not avaabe for a programs and screens wthn the R/3 standard
appcatons. You can ony use exts f
they aready exst wthn the SAP R/3 System . Otherwse you have to opt for
modfcatons .
What are the varous types of customer exts ?
Menu exts
Screen exts
Functon modue exts
Keyword exts
What s a menu ext ?
Addng tems to the pudown menus n standard R/3 appcatons .
13.What s a screen ext ?
Addng feds to the screens wthn R/3 appcatons. SAP creates screen exts by
pacng speca subscreen areas wthn a
standard R/3 screen and cang a customer subscreen from wthn the standard
dynpro's fow ogc.
What s a functon modue ext ?
Addng functonaty to R/3 appcatons. Functon modue exts pay a roe n both
menu and screen exts.
What s a keyword ext ?
Add documentaton to the data eements of key words defned n the ABAP/4
Dctonary. The system dspays ths
documentaton whenever a user presses F1 to get onne hep for a screen fed.
How do SAP organzes ts exts ?
SAP organzes ts exts n packages that are caed SAP enhancements. Each SAP
enhancement can contan many
ndvdua exts.
What s an add-on pro|ect ?
To take advantage of the exts avaabe wthn standard R/3 appcatons, you need to
create an add-on pro|ect. Ths pro|ect
ets you organze the enhancement packages and exts you want to use. The add-on
pro|ect aso aows you to hang add-on
functonaty onto the ext hooks contaned wth SAP enhancements.
Set 9
1. What s the fastest way to move one nterna tabe to another nterna tabe
(assumng two tabes of smar
structure)?
.a) append nes of tabe1 to tabe2.
b) oop at tabe1.
Move: tabe1-fed1 to tabe2-fed1,
tabe1-fed2 to tabe2-fed2.
Append tabe2.
Endoop.
.||c) tabe2|| = tabe1.
d) oop at tabe1.
Move-correspondng tabe1 to tabe2.
Endoop.
e) move tabe1 to tabe2.
2. Whch one of the foowng s true about a functon modue?
a) Functon modues are ocay accessbe ob|ects.
b) Functon modues have nbound and outbound parameters.
c) Functon modues have no but-n excepton handng.
d) Functon modues CANNOT be created by a programmer.
e) Functon modues use a shared memory area.
3.
data: fed1 type I vaue 10.
a) fed1 = 10
fed1 = 8
End-of-seecton.
Subtract 2 from fed1.
Wrte: / fed1 =, fed1.
Start-of-seecton.
Add 5 to fed1.
Wrte: / fed1 =, fed1.http://abap-tutoras.com 2010
Intazaton.
Fed1 = 5.
What s the resut after executng the above code?
b) fed1 = 8
fed1 = 14
fed1 = 5
c) fed1 = 5
fed1 = 3
fed1 = 8
d) fed1 = 5
fed1 = 10
fed1 = 8
e) fed1 = 8
fed1 = 14
4. Whch one of the foowng commands s used n dr-down reportng?
a) AT LINE-SELECTION
b) MODULE SET_SCREEN
c) LEAVE SCREEN
d) END-OF-PAGE
e) ON VALUE-REOUEST
5. What s an ob|ect whch CANNOT be transported?
a) A oca ob|ect
b) A change request
c) A deveopment ob|ect
d) A cass
e) A taskhttp://abap-tutoras.com 2010
6. A GUI-Status s created n whch transacton?
a) Fow Logc
b) Menu Panter
c) GUI Panter
d) Screen Panter
e) Status Panter
7. Whch one of the foowng statements creates a GUI-status n a daog program?a)
set pf-status 0100.
b) set screen 0100.
c) set gu-status 0100.
d) set gu-status = 0100.
e) set status 0100.
8. Daog programs have whch namng conventon?
a) ZPBOxxx
b) SAPMZxxx
c) ZDIAxxx
d) ZPAIxxx
e) Zxxx
9. Whch dctonary structure contans system feds?
a) SYSTEM
b) SYTAB
c) SYSThttp://abap-tutoras.com 2010
d) SY
e) SYS
10.
a) 1
An nterna tabe ICODE contans the foowng entres:
fed1 fed2
-----
|ohn 12345
Ace 23478
Sam 54321
Bob 10000
IF NOT ICODE|| IS INITIAL.
SORT ICODE BY FIELD1 DESCENDING.
READ TABLE ICODE WITH KEY FIELD1 = Sam.
WRITE: / SY-TABIX.
ENDIF.
b) 2
c) 3
d) 4
e) Sam
11.
a) 4
Data: number type .
whe number < 10.
Add 1 to number.
If number < 8.
Contnue.
Ese.
Add 4 to number.
Endf.http://abap-tutoras.com 2010
Endwhe.
Wrte number.
What does NUMBER equa after executng the above code?
b) 8
c) 10
d) 12
e) 14
12. Whch one of the foowng statements woud occur n the PBO of a daog program
usng tabe contro?
a) oop at tab.
b) oop at tab wth contro tab_tc.
c) modue ext at ext-command.
d) modue user_command.
e) set screen 0100
13.
data: begn of tab occurs 0,
fed1(10),
fed2(10),
end of tab.
a) A B
A B
B B
A
Move: A to tab-fed1,
B to tab-fed2.
Append tab.
Append tab.
Move: B to tab-fed1.
Append tab.
Cear tab.
Move: A to tab-fed2.
Append tab.http://abap-tutoras.com 2010
What are the contents of tab after executng the above code?
b) A B
A B
B
A
c) A B
B
A
d) A B
B A
A
e) A B
B A
B A
B A
14. When debuggng a BDC sesson, whch command s used to ext the sesson?
a) /n
b) /bend
c) /next
d) /nqut
e) /ext
15. Whch system fed returns the number of records returned after a seect?
a) sy-ndex
b) sy-recno
c) sy-ncnt
d) sy-dbcnt
e) sy-tabxhttp://abap-tutoras.com 2010
16. Whch statement regardng Logca databases s FALSE?
a) Logca databases use a tree structure.
b) Logca databases use a standard seecton-screen for seecton crtera.
c) More than one ogca database can be used n a report.
d) Any change to a ogca database s refected n a reports usng that ogca
database.
e) Logca databases smpfy and encapsuate data retreva
17. Whch one of the foowng s an exampe of an asynchronous update?
a) modfy ztabe from wa.
b) update ztabe set fed1 = 123.
c) update ztabe from ztabe.
d) nsert wa nto ztabe.
e) ca functon update_tabe n update task
18. Whch return code s assocated wth a faed authorty check due to ack of user
authorzaton for the chosen
acton?
a) 0
b) 4
c) 8
d) 12
e) 24
19. Whch transacton s used to montor, reease, and reprocess BDC sessons?
a) SM36
b) SE37
c) SE35http://abap-tutoras.com 2010
d) SP35
e) SM35
20. What s the structure for the foowng seect-optons? Seect-optons: zname ke
ztabe-name.
a) zname-sgn
zname-vaue
zname-ow
zname-hgh
b) zname-ow
zname-hgh
zname-pattern
c) zname-sgn
zname-opton
zname-ow
zname-hgh
d) zname-sgn
zname-opton
zname-ow
e) zname-sgn
zname-opton
zname-ow
21. Whch of the foowng are eementary types n ABAP?
a) C,D,F,H,I,N,P,T
b) C,D,F,I,N,P,O,T
c) A,D,F,I,N,P,T,X
d) A,D,F,H,N,P,T,X
e) C,D,F,I,N,P,T,X
22.a) 1 1
3 3
4 4
4 4http://abap-tutoras.com 2010
data: f1 type I vaue 1,
f2 type I vaue 1.
Wrte: / f1, f2.
Do 2 tmes.
Perform scope.
Enddo.
Wrte: / f1, f2.
Form scope.
Data: f1 type I vaue 2,
f2 type I vaue 2.
Add: 1 to f1, 1 to f2.
Wrte: / f1, f2.
Endform.
What s the output of ths program after executon?
b) 1 1
2 2
3 3
1 1
c) 1 1
3 3
3 3
3 3
d) 1 1
2 2
3 3
3 3
e) 1 1
3 3
3 3
1 1
23. Program specs ca for screen 100 to appear n a moda daog box.
a) The addton startng at X s eft out.
PAI
----http://abap-tutoras.com 2010
modue do_somethng.
If fed1 = X.
Ca screen 0100.
Endf.
Endmodue.
Why does the above code fa to produce a moda box?
b) The screen shoud be numbered 900.
c) The code must occur n the PBO.
d) The screen s of the wrong type.
e) Screens are not caed wthn modues.
24. Fed-symbos are defned n whch of the foowng ways?
a) fed-symbos f1 for f1.
b) fed-symbos |f1|.
c) fed-symbos ke f1.
d) fed-symbos (f1) ke f1.
e) fed-symbos {f1}.
25.
a) Lne 2
1 TABLES: MARC.
2 DATA: BEGIN OF ITAB OCCURS 0,
3 FIELD1(5),
4 FIELD2(5),
5 END OF ITAB.
6 READ ITAB WITH KEY MATNR = 12345.
7 IF SY-SUBRC = 0.
8 WRITE:/ ITAB-MATNR.
9 ENDIF.
Referrng to the above code, whch ne contans an error?http://abap-tutoras.com
2010
b) Lne 5
c) Lne 6
d) Lne 7
e) Lne 8
26.
Loop at tab.
Wrte tab.
Endoop.
From where s the wrtten ne derved n the above oop statement?
a) The tabe work area
b) sy-subrc
c) sy-ndex
d) The tabe header
e) sy-se
27.
a) Icode-fed2 must be a numerc fed.
An nterna tabe code contans the foowng entres:
Fed1 Fed2
-----
|ohn 12345
Ace 23478
Sam 54321
|ohn 50000
DATA: BEGIN OF ICODE OCCURS 0,
FIELD1(5),
FIELD2(5),
END OF ICODE.
READ TABLE ICODE WITH KEY FIELD1 = |ohn BINARY SEARCH.http://abap-
tutoras.com 2010
Why does executng the above code return a sy-subrc of 4?
b) The nterna tabe has an ncorrect structure.
c) Both nterna tabe feds must be used n the search.
d) The nterna tabe must be sorted frst.
e) |ohn shoud not be captazed.
28.
a) 26
Data: pos ke sy-ndex,
ndex(1).
do 10 tmes.
Check sy-ndex between 2 and 6.
Add 1 to pos.
Move sy-ndex to ndex.
Wrte at pos ndex.
Enddo.
b) 1789
c) 23456
d) 132578910
e) 178910
29. Daog programs are of whch type?
a) Type B
b) Type 1
c) Type *
d) Type M
e) Type Shttp://abap-tutoras.com 2010
30.
a) f1: Test Varant
f2: arant
f3: arant
data: f1(12) type c vaue Test Varant,
f2(6) type c,
f3(8) type c.
Move: f1 to f2,
f2 to f3.
What do f1, f2, and f3 contan after executng the above code?
b) f1: Test Varant
f2: arant
f3: Varant
c) f1: Test Varant
f2: Test V
f3: st Vara
d) f1: Test Varant
f2: Test V
f3: Test V
e) f1: Test Varant
f2: Test V
f3: Test Var
31.
a) Lnes 1 and 4
1. Data: Begn of tab occurs 0,
fed1,
End of tab.
2. Data: Itab1 ke tab occurs 0.
3. Data: Itab1 type tab occurs 0.
4. Data: Begn of tab1 occurs 0.
Incude structure tab.
Data: End of tab1.
Whch of the above statements code nterna tabes wth a header ne?http://abap-
tutoras.com 2010
b) Lnes 1 and 3
c) Lnes 2 and 4
d) Lnes 1 and 2
e) Lnes 2 and 3
32. Whch one of the foowng SOL statements does NOT ock the affected database
entres ?
a) seect *
b) Insert
c) Deete
d) seect snge for update
e) modfy
33.a) 1 2 3 D
2 3 4
3 4 5 D
4 5 6 D
7 8 9 d
num1 type I,
num2 type I,
num3 type I,
mark,
end of tab.
Deete from tab where mark eq D.
Itab entres:
1 2 3 D
2 3 4
3 4 5 D
4 5 6 D
7 8 9 d
7 8 9 D
Gven the ITAB entres, what are the contents of ITAB after executng the above code?
b) 2 3 4
c) 7 8 9 d
7 8 9 D
d) 2 3 4
3 4 5 D
4 5 6 D
7 8 9 d
7 8 9 D
e) 2 3 4
7 8 9 d
34.
a) 3 3
1 1
4 4
1 1
f2 type I vaue 1.
Do 2 tmes.
Perform scope.
Enddo.
Form scope.
Statcs: f1 type I vaue 2,
f2 type I vaue 2.
Wrte: / f1, f2.
Perform scope2.
Endform.
Form scope2.
Wrte: / f1, f2.
Endform.http://abap-tutoras.com 2010
What s the output of the above program after executon?
b) 3 3
3 3
3 3
3 3
c) 3 3
3 3
4 4
4 4
d) 3 3
0 0
4 4
0 0
e) 3 3
1 1
4 4
3 3
35. An ABAP Screen s created n whch transacton?
a) Screen Edtor
b) Screen Panter
c) Menu Panter
d) ABAP Edtor
e) Status Panter
36. Data wrtten to the database woud be reversed under whch of the foowng
crcumstances?
a) Dequeue
b) Enqueue
c) Commt
d) Message Xnnnhttp://abap-tutoras.com 2010
e) End of Transacton
37. Program specfcatons ask for error checkng on a seecton-screen whch contans
a parameter nsde a
frame.
a) at seecton-screen on bock b1
b) seecton-screen check bock b1
c) at seecton-screen
d) seecton-screen on fed f1
e) check seecton-screen
38. Tabe ztest has a secondary ndex on the foowng feds:
a) Indexes are not aowed on Z tabes
tnum, tcode.
Seect * from ztest where tnum ne 123 and tcode = 456.
Why s the ndex not used n the above case?
b) Varabes must be used, NOT teras
c) Seect ndvdua feds, not seect *
d) Cent s not n the where cause
e) NE nvadates the use of an ndex
39. An nterna tabe has two feds :
a) seect fed1 fed2 nto (tab-fed1, tab-fed2)
from ztabe where fed1 = 10.
Append tab.
Endseect.
Fed1
Fed2
Whch of the foowng s the fastest way to f an nterna tabe of the structure
above.http://abap-tutoras.com 2010
b) seect * from ztabe
where fed1 = 10.
Move ztabe to wa.
Append tab from wa.
Endseect.
c) seect * nto correspondng-feds of tab
from ztabe where fed1 = 10.
d) seect * from ztabe
where fed1 = 10.
Append tab.
Endseect.
e) seect * nto tabe tab from ztabe
where fed1 = 10.
40. Update Bundng can occur wthn whch of the foowng?
a) Wthn daog tasks and dequeue processes
b) Wthn daog and update tasks
c) Wthn enqueue processes
d) Wthn enqueue and dequeue processes
e) Wthn update tasks and enqueue processes
41.
a) 1
fed1,
end of tab.
Do 3 tmes.
Append nta ne to tab.
Append X to tab.
Enddo.
Descrbe tabe tab.
Wrte: sy-tf.http://abap-tutoras.com 2010
What s the vaue of sy-tf after executng the above code?
b) 2
c) 3
d) 6
e) 12
42.
Loop at znfo.
At new name.
Sum.
Wrte: / znfo-d, znfo-name, znfo-saes.
Endat.
Endoop.
Tabe znfo Entres:
------- a1 Smth 100.00 50.00
Fed Type a1 |ones 100.00 50.00
------- a2 Bob 100.00 50.00
d C a3 Bob 100.00 50.00
name C a4 Mke 100.00 50.00
saes P a5 Mary 100.00 50.00
saes2 P a5 Mary 100.00 50.00
Usng the above nformaton, what s the resut of the foowng code?
a) a1 Smth 100.00
a1 |ones 100.00
a2 Bob 100.00
a3 Bob 100.00
a4 Mke 100.00
a5 Mary 200.00
b) a1 Smth 100.00
a1 |ones 100.00
a2 Bob 200.00
a4 Mke 100.00
a5 Mary 100.00
c) a1 |ones 200.00
a2 Bob 200.00http://abap-tutoras.com 2010
a4 Mke 100.00
a5 Mary 100.00
a5 Mary 100.00
d) a1 |ones 200.00
a2 Bob 200.00
a4 Mke 100.00
a5 Mary 100.00
e) a1 Smth 200.00
a2 Bob 100.00
a3 Bob 100.00
a4 Mke 100.00
a5 Mary 200.00
43. Whch one of the foowng s an INCORRECT form of the WRITE statement?
a) wrte x no-sgn.
b) wrte x no-decmas.
c) wrte x eft-|ustfed no-gap.
d) wrte x no-zero.
e) wrte x under y currency us.
44.
a) 2
1. Data: Begn of mara occurs 0.
2. Incude structure mara.
3. Data: End of mara.
4 Data: number ke mara-matnr.
5. Seect * nto tabe mara
6. From mara where matnr = number.
7. If sy-subrc = 0.
8. Wrte:/ mara.
9. Endf.
10. Endseect.
Whch ne n the above code contans a syntax error?http://abap-tutoras.com 2010
b) 5
c) 6
d) 8
e) 10
45.
a) D
data: fed1(4) type c vaue ABCD.
f fed1 co ABCD.
endf.
What s the vaue of sy-fdpos after ths bock of code s executed ?
b) 4
c) ABCD
d) A
e) 0
46. Whch statement s INCORRECT when referrng to SAP memory or ABAP memory?
a) ABAP memory s ony stored durng the fetme of an externa sesson.
b) You can use ABAP memory to pass data between nterna sessons.
c) SAP memory s aso referred to as Goba Memory.
d) SAP memory s avaabe across transactons.
e) IMPORT/EXPORT (TO MEMORY) statements are used for SAP memory.
47. A standard type nterna tabe ICODE contans the foowng entres:
fed1 fed2
-----
001 New York
002 Bostonhttp://abap-tutoras.com 2010
003 Houston
008 Denver
010 San Dego
020 Seatte
READ TABLE ICODE WITH KEY FIELD1 = 015 BINARY SEARCH.
WRITE: / SY-TABIX.
What s the vaue of sy-tabx after executng the above code?
a) 0
b) 2
c) 5
d) 6
e) 7
48.
data: fed1 type I vaue 10.
End-of-seecton.
Subtract 2 from fed1.
Start-of-seecton.
Add 5 to fed1.
Intazaton.
Fed1 = 5.
What s the resut after executng the above code?
a) fed1 = 5
fed1 = 10
fed1 = 8
b) fed1 = 8
fed1 = 14http://abap-tutoras.com 2010
c) fed1 = 10
fed1 = 8
d) fed1 = 5
fed1 = 3
fed1 = 8
e) fed1 = 8
fed1 = 14
fed1 = 5
49.
f2 type I vaue 1.
Do 2 tmes.
Perform scope.
Enddo.
Form scope.
Statcs: f1 type I vaue 2,
f2 type I vaue 2.
Wrte: / f1, f2.
Perform scope2.
Endform.
Form scope2.
Wrte: / f1, f2.
Endform.
What s the output of the above program after executon?
a) 3 3
1 1
4 4
3 3
b) 3 3
3 3http://abap-tutoras.com 2010
4 4
4 4
c) 3 3
3 3
3 3
3 3
d) 3 3
1 1
4 4
1 1
e) 3 3
0 0
4 4
0 0
50.
Tabe ZNAME Tabe ZINFO
--------- -----
fed key fed key
--------- -----
mandt X mandt X
d X d X
name X dept
fname X dvson
address
phone
fax
Usng the above tabe defntons, whch one of the foowng seects uses proper
syntax?
a) seect * from znfo where d = 0025.
Loop at znfo.
Wrte: / d.
Endoop.
Endseect.
b) seect mandt d name nto (cent, d, name)
from zname where d = 0025.http://abap-tutoras.com 2010
Wrte: / d.
Endseect.
c) seect * nto tabe tab from zname
where d = 0025.
Seect * from znfo for a entres n tab
where d = tab-d.
Wrte: / znfo-dept.
Endseect.
d) seect a-d a-name a-fname b-dept nto tabe tab
from zname as a INNER |OIN znfo as b
on a-d = b-d
where name = Smth.
Loop at zname.
Wrte: / zname-d, zname-name.
Endoop.
e) seect count ( d ) sum ( name ) nto (num, name)
from zname where d = 0025.
Wrte: / num, name.
Endseect.
51. Whch one of the foowng statements s FALSE?
a) Loca ob|ects CANNOT be transported to another nstance.
b) After a CHANGE REOUEST s reeased, no further changes to ts ob|ects are
aowed.
c) Deveopment casses can be vewed by usng transacton SE80.
d) A CHANGE REOUEST contans ob|ects that can be transported to OA-PRD.
e) A CHANGE REOUEST ony contans one task.
52. Whch one of the foowng statements woud occur n the PBO of a daog program
usng tabe contro?
a) oop at tab wth contro tab_tc.
b) oop at tab.
c) set screen 0100.
d) modue user_command.http://abap-tutoras.com 2010
e) modue ext at ext-command
53.
data n type .
do 5 tmes.
If n > 0 and n < 5.
n = n + 1.
esef n = 5.
n = n - 5.
ese.
n = n - 1.
endf.
enddo.
Wrte: / n.
If n = 3, what s the output of ths code after executon?
a) 2-
b) 1-
c) 0
d) 3
e) 5
54. You have added an append structure to a standard SAP tabe. What happens to
the standard tabe when a
new verson of the tabe s mported durng an upgrade?
a) The standard tabe s returned to standard.Therefore, the append structure must
be manuay re-apped
b) The append feds are automatcay appended to the tabe upon actvaton but you
must st convert the tabe
c) A append structures are deeted. A new append structure must be created and
then appended to the standard tabe
d) When the standard tabes are actvated, the append structure s automatcay
appended to the standard tabe
55. What can you NOT attach a search hep to?
a) typehttp://abap-tutoras.com 2010
b) fed of a tabe
c) check tabe
d) data eement
e) tabe
56. Whch of the foowng does not physcay exst n the underyng database? More
than one answer s
correct.
a) Vew
b) Interna tabe
c) Structure
d) Transparent Tabe
e) Doman
57. What condtons appy for a LEFT Outer |on n OPEN SOL?
a) Ony Or can be used as a ogca operator n the ON condton
b) A |on statement s found to the rght of the |on operator
c) At east one fed from the tabe on the rght s requred for comparson n the ON
condton
d) A Left Outer |on s not permtted n OPEN SOL
58. What s true about a check tabe?
a) Foregn key feds can accept ony vaues whch exst n the check tabe
b) Check tabe feds can accept ony vaues whch exst n the check tabe
c) Foregn key feds can accept any vaues regardess of the check tabe
d) Check tabes are not used for restrctng vaues n the foregn key tabes
59. Fu bufferng woud be approprate for what type of tabes?
a) Sma Statc tabeshttp://abap-tutoras.com 2010
b) Transacton Tabes
c) Tabes wth generc Keys
d) Interna Tabes
60. Where does nformaton come from when you press F1 on a screen fed?
a) Doman short text
b) Search hep
c) Data eement documentaton
d) Doman Hep vaues
61. What are the man functons of a Data Dctonary? More than one answer s
correct.
a) To nsuate the ABAP/4 deveoper from the database
b) To support the creaton and management of metadata (data about data)
c) To provde data securty at the appcaton eve
d) To connect to the operatng system
62. Structure MY_STRUCTURE s created n the dctonary. When does the structure
get created n the
underyng database ?
a) At the begnnng of the tabe creaton
b) When the database admnstrator physcay creates the tabe
c) When the tabe s actvated
d) At the end of the tabe creaton after t s saved.
e) It does not correspond to an ob|ect n the underyng database and does not get
created
63. What s the recommended method to modfy a standard search hep to ncude
customer defned search
paths?
a) Add an eementary search hep to the standard search hephttp://abap-
tutoras.com 2010
b) Enhance the standard search hep wth an append search hep
c) Add a coectve search hep to the standard search hep
d) Perform a modfcaton to the standard search hep
64. Where are Dctonary runtme ob|ects used ?
a) n the dctonary
b) n structures
c) n tabe nametab
d) n work processes
65. If you want a subroutne U to have a forma parameter P that s used to return a
vaue to the actua
parameter . Whch of the foowng defntons of U woud you use to ensure that the
vaue s passed back to the
cang program ony f the processng of U ends normay and s not termnated wth a
message statement ?
a) Form U changng P.
b) Form U usng P.
c) Form U changng vaue(P).
d) Form U usng vaue(P).
e) Form U usng P oca P.
66. You want to go from daog processng to st processng usng a seecton screen .
Whch statements woud
you use?
a) ca screen .
b) read st.
c) ca transacton .
d) eave to st processng foowed by ca seecton-screen .
e) seecton-screen foowed by parameters.http://abap-tutoras.com 2010
67. Whch component on the appcaton server contros the data traffc between work
process and presentaton
server?
a) SapGu.
b) message hander.
c) dspatcher.
d) Dynpro processor.
e) frontend processor.
68. Whch optons exst for extendng a tabe wthout havng to modfy a tabe wthn
the ABAP Dctonary?
More than one answer s correct.
a) append feds to the tabe.
b) use append structures.
c) use customer ncudes.
d) CI ncudes.
e) Insert new tabe feds.
69. Whch of the foowng steps shoud be carred out n a transacton that
mpements updates ? More than one
answer s correct.
a) read the record that s to be updated.
b) ock the record that s to be updated.
c) pass the changed data to the update process.
d) unock the record that s to be updated.
e) ca the Abap command commt work.
70. Whch enhancements panned by SAP are mantaned n transacton CMOD (SAP
enhancements)? More
than one answer s correct.
a) Tabe appendshttp://abap-tutoras.com 2010
b) Menu exts
c) functon modue exts
d) User exts
e) Screen exts
71. Why woud you group correctons together? More than one answer s correct.
a) To enabe severa correctons to be assgned to the same transport.
b) To transport ob|ects from dfferent deveopment casses.
c) To prevent other deveopers from processng the same ob|ects.
d) To enabe severa deveopers to process the same ob|ect n parae.
e) To retan versons of severa ob|ects together.
72. Whch statements are aowed f you are workng wth an nterna tabe of type
sorted? More than one
answer s correct.
a) Append
b) Coect
c) Sort
d) Read
e) Modfy
73. How can you set the status and tte for a moda daog box?
a) In the attrbutes of the correspondng screen.
b) Before the corresp. ca screen statement.
c) In a PBO modue of the correspondng screen.
d) In the PAI modue of the correspondng screen.
74. Whch ABAP datatype woud you use for cacuatons whch reqhttp://abap-
tutoras.com 2010
ure hgh degree of precson?
a) P
b) I
c) F
d) N
e) X
75. Whch of the foowng statements about R/3 nstances are correct? More than one
answer s correct.
a) An R/3 nstance s an admnstratve unt that combnes together a the
components of a R/3 system that provde one
or more servces.
b) A centra R/3 system conssts of one or more Instances.
c) Each nstance has ts own SAP buffer area.
d) Each nstance contans at east one daog servce .
76. Where can you fnd the SET/GET parameters that has been assgned to a screen
fed? More than one
answer s correct.
a) n tabe TPARA.
b) n the ob|ect st of the modue poo.
c) n the F1 hep for the screen fed under technca nfo.
d) n the fed st of the screen n the screen panter.
e) n the wndow wth possbe vaues.
77. Whch etters are aowed to be the frst etter n the names of customer defned
tabes,structures and goba
types? More than one answer s correct.
a) Y
b) Z
c) Whttp://abap-tutoras.com 2010
d) T
78. What must you do to undo DB changes prevousy ssued n a daog? More than
one answer s correct.
a) output E message.
b) perform roback work.
c) rase excepton.
d) Anayze og record.
e) code roback LUW.
79. An update functon modue VF s caed wthn subprogram VU .The program
contans the ca , VU on
commt . At whch pont are the parameters for the update functon VF evauated ?
a) when perform s executed
b) at the begnnng of functon
c) at commt work
d) at start of v1 update
e) at the end of the daog step
80. Whch events and statements determne the end of an SAP LUW n an onne
program wth synchronous
update? More than one answer s correct.
a) ca functon n update task
b) the start of the next daog step
c) commt work (expct)
d) ca screen
e) eave to st processng
81. What methods can be used to set the vaues for prntng an onne st? More than
a) Incude SET_PRINT_PARAMTERShttp://abap-tutoras.com 2010
b) Functon SET_PRINT_PARAMETERS
c) NEW-PAGE PRINT ON
d) Functon GET_PRINT_PARAMETERS
82. What does a LDB(Logca Database) provde?
a) Consstent and fexbe user nterface
b) Centra performance mprovements for update accesses
c) A method to access the data n a random manner
d) Centray defned authorzaton checks
83. When you EXPORT an nterna tabe that has a header ne to ABAP/4 memory,
what s the resut?
a) Ony the contents of the nterna tabe s stored
b) Ony the header ne s stored
c) The header ne and contents of the nterna tabe are stored
d) You cannot EXPORT an nterna tabe wth a header ne.
84. Whch Report Statement opton determnes the wdth of a st?
a) Lne-Sze
b) Lne-Count
c) Lne-Wdth
d) Report Sze
85. What happens to memory when the Export s executed wthout specfyng ID. .e
EXPORT ob|ect to memory
?
a) The ABAP memory s competey overwrtten
b) SAP Memory s overwrtten
c) ABAP memory sets up a new defaut areahttp://abap-tutoras.com 2010
86. Mark the vad vaues for a checkbox . More than one answer s correct.
a) Any Apha Character
b) Space
c) 0
d) 1
e) X
87. When does the processng bock for a Get statement end?
a) When the next keyword event s encountered
b) When a data has been retreved for the Get
c) After each PUT n the LDB
d) When the END GET statement s encountered
88. What technque woud you use to fx the 10 eftmost coumns on a st when
scrong to the rght?
a) Set Left Scro-Boundary Coumn 10
b) Set Rght Scro-Boundary Coumn 10
c) Scro Lst PS+<10>
d) Scro Lst Left
89. When does the system reset the formattng on a Wrte statement?
a) When expcty changed usng the Format statement
b) At any New Event
c) Usng the Reset opton of the Format statement
d) A of the above
90. Whch type s not a vad GUI Status type?http://abap-tutoras.com 2010
a) Onne(Daog) Status
b) Lst Status
c) Daog Box
d) Context Menu
91. What does the foowng code acheve?
At Seecton-Screen on vaue-request for saes.
Ca screen 100.
a) When the user presses F4, Screen 100 s dspayed n addton to the norma hep
screen
b) When the user presses F1, Screen 100 s dspayed nstead of the norma possbe
vaues search hep
c) When the user presses F4, Screen 100 s dspayed nstead of the norma possbe
vaues search hep
d) When the user presses F1, Screen 100 s dspayed n addton to the norma hep
screen
92. Whch of the foowng are vad ogca database types? More than one answer s
correct.
a) Tabe
b) Structure
c) Fe
d) Compex Data Ob|ect
e) Node
93. Program A ssues the foowng statement SUBMIT PROGRAM B. What takes pace?
a) Program B becomes actve n the same nterna sesson of Program A
b) Program A becomes actve n the same nterna sesson of Program B
c) Program B runs n a new nterna sesson
d) User Context s fushedhttp://abap-tutoras.com 2010
94. What s the code requred n order to scro the 3rd deta st to page 5 ?
a) Scro LIST 3 5
b) Scro LIST Index 3 to Page 5
c) Scro LIST sy-ndex 3 to Page 5
d) Scro LIST sy-snd 3 to Page 5
95. For caed program components that are of type transacton or report, what s true
about the ro area
(assumng processng w resume n the cang program).
a) They run n ther own ro area
b) They run n the ro area of the caer
c) Share the same ro area
96. Seect the ne that woud execute n the foowng code after the EXIT statement
10 get spf.
20 * Processng of SPFLI records
30 wrte: spf-carrd, spf-connd.
40 counter = counter + 1.
60 f counter > 1.
70 Ext.
80 endf.
90 wrte:/ No more processng for ths Carrer.
100 get sfght.
110 wrte: sfght-fdate, spf-prce.
120 end-of-seecton.
130 wrte: / text-002, text-003.http://abap-tutoras.com 2010
a) 80
b) 100
c) 120
d) 130
e) Exts the Program
97. What s not a vad functona area type?
a) LDB
b) Sequenta Data Set
c) Program
d) Search Hep
e) |oned Tabes
98. Whch s not a vad opton of the Wrte Statement?
a) NO-GAP
b) Input
c) Centered
d) Under
e) No-Zero
f) As RadoBox
99. What are the 3 man sub ob|ects of a LDB? More than one answer s correct.
a) Structure
b) Seecton Screen
c) Search Hepshttp://abap-tutoras.com 2010
d) Tabes
e) DB Program
100. What s needed to ensure a check fed s verfed aganst the referenced key
fed of the check tabe?
a) same data eement s requred for check fed and referenced fed
b) same doman s requred for check fed and referenced fed
c) same data type ony s requred for check fed and referenced fed
d) a key feds MUST have doman equaty between check tabe andn foregn key
tabe
101. What s true about the prmary ndex of a tabe? More than one answer s
correct.
a) The key feds of the tabe make up the prmary ndex
b) The prmary ndex ID s desgnated by the Database Admnstrator
c) The deveoper desgnates the feds to be used as the prmary ndex
d) The prmary ndex s automatcay created when the tabe s actvated
102. Whch of the foowng gets stored as a Runtme Ob|ect?
a) Programs
b) Tabes
c) Aggregate Ob|ects
d) Fxed Vaues beongng to a doman
103. When s t better to buffer the tabe?
a) When a tabe s read nfrequenty
b) When a tabe s read frequenty and the data sedom changes
c) When a tabe s read frequenty and the data s aways changng
d) When a tabe s nked to check tabeshttp://abap-tutoras.com 2010
104. Identfy the dfferent type categores n the ABAP dctonary. More than one
answer s correct.
a) Data Eements
b) Structures
c) Data defntons
d) Tabe Types
e) Data Modes
105. What s true about vews? More than one answer s correct.
a) A vew s automatcay created on the database upon actvaton
b) A vew contans data
c) Mantenance Vews are not updateabe
d) Vews can be buffered
106. Identfy the case where tabe bufferng shoud be set off.
a) When the most current data s requred
b) When the most current data s not requred
c) For Sma Statc non voate tabes
d) For Goba Master Data
107. Tabe T1 wants to ensure that the key fed t1-feda entered s vad aganst a
fed t2-feda n tabe T2.
Whch s the foregn key tabe?
a) T1
b) T2
c) T3 from the dctonary
d) Cannot be determned
108. Identfy the one addton that s not part of the nterface of a methodhttp://abap-
tutoras.com 2010
a) Importng
b) Resut
c) Excepton
d) Returnng
109. What s the effect when a CLEAR statement s used on an nterna tabe wthout
header ne?
a) The work area s nttazed
b) A the nes of the tabe are deeted
c) A the nes of the tabe are ntazed
d) Nothng
110. What s the defaut mode for passng actua parameters n a Perform?
a) By Vaue
b) By Reference
c) By Changng
111. In the case of a functon, Identfy the tem that s not a vad nterface eement.
a) Import parameters
b) Export parameters
c) Tabes
d) Source Code
e) Exceptons
112. How woud you cear the body of an nterna tabe (wth a header ne). More than
a) Cear ITAB||
b) Refresh ITAB ||http://abap-tutoras.com 2010
c) Cear ITAB
d) Refresh ITAB
113. When catchng errors usng the CATCH.ENDCATCH statement, where does the
runtme error return
code get paced?
a) sy-subrc
b) sy-fdpos
c) error cass
d) system-exceptons
114. What s the vaue of ZFIELDB after the ast ne of the foowng code s executed?
Data: ZFIELDA(5) type c vaue ABCDE.
ZFIELDB(4) type c.
ZFIELDA = XX.
Cear ZFIELDA.
ZFIELDB = ZFIELDA.
a) ABCDE
b) Spaces
c) ABCD
d) BCDE
115. Mark the vad use of the data statement. Assume that ZBOOK-ID s a dctonary
ob|ect.
a) Data feda vaue zbook-d
b) Data feda type c ke zbook-d
c) Data feda(5) ke zbook-d
d) Data feda ke zbook-dhttp://abap-tutoras.com 2010
116. Assumng you have created a data ob|ect of type c wth the name ZFIELDA n
your program. Whch of the
foowng s aowed?
a) Data: ZFIELDA type n
b) Types: ZFIELDA type I
c) Data: ZFIELDA type c
d) Constants: ZFIELDA type n
117. What do search statements REPLACE, SHIFT, CONCATENATE, SPLIT have n
common? More than
a) They a set sy-subrc
b) They a set sy-fdpos
c) They a dstngush between upper and ower case
d) They a treat the operands as type C regardess of ther actua type
e) The actua type of each operand determnes how the strng processng s
performed
118. What are vad uses of a varant? More than one answer s correct.
a) Hdng nput feds
b) Pre-assgnng vaues
c) Input vadaton
d) Securty checkng
119. How can you perform a drect database read from a buffered tabe?
a) Do not have bufferng n the technca attrbutes
b) Add the BYPASSING BUFFER cause on the seect statement
c) Bufferng can be turned off on the appcaton server by the programmer usng the
ABAP Workbench
120. What s the Effect of not Typng Forma parameters n a Form?http://abap-
tutoras.com 2010
a) Converson aways occurs
b) Converson never occurs
c) Forms are more fexbe but prone to a short dump f converson does not work
d) No effect
e) Forms are ess fexbe and are guaranteed no chance of a run tme error
121. What requrement exsts f a fed s defned n the dctonary of type CURR?
a) The fed must be numerc
b) Decmas must be defned n the doman
c) The fed must be nked to another fed of type CUKY
d) No other requrement exsts
122. Whch of the foowng s not a vad ABAP data statement?
a) Data feda(5) type c
b) Data feda(5) type n
c) Data feda(5) type t
d) Data feda(5) type x
123. What s the resut of the foowng date cacuaton? Assume current date s
20001220.
Data: Today(8) type C.
Today = sy-datum.
Today = 10.
a) 10
b) 20001220
c) 10001220http://abap-tutoras.com 2010
d) 20011210
124. Mark the defaut sze for a packed fed
a) 1
b) 2
c) 4
d) 8
e) sze must be specfed
125. Refer to the foowng Code. What s the vaue of sy-fdpos and sy-subrc after the
search s executed?
Data: mystrng type c vaue ARAMCO.
Search mystrng for X
a) sy-fdpos = 0 and sy-subrc = 0
b) sy-fdpos = 0 and sy-subrc = 4
c) sy-fdpos = 4 and sy-subrc = 0
d) sy-fdpos = 4 and sy-subrc = 4
126. What s true of passng by vaue and resut n the foowng code? More than one
answer s correct.
Perform cacuate_saes usng amount.
FORM cacuate_saes changng vaue(f_amount)
a) Forma Parameter f_amount s aocated ts own memory space
b) The address of the actua parameter s passed to the forma parameter
c) Forma parameter s coped to memory space of actua parameter at the end of the
form
d) Forma parameter s not coped to memory space of actua parameter
127. Defne a Logca Database.http://abap-tutoras.com 2010
a) An ABAP/4 Readng Program used to read and process data
b) A method to update data
c) A Reportng Too
d) Defnton of a Reatona Data Mode
128. What happens f message E046 s rased?
At Seecton-Screen on saes.
If saes-ow < 500.
Message E046.
Endf.
a) The ntazaton event s fred agan
b) Fed Saes s open for nput and a other feds are not avaabe for nput
c) A feds are open for nput and cursor s postoned on fed saes
d) The program ends
129. What s a structured type n the ABAP dctonary that has no physca tabe
defnton n the underyng
database referred to as?
a) tabe
b) structured data type
c) structure
d) tabe type
Set 10
1) What s SAP R/3?
Ans SAP R/3 refers to Systems Appcaton and Product for data processng Rea-
tme havng a 3 ter archtecture .e.
Presentaton ayer, Appcaton ayer and Database ayer.
2) What are the programmng standards foowed?
3) What are the contents n technca specfcatons?
Ans There are fve contents n Technca Settngs: Data Cass, Sze Category,
Bufferng Permsson, Bufferng Type and Loggng.
4) What s an nstance?
Ans When you ca a functon modue, an nstance of ts functon group pus ts
data, s oaded nto the memory area of the
nterna sesson. An ABAP program can oad severa nstances by cang functon
modues from dfferent functon
groups.
5) How to take care of performance n ABAP Deveopment?
6) What s Functon group? Dfference between functon group and functon modue?
Ans Functon Groups act as contaners for Functon Modues that ogcay beong
together.
Functon Groups
1) These cannot be defned n a Functon Modue.
2) It cannot be caed.
3) They are contaners for Functon Modue.
Functon Modues
1) These must be defned n a Functon Group.
2) It can be caed from any program.http://abap-tutoras.com 2010
3) They are not contaners for Functon Group.

7) What s the dfference between 'Seect snge * ' and 'Seect upto 1 rows'?
Ans Seect snge * - The resut of the seecton shoud be a snge entry. If t s
not possbe to dentfy a unque entry, the
system uses the frst ne of the seecton. For e.g.
DATA : ITAB TYPE ZREKHA_EMP.
SELECT SINGLE * FROM ZREKHA_EMP INTO ITAB
WHERE EMPNO = 00101 AND DEPTNO = 0010.
WRITE : / ITAB-EMPNO, ITAB-EMPNAME,ITAB-DEPTNO.
Seect upto 1 rows -
8) What Functon does data dctonary perform?
Ans Centra nformaton repostory for appcaton and system data. The ABAP
Dctonary contans data defntons (metadata)
that aow you to descrbe a of the data structures n the system (ke tabes, vews,
and data types) n one pace. Ths
emnates redundancy.
9) Dfference between doman and data eement? What are aggregate ob|ect?
Ans Doman - Specfes the technca attrbutes of a data eement - ts data type,
ength, possbe vaues, and appearance on
the screen. Each data eement has an underyng doman. A snge doman can be the
bass for severa data eements.
Domans are ob|ects n the ABAP Dctonary. http://abap-tutoras.com 2010
Data Eement - Descrbes the busness functon of a tabe fed. Its technca
attrbutes are based on a doman, and ts
busness functon s descrbed by ts fed abes and documentaton.
Aggregate Ob|ect - Vews, Match Code and Lock ob|ects are caed aggregate ob|ects
because they are formed from
severa reated tabe.
10) What s vew? Dfferent types of vew. Expan?
Ans Vew - A vew s a vrtua tabe contanng feds from one or more tabes. A
vrtua tabe that does not contan any data,
but nstead provdes an appcaton-orented vew of one or more ABAP Dctonary
tabes.
Dfferent Types of Vew:
1) Mantenance
2) Database - It s on more than two tabes.
3) Pro|ecton - It s ony on one tabe.
4) Hep
11) Can u prnt decmas n type N? What s dfference between foat and packed
data type?
Ans No, we cannot prnt decmas n type N because decma paces are not
permtted wth N
data type.
Foat Data Type: It cannot be decared n Parameters.
Packed Number: It can be decared n Parameters. For e.g.
PARAMETERS : A(4) TYPE P DECIMALS 2,
B(4) TYPE P DECIMALS 2.
DATA : C(4) TYPE P DECIMALS 2.
C = A + B.
WRITE : / THE SUM IS , C.http://abap-tutoras.com 2010

12) What s step-oop? Expan a the steps?
Ans A step oop s a repeated seres of fed-bocks n a screen. Each bock can
contan one or more feds, and can extend over
more than one ne on the screen.
Step oops as structures n a screen do not have ndvdua names. The screen can
contan more than one step-oop, but
f so, you must program the LOOP...ENDLOOPs n the fow ogc accordngy. The
orderng of the LOOP...ENDLOOPs must
exacty parae the order of the step oops n the screen. The orderng tes the
system whch oop processng to appy to
whch oop. Step oops n a screen are ordered prmary by screen row, and
secondary by screen coumn.
Transacton TZ61 (deveopment cass SDWA) mpements a step oop verson of the
tabe you saw n transacton TZ60.
Statc and Dynamc Step Loops
Step oops fa nto two casses: statc and dynamc. Statc step oops have a fxed sze
that cannot be changed at
runtme. Dynamc step oops are varabe n sze. If the user re-szes the wndow, the
system automatcay ncreases or
decreases the number of step oop bocks dspayed. In any gven screen, you can
defne any number of statc step oops,
but ony a snge dynamc one.
You specfy the cass for a step oop n the Screen Panter. Each oop n a screen has
the attrbutes Looptype
(fxed=statc, varabe=dynamc) and Loopcount. If a oop s fxed, the Loopcount tes
the number of oop-bocks
dspayed for the oop. Ths number can never change.
Programmng wth statc and dynamc step oops s essentay the same. You can use
both the LOOP and LOOP AT
statements for both types.
Loopng n a Step Loop
When you use LOOP AT <nterna-tabe> wth a step oop, the system automatcay
dspays the step oop wth vertca
scro bars. The scro bars, and the updated (scroed) tabe dspay, are managed by
the system.
Use the foowng addtona parameters f desred:
FROM <ne1> and TO <ne2>
CURSOR <scro-var> http://abap-tutoras.com 2010
13) What s the nta vaue and maxmum ength of a data type?
Ans
Data Type Inta fed ength Vad fed ength Inta vaue Meanng
Numerc types
I 4 4 0 Integer (whoe number)
F 8 8 0 Foatng pont number
P 8 1 - 16 0 Packed number
Character types
C 1 1 - 65535 ' . ' Text fed (aphanumerc characters)
D 8 8 '00000000' Date fed (Format: YYYYMMDD)
N 1 1 - 65535 '0 . 0' Numerc text fed (numerc characters)
T 6 6 '000000' Tme fed (format: HHMMSS)
Hexadecma type
X 1 1 - 65535 X'0 . 0' Hexadecma fed
14) What are the ways to fnd out the tabes used n the program?
Ans
15) Can you have two deta sts from the basc st at the same tme? http://abap-
tutoras.com 2010
If yes how and f no why?
Ans
16) What are the dfferent functons used n sap scrpt? What are the parameters
used n each Functon?
Ans There are three dfferent functons used n SAP Scrpt:
1) OPEN_FORM
2) WRITE_FORM
3) CLOSE_FORM
Parameters n Each Functon:
1) OPEN_FORM -
Exportng
Form
Language
2) WRITE_FORM -
Exportnghttp://abap-tutoras.com 2010
Eement
Wndow
3) CLOSE_FORM
17) What s sequence of event trggered n report?
Ans There are 6 events n report:
1) Intazaton
2) At Seecton-Screen
3) Start-of-Seecton
4) Get
5) Get Late
6) End-of-Seecton
7) Top-of-Page
8) End-of-Page
9) At Lne Seecton
10) At User Command
11) At PF (nn)
18) What are standard ayouts sets n the SAP Scrpt?
Ans There are four standard ayouts n the SAP Scrpt:http://abap-tutoras.com
2010
1) Header
2) Logo
3) Man Wndow
4) Footer
19) What functon modue upoad data from appcaton server?
Ans
20) What are the varous types of seecton screen event?
Ans SELECTION-SCREEN BEGIN OF BLOCK ABC WITH FRAME TITLE T01.

SELECTION-SCREEN BEGIN OF SCREEN 500 AS WINDOW.
CALL SELECTION-SCREEN 500 STARTING AT 10 10.

21) What do you know about a cent?
Ans http://abap-tutoras.com 2010
22) What are the system feds? Expan?
Ans The ABAP system feds are actve n a ABAP programs. They are fed by the
runtme envronment, and you can query
ther vaues n a program to fnd out partcuar states of the system. Athough they
are varabes, you shoud not assgn
your own vaues to them, snce ths may overwrte nformaton that s mportant for
the norma runnng of the program.
However, there are some soated cases n whch you may need to overwrte a system
varabe. For exampe, by
assgnng a new vaue to the fed SY-LSIND, you can contro navgaton wthn detas
sts.
23) What s SAP Scrpt? What s the purpose of SAP Scrpt? Dfference between
SAP Scrpt and Report?
Ans SAP Scrpt - It s the ntegrated text management system of the SAP R/3
System. Two types - PC Edtor & Lne Edtor.
Reports - It s the way to dspay data fetched from database tabe onto screen or
drecty output t to a prnter. Two
types - Cassca and Interactve.
24) What s the use of occurs n nterna tabe? Can u change occurs vaue n
program?
Ans Use of Occurs - If you use the OCCURS parameter, the vaue of the INITIAL
SIZE of the tabe s returned to the varabe <n>
Data : Begn of ITAB occurs 0,
End of ITAB.http://abap-tutoras.com 2010
Occurs or Inta Sze - to specfy the nta amount of memory that shoud be
assgned to the tabe.
Yes, we can change the occurs vaue n program but output remans the
same.
25) Dfference between SY-TABIX and SY-INDEX? Where t s used?
Can u check SY-SUBRC after perform?
Ans SY-TABIX - Current ne of an nterna tabe. SY-TABIX s set by the statements
beow, but ony for ndex tabes. The fed s
ether not set or s set to 0 for hashed tabes.
APPEND sets SY-TABIX to the ndex of the ast ne of the tabe, that s, t contans
the overa number of entres n the
tabe.
COLLECT sets SY-TABIX to the ndex of the exstng or nserted ne n the tabe. If
the tabe has the type HASHED TABLE,
SY-TABIX s set to 0.
LOOP AT sets SY-TABIX to the ndex of the current ne at the begnnng of each
oop ass. At the end of the oop, SYTABIX s reset to the vaue that t had before
enterng the oop. It s set to 0 f the tabe has the type HASHED TABLE.
READ TABLE se ts SY-TABIX to the ndex of the tabe ne read. If you use a bnary
search, and the system does not fnd a
ne, SY-TABIX contans the tota number of nes, or one more than the tota number
of nes. SY-INDEX s undefned f a
near search fas to return an entry.
SEARCH <tab> FOR sets SY-TABIX to the ndex of the tabe ne n whch the
search strng s found.
SY_INDEX - In a DO or WHILE oop, SY-INDEX contans the number of oop passes
ncudng the current pass.
26) Dfference between UPLOAD and WS_UPLOAD?
Ans UPLOAD - Fe transfer wth daog from presentaton server fe to nterna
tabe. Data whch s avaabe n a fe on the
presentaton server s transferred n an nterna tabe. ASCII & Bnary fes can be
transferred. http://abap-tutoras.com 2010
WS_UPLOAD - To read data from the presentaton server nto an nterna tabe wthout
a user daog, use the functon
modue WS_UPLOAD. The most mportant parameters are sted beow.
Parameters Functon
CODEPAGE Ony for upoad under DOS: Vaue IBM
FILENAME Fename
FILETYPE Fe type
27) Why dd u swtch to SAP?
Ans
28) What s a Logca Database?
Ans Logca Databases are speca ABAP programs that retreve data and make t
avaabe to appcaton programs.
Use of LDB - s used to read data from database tabes by nkng them to executabe
ABAP programs.
29) What are the events used for Logca Database?
Ans Two Events -
1) GET - Ths s the most mportant event for executabe programs that use a
ogca database. It occurs when the
ogca database has read a ne from the node <tabe> and made t avaabe to the
program n the work area
decared usng the statement NODES <tabe>. The depth to whch the ogca
database s read s determned by
the GET statementshttp://abap-tutoras.com 2010
2) PUT - The PUT statement drects the program fow accordng to the structure
of
the ogca database.
30) What s the dfference between Get and Get Late?
Ans GET - After the ogca database has read an entry from the node <tabe>.
GET LATE - After a of the nodes of the ogca database have been processed that
are beow <tabe> n the database
herarchy.
31) What are the data types of Interna Tabes?
Ans There are three types:
1) Lne
2) Key
3) Tabe
32) What are the events used n ABAP n the order of executon?
Ans Events are:http://abap-tutoras.com 2010
1. INITIALIZATION
2. AT SELECTION-SCREEN
3. AT SELECTION-SCREEN ON <fed>
4. START-OF-SELECTION
5. TOP-OF-PAGE
6. TOP-OF-PAGE DURING LINE SELECTION
7. END-OF-PAGE
8. END-OF-SELECTION
9. AT USER-COMMAND
10. AT LINE-SELECTION
11. AT PF<NN>
12. GET
13. GET LATE.
14. AT User Command
33) What are Interactve Reports?
Ans An output st whch dspays |ust the basc detas & aow user to nteract, so
that a new st s popuated based on userseecton. Wth nteractve st, the user can
actvey contro data retreva and dspay durng the sesson.
34) What are the commands used for nteractve reports?
Ans Top-of-Page durng ne-seectonhttp://abap-tutoras.com 2010
35) What are the system feds u have worked wth? Expan?
Ans I had worked wth the foowng (30) system feds:
1) SY-DBSYS - Centra Database
2) SY-HOST - Server
3) SY-OPSYS - Operatng System
4) SY-SAPRL - SAP Reease
5) SY-SYSID - System Name
6) SY-LANGU - User Logon Language
7) SY-MANDT - Cent
8) SY-UNAME - Logon User Name
9) SY-DATLO - Loca Date
10) SY-DATUM - Server Date
11) SY-TIMLO - Loca Tme
12) SY-UZEIT - Server Tme
13) SY-DYNNR - Screen Number
14) SY-REPID - Current ABAP program
15) SY-TCODE - Transacton Code
16) SY-ULINE - Horzonta Lne
17) SY-VLINE - Vertca Lnehttp://abap-tutoras.com 2010
18) SY-INDEX - Number of current oop Pass
19) SY-TABIX - Current ne of nterna tabe
20) SY-DBCNT - Number of tabe entres processed
21) SY-SUBRC - Return Code
22) SY-UCOMM - Functon Code
23) SY-LINCT - Page Length of st
24) SY-LINNO - Current Lne
25) SY-PAGNO - Current Page Number
26) SY-LSIND - Index of Lst
27) SY-MSGID - Message Cass
28) SY-MSGNO - Message Number
29) SY-MSGTY - Message Type
30) SY-SPONO - Spoo number durng prntng
36) What s the dfference between Prmary key and Unque Key?
Ans Prmary Key - It can accepts 0 vaue and cannot be NULL.
Unque Key - It can be NULL.
37) What s the transacton code for Tabe mantenance?
Ans SM30http://abap-tutoras.com 2010
38) If u are usng Logca Databases how w u modfy the seecton-screen
eements?
Ans Seect-optons : dname for deptt-dname.
39) What s an RFC?
Ans Remote Functon Ca
40) If u are usng RFC and passng vaues to a remote system how does t work?
Ans
41) What are the events n Screen Programmng?
Ans There are two events n Screen Programmng:
1. PBO (Process Before Output) - Before the screen s dspayed, the PBO event s
processed.
2. PAI (Process After Input) - When the user nteracts wth the screen, the PAI event s
processed.
3. POH (Process On Hep) - are trggered when the user requests fed hep (F1). You
can program the approprate codng n
the correspondng event bocks. At the end of processng, the system carres on
processng the current screen.
4. POV (Process On Vaue) - are trggered when the user requests possbe vaues
hep (F4). You can program the
approprate codng n the correspondng event bocks. At the end of processng, the
system carres on processng the
current screen.
42) What s the sgnfcance of HIDE?
Ans Its stores the cck vaue and dspay the reated record n the secondary
st.http://abap-tutoras.com 2010
43) Where do u code the HIDE statement?
Ans In a LOOP statement
44) Types of BDC's?
Ans There are two types of BDCs:
1) Transacton Method
2) Sesson Method
45) Advantages & Dsadvantages of dfferent types of BDC's?
Ans Transacton Method:
1) It s faster than sesson method.
2) Whe executng, t starts from startng.
Sesson Method:
1) It s sower than transacton method.
2) Whe executng, t does not start from startng.http://abap-tutoras.com 2010
46) What are the events used n Interactve Reports.
Ans There are three events of Interactve Reports:
I. At PF(nn)
II. At ne-seecton
III. At user-command
47) What s an RDBMS?
Ans RDBMS - Reatona Database Management System. It heps to create
reatonshp between two or more tabe.
48) What standards u use to foow whe codng ABAP programs?
Ans
49) What w you code n START-OF-SELECTION & END-OF-SELECTON & why?
Ans START-OF-SELECTION

SELECT * FROM DEPTT INTO CORRESPONDING FIELDS OF ITAB
WHERE DEPTNO IN DEPTNO.
APPEND ITAB.http://abap-tutoras.com 2010
ENDSELECT.
LOOP AT ITAB.
WRITE : / 10 ITAB-DEPTNO.
HIDE : ITAB-DEPTNO.
ENDLOOP.
END-OF-SELECTION
50) What are |ons and dfferent types |ons?
Ans There are four types of |ons:
1) Sef |on
2) Inner |on
3) Outer |on
4) Equ |on
51) Whch s the defaut |on?
Anshttp://abap-tutoras.com 2010
52) How do u dspay a data n a Deta Lst?
Ans By usng two statements:
1) Top-of-page durng ne-seecton
2) At ne-seecton
53) What are the types of wndows n SAP Scrpt?
Ans There are fve Standard Layouts n SAP Scrpt:

1) Page
2) Wndow
3) Page Wndow
4) Paragraph Format
5) Character Format
54) What are the functon modues used n a SAP Scrpt drver program?
Ans There are three functons used n SAP Scrpt:
1) OPEN_FORM
2) WRITE_FORMhttp://abap-tutoras.com 2010
3) CLOSE_FORM
55) What are Extracts?
Ans Extracts are dynamc sequenta datasets n whch dfferent nes can have
dfferent structures. We can access the
ndvdua records n an extract dataset usng a LOOP.
56) How woud u go about mprovng the performance of a Program, whch seects
data from MSEG & MKPF?
Ans
57) How does System work n case of an Interactve Report?
Ans
58) What s LUW?
Ans Logca Unt of Work http://abap-tutoras.com 2010
59) Dfferent types of LUWs. What r they?
Ans Two types of LUW are:
1) DB LUW - A database LUW s the mechansm used by the database to ensure
that ts data s aways
consstent. A database LUW s an nseparabe sequence of database operatons that
ends wth a database
commt. The database LUW s ether fuy executed by the database system or not at
a. Once a database
LUW has been successfuy executed, the database w be n a consstent state. If an
error occurs wthn a
database LUW, a of the database changes snce the begnnng of the database LUW
are reversed. Ths
eaves the database n the state t had before the transacton started.
2) SAP LUW - A ogca unt consstng of daog steps, whose changes are wrtten
to the database n a snge
database LUW s caed an SAP LUW. Unke a database LUW, an SAP LUW can span
severa daog steps, and
be executed usng a seres of dfferent work processes.
60) What s Frst event trggered n program?
Ans
61) What are varous |ons? What s rght outer |on?http://abap-tutoras.com 2010
Ans
62) How do u fnd out whether a fe exts on the presentaton server?
Ans eps_get_drectory_stng for drectory
63) Systems feds used for Interactve Lsts AND Lsts
Ans Interactve System Feds: SY-LSIND, SY-CPAGE, SY-LILLI, SY-LISEL, SY-LISTI,
SY-LSTAT, SY-STACO, SY-STARO
Lsts: SY-COLNO, SY-LINCT, SY-LINNO, SY-LINSZ, SY-PAGNO,
SY-TVAR0...SY-TVAR9, SY-WTITL
64) Logo n SAP Scrpt?
Ans RSTXLDMC OR
Steps for makng and nsertng Logo n SAP Scrpt:http://abap-tutoras.com 2010
Frst Procedure:
1) Draw the pcture
2) Save t
3) /nSE78
4) Wrte name & Choose Coor
5) Cck on Import
6) Browse pcture
7) Enter
Second Procedure
1) /nSE71
2) Insert
3) Graphcs
4) Cck on stored on document server
5) Execute
6) Choose name of BMAP

65) What are the dfference between ca screen and eave screen? http://abap-
tutoras.com 2010
Ans Ca Screen: Cang a snge screen s a speca case of embeddng a screen
sequence. If you want to prevent the caed
screen from coverng the current screen competey, you can use the CALL SCREEN
statement wth the STARTING AT and
ENDING AT
CALL SCREEN 1000.
CALL SCREEN 1000 STARTING AT 10 10 ENDING AT 20 20.
LEAVE SCREEN statement ends the current screen and cas the subsequent
screen.
LEAVE SCREEN.
LEAVE TO SCREEN 2000.
66) If nterna tabe used n for a entres n empty then what happens
Ans No, records w be dspayed.
67) If I forgot some command n SAP Scrpt e.g.: suppress zero dspay - How to do
fnd t?
Ans Suppressng of entre screens s possbe wth ths command. Ths command
aows us to perform screen processng "n
the background". Suppressng screens s usefu when we are branchng to st-mode
from a transacton daog step.
68) How to wrte a BDC - how do u go about t?
Ans Steps for wrtng BDC
1) /nSE38http://abap-tutoras.com 2010
2) Decare Tabes, Data (for ITAB) and Data (for BDCITAB)
3) Ca functon Upoad.
4) Wrte code for the Frst Screen, Rado Button, Fename, Change Button, Second
Screen, Uttes (Create Entres),
Thrd Screen and Save.
5) Ca transacton SE11 usng BDCITAB mode A.
6) Save, Check Errors, Actvate and Execute.
69) What s Performance tunng?
Ans
70) Defne Documentaton.
71) Bref about Testng of programs.
Ans
72) How do u move on to the next screen n nteractve reportng?
Ans Wrte code of the foowng:

1) Top-of-Page durng ne-seecton
2) At ne-seecton
73) Create any functons? How to go about t?
Ans Steps for creatng the Functons:
Frst Procedure:
1) /nSE37
2) Goto
3) Functon Group (FG)http://abap-tutoras.com 2010
4) Create Group
5) Name of FG (ZREKHA_FG)
6) Short Text
7) Save
8) Loca Ob|ect
Second Procedure
1) Envronment
2) Inactve Ob|ect
3) Functon Group (ZREKHA_FG)
4) Actvate
5) Back
Thrd Procedure
1) Name of Functon Modue (ZREKHA_FM)
2) Create
3) Wrte FG Name (ZREKHA_FG)
4) Short Text
5) Savehttp://abap-tutoras.com 2010
Fourth Step:
Ca functon ZREKHA_FM.
74) Advanced topcs?
Ans
75) Functon modues used n F4 hep.
Ans There are two types of functon modues used n F4 hep:
1) F4IF_FIELD_VALUE_REOUEST
2) F4IF_INT_TABLE_VALUE_REOUEST
76) Work most on whch modue: Name a few tabes.
Ans Saes & Dstrbuton Modue
1) Saes Document: Item Data - VBAPhttp://abap-tutoras.com
2010
2) Saes Document: Partner - VBPA
3) Saes Document: Header Data - VBAK
4) Saes Document Fow - VBFA
5) Saes Document: Devery Item Data - LIPS
6) Customer Master - KNA1
7) Matera Data - MARA
8) Condtons (Transacton Data) - KONV
77) System Tabe used
Ans
1) Saes Document: Item Data - VBAP
2) Saes Document: Partner - VBPA
3) Saes Document: Header Data - VBAK
4) Saes Document Fow - VBFA
5) Saes Document: Devery Item Data - LIPS
6) Customer Master - KNA1
7) Matera Data - MARA
8) Condtons (Transacton Data) - KONV
78) From a tabe how do u fnd whether a matera s used n another matera
BOM? http://abap-tutoras.com 2010
Ans
79) What s read ne?
Ans READ LINE and READ CURRENT LINE - These statements are used to read data
from the nes of exstng st eves. These
statements are cosey connected to the HIDE technque.
80) How u used ogca database? How s data transferred to program?
Correspondng statement n LDB.
Ans
81) How do u suppress feds on seecton screen generated by LDB?
82) Can there be more than 1 man wndow n SAP Scrpt?
Ans No, there cannot be more than 1 man wndow n SAP Scrpt because n
WRITE_FORM, t asks for the parameter Wndow
that w create the probem.
WRITE_FORM -
Exportng
Eement
Wndow
83) Goba and oca data n functon modues.
Ans
84) What are the dfferences between SAP memory and ABAP memory?
Ans ABAP Memory s a memory area n the nterna sesson (ro area) of an ABAP
program. Data wthn ths area s retaned
wthn a sequence of program cas, aowng you to pass data between programs that
ca one another. It s aso possbe
to pass data between sessons usng SAP Memory.
SAP Memory s a memory area to whch a sessons wthn a SAPgu have access. You
can use SAP memory ether to pass
data from one program to another wthn a sesson (as wth ABAP memory) or to pass
data from one sesson to another.http://abap-tutoras.com 2010
85) What are dfferences between At seecton-screen and At seecton-screen
output?
Ans AT SELECTION-SCREEN event s trggered n the PAI of the seecton screen
once the ABAP runtme envronment has
passed a of the nput data from the seecton screen to the ABAP program.
AT SELECTION-SCREEN OUTPUT - Ths event bock aows you to modfy the seecton
screen drecty before t s
dspayed.
86) What are the events?
Ans
87) What s get cursor fed?
Ans GET CURSOR statement transfers the name of the screen eement on whch the
cursor s postoned durng a user acton
nto the varabe <f>.
GET CURSOR FIELD <f> |OFFSET <off>| |LINE <n>| |VALUE <va>| LENGTH <en>|.
88) What s the nsde concept n seect-optons?
Ans Seect-optons specfy are dspayed on the seecton screen for the user to
enter vaues.
Dfferent Propertes of Seect-optons:
1) Vsbe Length
2) Matchcode Ob|ecthttp://abap-tutoras.com 2010
3) Memory ID
4) Lowercase
5) Obgatory
6) No Dspay
7) Modfy ID
89) What s the dfference between occurs 1 and occurs 2?
Ans
90) What s the dfference between Free and Refresh?
Ans Free - You can use FREE to ntaze an nterna tabe and reease ts memory
space wthout frst usng the REFRESH or
CLEAR statement. Lke REFRESH, FREE works on the tabe body, not on the tabe work
area. After a FREE statement, you
can address the nterna tabe agan. It st occupes the amount of memory requred
for ts header (currenty 256 bytes).
When you ref the tabe, the system has to aocate new memory space to the nes.

Refresh - Ths aways appes to the body of the tabe. As wth the CLEAR statement,
the memory used by the tabe
before you ntazed t remans aocated. To reease the memory space, use the
statement
91) What are eements?
92) Can we have more than one seecton-screen and how?
Ans Yes, we can have more than one seecton screen.
Seecton-screen begn of bock honey wth frame tte text-101.
Seect-optons : deptno for zrekha_deptt-deptno.
Seecton-screen end of bock honey.
Seecton-screen begn of bock honey1 wth frame tte text-102.
Seect-optons : dname for zrekha_deptt-dname.
Seecton-screen end of bock honey1.
93) How to decare seect-opton as a parameter?
Ans SELECT-OPTIONS: specfy are dspayed on the seecton screen for the user to
enter vaues.
Parameters: dname ke dept-dname.
Seect-optons: dname for dept-dname.http://abap-tutoras.com 2010
94) How can u wrte programmatcay vaue hep to a fed wthout usng search
hep and
match codes?
Ans By usng two types of functon modues to be caed n SAP Scrpt:
1) HELP_OB|ECT_SHOW_FOR_FIELD
2) HELP_OB|ECT_SHOW
95) What are the dfferences between SE01, SE09 and SE10?
Ans SE01 - Correcton & Transport Organzer
SE09 - Workbench Organzer
SE10 - Customzng Organzer
96) How to set destnaton?
97) What are the functon modue types?
Ans
98) What are tabes?
Ans Tabes : ZREKHA_EMP.
It creates a structure - the tabe work area n a program for the database tabes,
vews or structure ZREKHA_EMP. The
tabe work area has the same name as the ob|ect for whch we created t.
ZREKHA_EMP must be decared n the ABAP
dctonary. The name and sequence of feds n the tabe work area ZREKHA_EMP
corresponds exacty to the sequence of
feds n the database tabe, vew defnton n the ABAP dctonary.
99) What are cent-dependant tabes and ndependent tabes?
Ans
100) How to dstngush cent-dependant tabes from ndependent tabes?
101) What s the use of Tabe mantenance aowed?
Ans Mark the Tabe mantenance aowed fag f users wth the correspondng
authorzaton may change the data n the tabe
usng the Data Browser (Transacton SE16). If the data n the tabe shoud ony be
mantaned wth programs or wth the
tabe vew mantenance transacton (Transacton SM30), you shoud not set the fag.
102) How to defne Seecton Screen?
Ans Parameters, Seect-optons & Seecton-Screen
103) What are the check tabes and vaue tabes?
Ans Check Tabe: The ABAP Dctonary aows you to defne reatonshps between
tabes usng foregn keys . A dependent
tabe s caed a foregn key tabe, and the referenced tabe s caed the check tabe.
Each key fed of the check tabe
corresponds to a fed n the foregn key tabe. These feds are caed foregn key
feds. One of the foregn key feds s
desgnated as the check fed for checkng the vadty of vaues. The key feds of the
check tabe can serve as nput hep
for the check fed.
Vaue Tabe: Pror to Reease 4.0, t was possbe to use the vaue tabe of a doman to
provde nput hep. Ths s no
onger possbe, prmary because unexpected resuts coud occur f the vaue tabe
had more than one key fed. It was
not possbe to restrct the other key feds, whch meant that the envronment of the
fed was not consdered, as s
norma wth check tabes.
In cases where ths knd of vaue hep was approprate, you can reconstruct t by
creatng a search hep for the data
eements that use the doman n queston, and usng the vaue tabe as the seecton
method.
Check tabe w be at fed eve checkng.
Vaue tabe w be at doman eve checkng ex: scarr tabe s check tabe for
carrd.http://abap-tutoras.com 2010
104) What s the dfference between tabes and structures?
Ans Tabes:
1) Data s permanenty stored n tabes n the database.
2) Database tabes are generated from them.
Structure:
1) It contans data temporary durng program run-tme.
2) No Database tabes are generated from t.
105) How to decare one nterna tabe wthout header ne wthout usng
structures?
Ans No, we cannot decare nterna tabe wthout header ne and wthout structure
because t gves error "ITAB cannot be a
tabe, a reference, a strng or contan any of these ob|ect".
Code wth Header wthout Structure
TABLES : ZREKHA_EMP.
DATA : ITAB LIKE ZREKHA_EMP OCCURS 0 WITH HEADER LINE.http://abap-
tutoras.com 2010
SELECT * FROM ZREKHA_EMP INTO CORRESPONDING FIELDS OF ITAB.
APPEND ITAB.
ENDSELECT.
LOOP AT ITAB.
ENDLOOP.
Code wthout Header wth Structure
TABLES : ZREKHA_EMP.
DATA : BEGIN OF ITAB OCCURS 0,
EMPNO LIKE XREKHA_EMP-EMPNO,
EMPNAME LIKE XREKHA_EMP-EMPNAME,
DEPTNO LIKE XREKHA_EMP-DEPTNO,
END OF ITAB.
SELECT * FROM ZREKHA_EMP INTO CORRESPONDING FIELDS OF ITAB.
APPEND ITAB.
ENDSELECT.http://abap-tutoras.com 2010
LOOP AT ITAB.
ENDLOOP.
106) What are ock ob|ects?
Ans Reason for Settng Lock: Suppose a trave agent want to book a fght. The
customer wants to fy to a partcuar cty wth a
certan arne on a certan day. The bookng must ony be possbe f there are st
free paces on the fght. To avod the
possbty of overbookng, the database entry correspondng to the fght must be
ocked aganst access from other
transactons. Ths ensures that one user can fnd out the number of free paces, make
the bookng, and change the
number of free paces wthout the data beng changed n the meantme by another
transacton.
The R/3 System synchronzes smutaneous access of severa users to the same data
records wth a ock mechansm.
When nteractve transactons are programmed, ocks are set and reeased by cang
functon modues (see Functon
Modues for Lock Requests). These functon modues are automatcay generated
from the defnton of ock ob|ects n
the ABAP Dctonary.
Two types of Lock: Shared and Excusve
107) What are datasets? What are the dfferent syntaxes?
Ans The sequenta fes (ON APPLICATION SERVER) are caed datasets. They are
used for fe handng n SAP.
OPEN DATASET |DATASET NAME| FOR |OUTPUT / INPUT / APPENDING|
IN |BINARY / TEXT| MODE
AT POSITION |POSITION|
MESSAGE |FIELD|http://abap-tutoras.com 2010
READ DATASET |DATASET NAME| INTO |FIELD|
DELETE DATASET |DATASET NAME|
CLOSE DATASET |DATASET NAME|
TRANSFER |FIELD| TO |DATASET NAME|
108) What are the events we use n daog programmng and expan them?
Ans There are two events n Daog Programmng .e. screen:
1. PBO (Process Before Output) - Before the screen s dspayed, the PBO event s
processed.
2. PAI (Process After Input) - When the user nteracts wth the screen, the PAI event s
processed.
3. POH (Process On Hep) - are trggered when the user requests fed hep (F1). You
can program the approprate codng n
the correspondng event bocks. At the end of processng, the system carres on
processng the current screen.
4. POV (Process On Vaue) - are trggered when the user requests possbe vaues
hep (F4). You can program the
approprate codng n the correspondng event bocks. At the end of processng, the
system carres on processng the
current screen.
109) What s the dfference between OPEN_FORM and CLOSE_FORM?
Ans OPEN_FORM - Ths modue opens ayout set prntng. Ths functon must be
caed up before we can work wth other
ayout set functon ke WRITE_FORM. http://abap-tutoras.com 2010
WRITE_FORM - Output text eement n form wndow. The specfed eement of the
ayout set wndow entered s output.
The eement must be defned n the ayout set.
CLOSE_FORM - End ayout set prntng. Form prntng started wth OPEN_FORM s
competed. Possbe cosng
operatons on the form ast opened are carred out. Form prntng must be competed
by ths functon modue. If ths s
not carred out, nothng s prnted or dspayed on the screen.
110) What are the page wndows? How many man wndows w be there n a page
wndow?
Ans Page Wndow: In ths wndow, we defne the margns for eft, wdth, upper and
heght for the ayout of Header, Logo,
Man, & Footer.
111) What are contro events n a oop?
Ans Contro eve processng s aowed wthn a LOOP over an nterna tabe. Ths
means that we can dvde sequences of
entres nto groups based on the contents of certan feds.
AT <eve>.
<statement bock>
ENDAT.
You can react to the foowng contro eve changes:
<eve> Meanng
FIRST Frst ne of the nterna tabe
LAST Last ne of the nterna tabehttp://abap-tutoras.com 2010
NEW <f> Begnnng of a group of nes wth the same contents n the fed <f> and n
the feds eft of <f>
END Of <f> End of a group of nes wth the same contents n the fed <f> and n the
feds eft of <f>
112) How to debugg a scrpt?
Ans Go to SE71, gve ayout set name, go to uttes seect debugger mode on.
113) How many maxmum sessons can be open n SAPgu?
Ans There are maxmum 6 sessons open n SAPgu.
114) SAP Scrpts and ABAP programs are cent dependent or not? Why?
Ans
115) What are System Varabe?
Ans System varabes have been predefned by SAP. We can use these varabes n
formuas or, for exampe, to pass on certan
peces of nformaton to a functon modue. How the functon caed by the functon
modue behaves depends on the
type of nformaton passed on.
At present, we can use the foowng system varabes:
System Varabe Use Meanng
SY_MODE In functon modues Current mode of the PI sheet
SY_TEST In functon modues Status of the PI sheet (test or actve)http://abap-
tutoras.com 2010
SY_ROW In functon modues Current tabe ne
SY_VALUE or X Generay Refers to the mmedatey precedng nput vaue
116) Is t compusory to use a the events n Reports?
Ans
117) What s the dfference between sum and coect?
Ans Sum: You can ony use ths statement wthn a LOOP. If you use SUM n an AT -
ENDAT bock, the system cacuates totas
for the numerc feds of a nes n the current ne group and wrtes them to the
correspondng feds n the work area.
If you use the SUM statement outsde an AT - ENDAT bock (snge entry processng),
the system cacuates totas for the
numerc feds of a nes of the nterna tabe n each oop pass and wrtes them to
the correspondng feds of the work
area. It therefore ony makes sense to use the SUM statement n AT...ENDAT bocks.
If the tabe contans a nested tabe, you cannot use the SUM statement. Nether can
you use t f you are usng a fed
symbo nstead of a work area n the LOOP statement.
Coect:
118) What are sesson method and ca transacton method and expan about
them?
Ans Sesson method - Use the BDC_OPEN_GROUP to create a sesson. Once we
have created a sesson, then we can nsert
the batch nput data nto t wth BDC_INSERT. Use the BDC_INSERT to add a
transacton to a batch nput sesson. We
specfy the transacton that s to be started n the ca to BDC_INSERT. We must
provde a BDCDATA structure that http://abap-tutoras.com 2010
contans a the data requred to process the transacton competey. Use the
BDC_CLOSE_GROUP to cose a sesson after
we have nserted a of our batch nput data nto t. Once a sesson s cosed, t can be
processed.
Ca Transacton -
In ths method, we use CALL TRANSACTION USING to run an SAP transacton. Externa
data does not have to be
deposted n a sesson for ater processng. Instead, the entre batch nput process
takes pace nne n our program.
119) If you have 10000 records n your fe, whch method you use n BDC?
Ans Ca transacton s faster then sesson method. But usuay we use sesson
method n rea tme...because we can transfer
arge amount of data from nterna tabe to database and f any errors n a sesson,
then process w not compete unt
sesson get correct.
120) What are dfferent modes of Ca Transacton method and expan them?
Ans There are three modes of Ca Transacton method:
1) A - Dspay A
Screens

2) E - Dspay Errors
3) N - Background Processng
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
121) What s the typca structure of an ABAP program?
Ans HEADER, BODY, FOOTER.
122) What are fed symbos and fed groups? Have you used "component dx of
structure" cause wth fed groups?
Ans Fed Symbos - They are pacehoder or symboc names for the other feds.
They do not physcay reserve space for a
fed, but pont to ts contents. It can pont to any data ob|ects.
Fed-symbos <fs>
Fed Groups - Fed groups does not reserve storage space but contans ponters to
exstng feds.
dfferent structures. A records wth the
same structure form a record type. You must defne each record type of an extract
dataset as a fed group, usng the
FIELD-GROUPS statement.
Fed-groups <fg>
123) What shoud be the approach for wrtng a BDC program?
Ans STEP 1: CONVERTING THE LEGACY SYSTEM DATA TO A FLAT FILE
to nterna tabe CALLED "CONVERSION". http://abap-tutoras.com 2010
STEP 2: TRANSFERING THE FLAT FILE INTO SAP SYSTEM CALLED
"SAP DATA TRANSFER".
STEP 3: DEPENDING UPON THE BDC TYPE
) Ca transacton (Wrte the program expcty)
) Create sessons (sessons are created and processed. If success, data w transfer).
124) What s a batch nput sesson?
Ans BATCH INPUT SESSION s an ntermedate step between nterna tabe and
database tabe. Data aong wth the acton s
stored n sesson .e. data for screen feds, to whch screen t s passed, program
name behnd t, and how next screen s
processed.
Create sesson - BDC_OPEN_GROUP
Insert batch nput - BDC_INSERT
Cose sesson - BDC_CLOSE_GROUP
125) What s the aternatve to batch nput sesson?
Ans Ca Transacton Method & Ca Daog
126) A stuaton: An ABAP program creates a batch nput sesson. We need to
submt the
program and the batch sesson n background. How to do t? http://abap-tutoras.com
2010
Ans Go to SM36 and create background |ob by gvng |ob name, |ob cass and |ob
steps
(|OB SCHEDULING)
127) What s the dfference between a poo tabe and a transparent tabe and how
they are
stored at the database eve?
Ans Poo Tabe -
1) Many to One Reatonshp.
2) Tabe n the Dctonary has the dfferent name, dfferent number of feds, and
the feds have the dfferent name as
n the R3 Tabe defnton.
3) It can hod ony pooed tabes.
Transparent Tabe -
1) One to One reatonshp.
2) Tabe n the Dctonary has the same name, same number of feds, and the feds
have the same name as n the R3
Tabe defnton.
3) It can hod Appcaton data.
128) What are the probems n processng batch nput sessons? How s batch nput
process
dfferent from processng on ne?
Ans Two Probems: -http://abap-tutoras.com 2010
1) If the user forgets to opt for keep sesson then the sesson w be automatcay
removed from the sesson queue (og
remans). However, f sesson s processed we may deete t manuay.
2) If sesson processng fas, data w not be transferred to SAP database tabe.
129) Is Sesson Method, Asynchronous or Synchronous?
Ans Synchronous
130) What are the dfferent types of data dctonary ob|ects?
Ans Dfferent types of data dctonary ob|ects:
1) Tabes
2) Vews
3) Data eements
4) Structure
5) Domans
6) Search Heps
7) Loca Ob|ects
8) Matchcode
131) How many types of tabes exst and what are they n data dctonary?
Ans 4 Types of Tabes:
1. Transparent tabes - Exsts wth the same structure both n dctonary as we as n
database exacty wth the same data
and feds. Both Open SOL and Natve SOL can be used.
2. Poo tabes
3. Custer tabes - These are ogca tabes that are arranged as records of transparent
tabes. One cannot use Natve SOL on
these tabes (ony Open SOL). They are not manageabe drecty usng database
system toos.
4. Interna tabes
132) What s the step-by-step process to create a tabe n data dctonary?
Ans Steps to create a tabe:
Step 1: creatng domans (data type, fed ength, Range).
Step 2: creatng data eements (propertes and type for a tabe fed).
Step 3: creatng tabes (SE11).
133) Can a transparent tabe exst n data dctonary but not n the database
physcay?
Ans No, Transparent tabe do exst wth the same structure both n the dctonary
as we as n the database, exacty wth the
same data and feds.
134) In SAP Scrpts, how w u nk FORM wth the Event Drven?
Ans In PAI, defne functon code and wrte code for the same.http://abap-
tutoras.com 2010
135) Can you create a tabe wth feds not referrng to data eements?
Ans YES. e.g.:- ITAB LIKE SPFLI.
Here we are referng to a data ob|ect (SPFLI) not data eement.
136) What s the advantage of structures? How do you use them n the ABAP
programs?
Ans GLOBAL EXISTANCE (these coud be used by any other program wthout
creatng t agan).
137) What does an extract statement do n the ABAP program?
Ans Once you have decared the possbe record types as fed groups and defned
ther structure, you can f the extract
dataset usng the foowng statements:
EXTRACT <FG>.
When the frst EXTRACT statement occurs n a program, the system creates the
extract dataset and adds the frst extract
record to t. In each subsequent EXTRACT statement, the new extract record s added
to the dataset
EXTRACT HEADER.
When you extract the data, the record s fed wth the current vaues of the
correspondng feds.
As soon as the system has processed the frst EXTRACT statement for a fed group
<FG>, the structure of the
correspondng extract record n the extract dataset s fxed. You can no onger nsert
new feds nto the fed groups http://abap-tutoras.com 2010
<FG> and HEADER. If you try to modfy one of the fed groups afterwards and use t
n another EXTRACT statement, a
runtme error occurs.
By processng EXTRACT statements severa tmes usng dfferent fed groups, you f
the extract dataset wth records of
dfferent ength and structure. Snce you can modfy fed groups dynamcay up to
ther frst usage n an EXTRACT
statement, extract datasets provde the advantage that you need not determne the
structure at the begnnng of the
program.
138) What s a coect statement? How s t dfferent from append?
Ans Coect : If an entry wth the same key aready exsts, the COLLECT statement
does not append a new ne, but adds the
contents of the numerc feds n the work area to the contents of the numerc feds n
the exstng entry.

Append - Dupcate entres occurs.
139) What s OPEN SOL vs NATIVE SOL?
Ans Open SOL - These statements are a subset of standard SOL. It conssts of DML
command (Seect, Insert, Update, Deete).
It can smpfy and speed up database access. Bufferng s party stored n the workng
memory and shared memory.
Data n buffer s not aways up-to-date.
Natve SOL - They are oosey ntegrated nto ABAP. It aows access to a
functons contanng programmng nterface.
They are not checked and converted. They are sent drecty to the database system.
Programs that use Natve SOL are
specfc to the database system for whch they were wrtten. For e.g. to create or
change tabe defnton n the ABAP.
140) What does an EXEC SOL stmt do n ABAP? What s the dsadvantage of usng
t?
Ans To use a Natve SOL statement, you must precede t wth the EXEC SOL
statement, and foow t wth the ENDEXEC
statement as foows:http://abap-tutoras.com 2010
EXEC SOL |PERFORMING <form>|.
<Natve SOL statement>
ENDEXEC.
There s no perod after Natve SOL statements. Furthermore, usng nverted commas
(") or an astersk (*) at the
begnnng of a ne n a natve SOL statement does not ntroduce a comment as t
woud n norma ABAP syntax. You
need to know whether tabe and fed names are case-senstve n your chosen
database.
141) What s the meanng of ABAP edtor ntegrated wth ABAP data dctonary?
Ans ABAP Edtor: Too n the ABAP Workbench n whch you enter the source code
of ABAP programs and check ther syntax.
You can aso navgate from the ABAP Edtor to the other toos n the ABAP Workbench.
142) What are the events n ABAP anguage?
Ans The events are as foows:
1. Intazaton
2. At seecton-screen
3. Start-of-seecton
4. End-of-seecton
5. Top-of-page
6. End-of-page
7. At ne-seecton
8. At user-command
9. At PF
10. Get
11. At Newhttp://abap-tutoras.com 2010
12. At LAST
13. AT END
14. AT FIRST
143) What s an nteractve report? What s the obvous dfference of such report
compared
wth cassca type reports?
Ans An Interactve report s a dynamc dr down report that produces the st on
users choce.
Dfference: -
a) The st produced by cassca report doesn't aow user to nteract wth the system
where as the st produced by
nteractve report aows the user to nteract wth the system.
B) Once a cassca report, executed user ooses contro where as Interactve, user has
contro.
C) In cassca report, drng s not possbe where as n nteractve, drng s
possbe.
144) What s a dr down report?
Ans Its an Interactve report where n the user can get more reevant data by
seectng expcty.
145) How do you wrte a functon modue n SAP? Descrbe.
Ans
1. Caed program - SE37 - Creatng functon group, functon modue by assgnng
attrbutes, mportng, exportng,
tabes, and exceptons. http://abap-tutoras.com 2010
2. Cang program - SE38 - In program, cck pattern and wrte functon name-
provde export, mport, tabes,
excepton vaues.
146) What are the exceptons n functon modue?
Ans Exceptons: Our functon modue needs an excepton that t can trgger f there
are no entres n tabe SPFLI that meet the
seecton crteron. The excepton NOT_FOUND serves ths functon.
COMMUNICATION_FAILURE & SYSTEM_FAILURE
147)
Ans
148) How are the date and tme fed vaues stored n SAP?
Ans DD.MM.YYYY. HH:MM:SS
149) What are the feds n a BDC_Tab and BDCDATA Tabe?
Ans Feds of BDC_Tab & BDCDATA Tabe:
Sr.No Feds - Descrpton
1) Program - BDC Modue poo
2) Dynpro - BDC Screen Number
3) Dynbegn - BDC Screen Starthttp://abap-
tutoras.com 2010
4) Fname - Fed Name
5) Fva - BDC fed vaue
150) Name a few data dctonary ob|ects?
Ans Dfferent types of data dctonary ob|ects:
1) Tabes
2) Vews
3) Data eements
4) Structure
5) Matchcode
6) Domans
7) Search Heps
8) Loca Ob|ects
151) What happens when a tabe s actvated n DD?
Ans When the tabe s actvated, a physca tabe defnton s created n the
database for the tabe defnton stored n the
ABAP dctonary. The tabe defnton s transated from the ABAP dctonary of the
partcuar database.
It s avaabe for any nserton, modfcaton and updaton of records by any
user.
152) http://abap-tutoras.com 2010
Ans
153) What are matchcodes? Descrbe?
Ans It s smar to tabe ndex that gves st of possbe vaues for ether prmary
keys or non-prmary keys.
154) What transactons do you use for data anayss?
Ans
155) What are the eements of seecton screen?
Ans There are 5 eements of seecton screen:
Seecton-screen ncude bocks <B>
Seecton-screen ncude parameters <P>
Seecton-screen ncude seect-optons <S>
Seecton-screen ncude comment <C>
Seecton-screen ncude push-button <push>
156) What are ranges? What are number ranges? http://abap-tutoras.com 2010
Ans Man functon of ranges to pass data to the actua seecton tabes wthout
dspayng the seecton screen.
Mn, Max vaues provded n seecton screens.
It s often necessary to drecty access ndvdua records n a data structure. Ths s
done usng unque keys. Number
ranges are used to assgn numbers to ndvdua database records for a commerca
ob|ect, to compete the key. Such
numbers are e.g. order numbers or matera master numbers.
157) What are seect optons and what s the dff from parameters?
Ans Parameters : We can enter a snge vaue.
PARAMETERS: PARAM(10).
Seect-optons: We can enter ow and hgh vaue .e. range has to be specfy. By usng
NO-INTERVAL user can process
ony snge feds.
SELECT-OPTIONS: DNO FOR DEPT-DNO.
SELECT-OPTIONS: DNO FOR DEPT-DNO NO-INTERVAL.
SELECT-OPTIONS decares an nterna tabe, whch s automatcay fed wth vaues
or ranges of vaues entered by the
end user. For each SELECT-OPTIONS, the system creates a seecton tabe.
SELECT-OPTIONS <SEL> FOR <fed>.
A seecton tabe s an nterna tabe wth feds SIGN, OPTION, LOW and HIGH.
The type of LOW and HIGH s the same as that of <fed>.
The SIGN fed can take the foowng vaues: I Incusve (shoud appy) E Excusve
(shoud not appy)
The OPTION fed can take the foowng vaues: EO Equa GT Greater than NE Not
equa BT Between LE Less than or
equa NB Not between LT Less than CP Contans pattern GE Greater than or equa NP
No pattern. http://abap-tutoras.com 2010
DfferencesPARAMETERS aow users to enter a snge vaue nto an nterna fed
wthn a report.
SELECT-OPTIONS aows users to f an nterna tabe wth a range of vaues.
Seect-optons provde ranges where as parameters do not.
For each PARAMETERS or SELECT-OPTIONS statement you shoud defne text
eements by choosng
Goto - Text eements - Seecton texts - Change.
Eg:- Parameters name(30).
When the user executes the ABAP/4 program, an nput fed for 'name' w appear on
the seecton screen. You can
change the comments on the eft sde of the nput feds by usng text eements as
descrbed n Seecton Texts.
158) How do you vadate the seecton crtera of a report? And how do you dspay
nta
vaues n a seecton screen?
Ans The seecton crtera s vadated n the processng bock of the AT SELECTION
SCREEN event for the nput vaues on the
screen and respectve messages can be sent.
To dspay nta vaues n the seecton screen:
1) Use INITIALIZATION EVENT
2) Use DEFAULT VALUE opton of PARAMETERS Statement
3) Use SPA/GPA Parameters (PIDs).http://abap-tutoras.com 2010
Vadate: - by usng match code ob|ects.
Dspay :- Parameters <name> defaut 'xxx'.
Seect-optons <name> for spf-carrd.
Inta vaues n a seecton screen:
INITIALIZATION.
DNO-LOW = 10.
DNO-HIGH = 30
SIGN I.
OPTION NB.
APPEND DNO.
159) What are seecton texts?
Ans
160) What s CTS and what do you know about t? http://abap-tutoras.com 2010
Ans CTS stands for Correcton and Transport System. The CTS provdes a range of
functons that hep you to choose a
transport strategy optmay suted to your requrements. We recommend that you
foow the transport strategy whe
you pan and set up your system andscape.
Correcton and Transport System (CTS) s a too that heps you to organze
deveopment pro|ects n the ABAP Workbench
and n Customzng, and then transport the changes between the SAP Systems and
cents n your system andscape. Ths
documentaton provdes you wth an overvew of how to manage changes wth the
CTS and essenta nformaton on
settng up your system and cent andscape and decdng on a transport strategy.
Read and foow ths documentaton
when pannng your deveopment pro|ect. For practca nformaton on workng wth
the Correcton and Transport
System, see Correcton and Transport Organzer and Transport Management System.
161) When a program s created and need to be transported to prodn does
seecton texts aways go wth t? If not how do you
make sure? Can you change the CTS entres? How do you do t?
Ans
162) What s the cent concept n SAP? What s the meanng of cent ndependent?
Ans In commerca, organzatona and technca terms, the cent s a sef-
contaned unt n the R3 system, wth separate set of
Master data and ts own set of Tabes. When a change s made n one cent a other
cents are affected n the system -
ths type of ob|ects are caed Cent ndependent ob|ects.http://abap-tutoras.com
2010
163) Are programs cent dependent?
Ans Yes, group of users can access these programs wth a cent number.
164) Name a few system goba varabes you can use n ABAP programs?
Ans SY-SUBRC, SY-DBCNT, SY-LILLI, SY-DATUM, SY-UZEIT, SY-UCOMM,
SY-TABIX.....
SY-LILLI s absoute number of nes from whch the event was trggered.
165) What are nterna tabes? How do you get the number of nes n an nterna
tabe? How to use a specfc number occurs
statement?
Ans
1) It s a standard data type ob|ect, whch exsts ony durng the runtme of the
program. They are used to perform
tabe cacuatons on subsets of database tabes and for re-organzng the contents of
database tabes accordng to
users need.
2) Usng SY-DBCNT.
3) The number of memory aocatons the system need to aocate for the next record
popuaton.
166) How do you take care of performance ssues n your ABAP programs?
Ans Performance of ABAP programs can be mproved by mnmzng the amount of
data to be transferred. The data set must
be transferred through the network to the appcatons, so reducng the amount of
tme and aso reduces the network
traffc. http://abap-tutoras.com 2010
Some measures that can be taken are:
- Use vews defned n the ABAP/4 DDIC (aso has the advantage of better reusabty).
- Use fed st (SELECT cause) rather than SELECT *.
- Range tabes shoud be avoded (IN operator)
- Avod nested SELECTS.
167) What are datasets?
Ans The sequenta fes (ON APPLICATION SERVER) are caed datasets. They are
used for fe handng n SAP.
168) How to fnd the return code of an stmt n ABAP programs?
Ans Open SOL has 2 system feds wth return codes:

1) SY-SUBRC
2) SY-DBCNT
Usng functon modues
169) What are Converson & Interface programs n SAP?
Ans CONVERSION: Legacy system to fat fe.
INTERFACE: Fat fe to SAP system.http://abap-tutoras.com 2010
170) Have you used SAP supped programs to oad master data?
Ans SAP supped BDC programs
RM06BBI0 (Purchase Requstons)
RMDATIND (Matera Master)
RFBIKR00 (Vendor Masters)
RFBIDE00 (Customer Master)
RVINVB00 (Saes Order)
171) What are the technques nvoved n usng SAP supped programs? Do you
prefer to
wrte your own programs to oad master data? Why?
Ans
Identfy reevant feds
Mantan transfer structure ( Predefned - frst one s aways sesson record)
Sesson record structure, Header Data, Item ( STYPE - record type )
Feds n sesson structure - STYPE, GROUP , MANDT, USERNAME , NO DATA
Feds n header structure - conssts of transacton code aso - STYPE, BMM00,
TCODE, MATNR and Feds n Item -
ITEMS .
Mantan transfer fe - sampe data set creatonhttp://abap-tutoras.com 2010
172) What are ogca databases? What are the advantages/dsadvantages of
ogca databases?
Ans To read data from a database tabes we use ogca database.
A ogca database provdes read-ony access to a group of reated tabes to an
ABAP/4 program.
Advantages: - The programmer need not worry about the prmary key for each tabe.
Because Logca database knows how the
dfferent tabes reate to each other, and can ssue the SELECT command wth proper
where cause to retreve the data.
1) An easy-to-use standard user nterface.
2) Check functons, whch check that user nput s compete, correct, and pausbe.
3) Meanngfu data seecton.
4) Centra authorzaton checks for database accesses.
5) Good read access performance whe retanng the herarchca data vew
determned by the appcaton ogc.
6) No need of programmng for retreva, meanng for data seecton
Dsadvantages: -
1) If you do not specfy a ogca database n the program attrbutes, the GET
events never occur.
2) There s no ENDGET command, so the code bock assocated wth an event ends
wth the next event statement (such
as another GET or an END-OF-SELECTION).http://abap-tutoras.com 2010
3) Fast n case of esser no. of tabes But f the tabe s n the owest eve of
herarchy, a upper eve tabes shoud be
read so performance s sower.
173) What specfc statements do you usng when wrtng a dr down report?
Ans AT LINE-SELECTION
AT USER-COMMAND
AT PF.
174) What are dfferent toos to report data n SAP? What a have you used?
Ans
175) What are the advantages and dsadvantages of ABAP query too?
Ans Advantages: No programmng knowedge s requred.
Dsadvantages: Dependng on the compexty of the database tabes, t may not be
easy for the user to seect the
necessary data correcty.
176) What are the functona areas? User groups? How does ABAP query work n
reaton to http://abap-tutoras.com 2010
these?
Ans Functona Areas - By creatng functona areas, we can ntay seect ths
data. Ths ensures that the data s presented to
the ABAP Ouery user n a meanngfu way to accompsh the task, and that ony the
data that the user may use s
presented.
User Groups - A user group s a coecton of users that work wth about the same
data and carry out smar tasks. The
members of a user group can use a programs (queres) created by any user of the
group. Changes to such a program
are at once vsbe to a users. Ths ensures that a members of a user group use the
same evauaton programs.
ABAP Ouery: It conssts of three components - queres, functona areas and user
groups. The functona areas provde
the user wth an nta set of data n accordance wth the task to be accompshed. A
users must be members of at east
one user group. A members of one user group can access the same data as we as
the same program (queres) to
create sts.
177) Is a ogca database a requrement/must to wrte an ABAP query?
Ans No, t s not must to use LDB. Apart from t, we have other optons:
1) Tabe |on by Bass Tabe
2) Drect Read of tabe
3) Data Retreva by Program
178) What s the structure of a BDC sessons.
Ans BDCDATAhttp://abap-tutoras.com 2010
179) What are Change header and deta tabes? Have you used them?
Ans
180) What do you do when the system crashes n the mdde of a BDC batch
sesson?
Ans We w ook nto the error og fe (SM35). Check number of records aready
updated and deete them from nput fe and
run BDC agan.
181) What do you do wth errors n BDC batch sessons?
Ans We ook nto the st of ncorrect sesson and process t agan. To correct
ncorrect sesson, we anayze the sesson to
determne whch screen and vaue produced the error. For sma errors n data we
correct them nteractvey otherwse
modfy batch nput program that has generated the sesson or many tmes even the
data fe.
182) How do you set up background |obs n SAP? What are the steps? What are the
events
drven batch |obs?
Ans Go to SM36 and create background |ob by gvng |ob name, |ob cass and |ob
steps
(|OB SCHEDULING)
183) Is t possbe to run host command from SAP envronment? How do you run?
184) What knd of fnanca perods exst n SAP? What s the reevant tabe for
that?
Ans
185) Does SAP hande mutpe currences? Mutpe anguages?
Ans Yes.
186) What s a currency factorng technque?
Ans
187) How do you document ABAP programs? Do you use program documentaton
menu
opton? http://abap-tutoras.com 2010
Ans
188) What s SAP Scrpt and ayout set?
Ans The too, whch s used to create ayout set s caed SAP Scrpt. Layout set s a
desgn, appearance and structure of
document.
189) What are the ABAP commands that nk to a ayout set?
Ans Contro Commands, System Commands
190) What s output determnaton?
Ans
191) What s the fed ength of Packed Number? What s the defaut decma of
packed
number?
192) What are the dfferent types of data types?
Ans There are three types of data types:
Data Types
Eementary Compex References
Fxed Varabe Structure Tabe Data
Ob|ecthttp://abap-tutoras.com 2010
Varabe
193) What s the syntax of Packed Number?
Ans Data : NUM type P decmas 2.
194) What are dfferent types of attrbutes of Functon Modue?
Ans There are 6 attrbutes of FM:
1. Import
2. Export
3. Tabe
4. Changng
5. Source
6. Excepton
195) Lst of Screen eements.
Ans There are 13 screen eements:
. Input / output feds
. Text feds
. Checkbox
v. Rado buttonhttp://abap-tutoras.com
2010
v. Push Button
v. Drop down st
v. Subscreen
v. Tabe contro
x. Tabstrp contro
x. Custom contro
x. Box
x. Status cons
x. OK_CODE feds
196) How many defaut Tab Strps are there? How to nsert more Tabs n t?
Ans There 2 defaut Tab strps. Screen panter attrbutes contan Tab Tte, whch s
used to nsert more tabs n tab strp.
197) How to defne Seecton Screen?
Ans There are 3 ways of defnng seecton screen:
1. Parameters
2. Seect-optons
3. Seecton-Screen
198) What are the propertes of Seecton Screen?http://abap-tutoras.com 2010
Ans There are 11 propertes of seecton screen:
1) Defaut
2) Memory ID
3) Lowercase
4) Vsbe ength
5) Obgatory
6) Matchcode
7) Check
8) Checkbox
9) Radobutton Group
10) No-dspay
11) Modf ID
199) What are the components of Seecton Tabe?
Ans There are four components of seecton tabe:
Low, Hgh, Sgn, Optons
200) How to dspay or know f the vaue entered contans records or not?
Ans SY-SUBRC
201) What are the sequences of event bock?
Ans
. Reports
. Nodes
. Data
v. Intazaton
v. At seecton-screen
v. Start-of-seecton
v. Get deptt
v. Get emp
x. Get deptt ate
x. End-of-seecton
x. Form
x. Endform
202) What are types of Seect statements?
Ans SELECT SINGLE <cos> ... WHERE ...
SELECT |DISTINCT| <cos> ... WHERE ...
SELECT <nes> * ...http://abap-tutoras.com 2010
203) What are DML commands?
Ans Seect, Insert, Deete, Modfy, Update.
204) What s Asynchronous and Synchronous Update?
Ans Asynchronous Update - The program does not wat for the work process to
fnsh the
update. Commt Work.
Synchronous Update - The program wat for the work process to fnsh the
update.
Commt Work and Wat.
205) Wrte syntax for Message Error (Report)?
Ans AT SELECTION-SCREEN.

SELECT * FROM ZREKHA_DEPTT INTO CORRESPONDING FIELDS OF ITAB
WHERE DEPTNO IN DEPTNO.
ENDSELECT.
If SY-DBCNT = 0.
MESSAGE E000 WITH NO RECORDS FOUND.
ENDIF.http://abap-tutoras.com 2010
206) How to see the st of a created sesson?
Ans There are two method to see a sessons:
1) SHDB (Recordng)
2) Wrte code n SE38 then save, check errors actvate and execute t.
System
Servce
Batch nput
Sesson
207) What are the functon modue n BDC?
Ans There are three functon modue n BDC:
1) BDC_OPEN_GROUP
2) BDC_INSERT
3) BDC_CLOSE_GROUP
208) Wrte the steps to execute sesson method.
Ans Steps for executon Sesson Method:http://abap-tutoras.com 2010
1) System
2) Servce
3) Batch Input
4) Sesson
5) Choose Sesson Name
6) Process
7) Asks for Mode (Dspay A Screen, Dspay Errors & Background)
8) Process
209) What are the dfferent types of mode (run code) n Ca Transacton method?
Ans There are three modes n Ca Transacton:
A - Dspays A Screen
E - Dspay Errors
N - Background Processng
210) Wrte the transacton code of Customer Master Data, Prcng, Inqury,
Ouotaton and Saes Order.
Ans Customer Master Data - XD01
Prcng -
Inqury - VA11http://abap-tutoras.com 2010
Ouotaton - VA21
Saes Order - VA01
- MM01
211) What are the feds of Saes Order?
Ans Transacton Code of Saes Order: VA01
Tabe of Saes Order: VBAK
Order Type - AUART
Saes Org - VKORG
Dst Channe - VTWEG
Dvson - SPART
Saes Offce - VKBUR
Saes Group - VKGRP
212) What are dfferent types of screen keywords?
Ans There are four types of screen keywords: Modue, Loop, Chan and Fed.
213) Wrte speca commands of Lst.
Ans There are four specas commands of sts: Wrte, Une, Skp and New-
Pagehttp://abap-tutoras.com 2010
214) Wrte the foowng n dfferent manner.
IF ( A GE B ) AND ( A LE C)
Ans IF A BETWEEN B AND C
215) What are the dfferent types of ABAP statements?
Ans There are sx types of ABAP statements:
1) Decaratve - Types, Data, Tabes
2) Moduarzaton - Event Keywords and Defnng Keywords
3) Contro - If.Ese, Whe, Case
4) Ca - Perform, Ca, Set User Command, Submt, Leave to
5) Operatona - Wrte, Add, Move
6) Database - Open SOL & Natve SOL
216) How data s stored n custer tabe?
Ans Each fed of custer tabe behaves as tabes, whch contans the number of
entres.
217) What are cent dependant ob|ects n ABAP / SAP?
Ans SAP Scrpt ayout, text eement, and some DDIC ob|ects.http://abap-
tutoras.com 2010
218) On whch event we can vadate the nput feds n modue programs?
Ans In PAI (Wrte fed statement on fed you want to vadate, f you want to
vadate group of feds put n chan and End
chan statement.)
219) In seecton screen, I have three feds, pant matera number and matera
group. If I nput pant how do I get the
matera number and matera group based on pant dynamcay?
Ans AT SELECTION-SCREEN ON VALUE-REOUEST FOR MATERIAL.
CALL FUNCTION 'F4IF_INT_TABLE_VALUE_REOUEST'
to get matera and matera group for the pant.
220) How do you get output from IDOC?
Ans Data n IDOC s stored n segments; the output from IDOC s obtaned by
readng the data stored n ts respectve
segments.
221) When top of the page event s trggered?
Ans After executng frst wrte statement n start-of-seecton event.
222) Can we create fed wthout data eement and how?
Ans In SE11, one opton s avaabe above the feds strp .e. Data eement / drect
type.http://abap-tutoras.com 2010
223) Feds of VBAK Tabe.
Ans VBAK - Saes Document : Header Data
Detas about Saes Organzaton, Dstrbuton Channe, Dvson, Saes Group, Saes
Offce, Busness Area, Outne
Agreements, etc
224) Whch transacton code can I used to anayze the performance of ABAP
program.
Ans Transacton Code AL21.
225) How can I copy a standard tabe to make my own Z_TABLE?
Ans Go to transacton SE11. Then there s one opton to copy tabe. Press that
button. Enter the name of the standard tabe
and n the Target tabe enter Z_tabe name and press enter.
226) What s runtme anayss? Have you used ths?
Ans It checks program executon tme n mcroseconds. When you go to SE30. If
you gve desred program name n
performance fe. It w take you to beow screen. You can get how much fast s your
program.
227) What s meant by performance anayss?
228) How to transfer the ob|ects? Have you transferred any ob|ects?
Ans
229) How dd you test the deveoped ob|ects?
Ans There are two types of testng
- Negatve testng
- Postve testng
In negatve testng, we w gve negatve data n nput and we check any errors
occurs.
In postve testng, we w gve postve data n nput for checkng errors.
230) How dd you hande errors n Ca Transacton?
Ans We can create an nterna tabe ke 'bsgmcgco'. A the messages w go to
nterna tabe. We can get errors n ths
nterna tabe.
Beow messages are go to nterna tabe. When you run the ca transacton.
1) TCODEhttp://abap-tutoras.com 2010
2) Message Type
3) Message Id
4) Message Number
5) MSGV1
6) MSGV2
7) MSGV3
8) MSGV4
CALL TRANSACTION TCODE USING BDCDATA MODE A/N/E.
UPDATE MODE A/S MESSAGE INTO BDCDATA.
THEN PUT LOOP.ENDLOOP OF BDCMSGCOLL
CALL FUNCTION FORMAT_WRITE
EXPORT = SYSTEM FIELD
IMPORT = MSG TEXT ERROR
231) Among the Ca Transacton and Sesson Method, whch s faster?
Ans Ca transacton s faster then sesson method. But usuay we use sesson
method n rea tme...because we can transfer
arge amount of data from nterna tabe to database and f any errors n a sesson,
then process w not compete unt
sesson get correct. http://abap-tutoras.com 2010
232) What are the dfference between Interactve and Dr Down Reports?
Ans ABAP/4 provdes some nteractve events on sts such as AT LINE-SELECTION
(doube cck) or AT USER-COMMAND
(pressng a button). You can use these events to move through ayers of nformaton
about ndvdua tems n a st.
Dr down report s nothng but nteractve report...drdown means above paragraph
ony.
233) How to pass the varabes to forms?
Ans
234) What s the tabe, whch contan the detas of a the name of the programs
and forms?
Ans Tabe contans vertca and horzonta nes. We can store the data n tabe as
bocks. We can scro depends upon your
wsh. And these a are stored n database (data dctonary).
235) What are Standard Texts?
236) What s the dfference between Custered Tabes and Pooed Tabes?
Ans A pooed tabe s used to combne severa ogca tabes n the ABAP/4
dctonary. Pooed tabes are ogca tabes that
must be assgned to a tabe poo when they are defned.
Custer tabe are ogca tabes that must be assgned to a tabe custer when they are
defned. Custer tabe can be used
to store contro data. They can aso used to store temporary data or text such as
documentaton.
237) What s PF-STATUS?
Ans PF-Status s used n nteractve report for enhancng the functonaty. If we go
to SE41, we can get menus, tems and
dfferent functon keys, whch we are usng for secondary st n nteractve report.
238) Among "Move" and "Move Correspondng", whch s effcent one?
Ans I guess, 'move correspondng' s very effcent then 'move' statement. Because
usuay we use ths statement for nterna
tabe feds ony...so f we gve move correspondng. Those feds ony movng to other
pace (what ever you want).
239) What are the Output Type, Transacton codes, Page Format?
240) Where we use Chan and End chan?
Ans In Screen Programmng
241) Do you use seect statement n oop.end oop, how w be the performance?
To mprove the performance?
Ans
242) In seect-optons, how to get the defaut vaues as current month frst date
and ast date by defaut? Eg: 1/12/2004 and
31/12/2004
Ans
243) What are IDOCs?
Ans IDOCs are ntermedate documents to hod the messages as a contaner.
244) What are screen panter? Menu panter? Gu status? ..etc.
Ans dynpro - fow ogc + screens.
menu panter -
GUI Status - It s subset of the nterface eements (tte bar, menu bar, standard too
bar, push buttons) used for a certan
screen.
The status comprses those eements that are currenty needed by the transacton.
245) What s screen fow ogc? What are the sectons n t? Expan PAI and PBO.
Ans The contro statements that contro the screen fow.
PBO - Ths event s trggered before the screen s dspayed.
PAI - Ths event s responsbe for processng of screen after the user enters the data
and ccks the pushbutton.
246) Overa how do you wrte transacton programs n SAP?
Ans Create program-SE93-create transacton code -Run t from command fed.
Create the transacton usng ob|ect browser (SE80)
Defne the ob|ects e.g. screen, Transactons. - Modues - PBO, PAI.http://abap-
tutoras.com 2010
247) Does SAP has a GUI screen panter or not? If yes what operatng systems s t
avaabe on? What s the other type of
screen panter caed?
Ans Yes.
Operatng System - Wndows based
Screen Panter - Apha numerc Screen Panter
248) What are step oops? How do you program page down page up n step oops?
Ans Step oops are repeated bocks of fed n a screen.
Step oops: Method of dspayng a set of records.
Page down & Page up: decrement / ncrement base counter
Index = base + sy-step1 - 1
249) Is ABAP a GUI anguage?
Ans Yes, ABAP IS AN EVENT DRIVEN LANGUAGE.
250) Normay how many and what fes get created when a transacton program s
wrtten?
What s the XXXXXTOP program?http://abap-tutoras.com 2010
Ans Man program wth A Incudes
1. TOP INCLUDE - GLOBAL DATA
2. Incude for PBO
3. Incude for PAI
4. Incude for Forms
251) What are the ncude programs?
Ans When the same sequence of statements n severa programs s to be wrtten
repeatedy. They are coded n ncude
programs (Externa programs) and are ncuded n ABAP/4 programs.
252) Can you ca a subroutne of one program from another program?
Ans Yes, ony externa subroutnes Usng 'SUBMIT' statement.
253) What are user exts? What s nvoved n wrtng them? What precautons are
needed?
Ans User defned functonaty ncuded to predefned SAP standards. Pont n an
SAP program where a customer's own
program can be caed. In contrast to customer exts, user exts aow deveopers to
access and modfy program components and
data ob|ects n the standard system. On upgrade, each user ext must be checked to
ensure that t conforms to the standard
system.
There are two types of user ext:
1. User exts that use INCLUDEs - These are customer enhancements that are caed
drecty n the program.
2. User exts that use TABLEs - These are used and managed usng Customzng.
Shoud fnd the customer enhancements
beongng to partcuar deveopment cass.
254) What are RFCs? How do you wrte RFCs on SAP sde?http://abap-tutoras.com
2010
Ans
255) What are the genera namng conventons of ABAP programs?
Ans Shoud start wth Y or Z.
256) How do you fnd f a ogca database exsts for your program requrements?
Ans SLDB-F4.
257) How do you fnd the tabes to report from when the user |ust te you the
transacton he uses? And a the underyng
data s from SAP structures?
Ans Transacton code s entered n command fed to open the tabe - Uttes -
Tabe contents dspay.
258) How do you fnd the menu path for a gven transacton n SAP?
Ans
259) What are the dfferent modues of SAP?
Ans FI, CO, SD, MM, PP, HR. http://abap-tutoras.com 2010
260) How do you get hep n ABAP?
Ans HELP-SAP LIBRARY, by pressng F1 on a keyword.
261) What are dfferent ABAP/4 edtors? What are the dfferences?
Ans
262) What are the dfferent eements n ayout sets?
Ans PAGES, Page wndows, Header, Paragraph, Character Strng, Wndows.
263) Can you use f then ese, perform..etc statements n sap scrpt?
Ans Yes.
264) What type of varabes normay used n sap scrpt to output data?
Ans
265) How do you number pages n SAP Scrpt ayout outputs?http://abap-
tutoras.com 2010
Ans & page & &next Page &
266) What takes most tme n SAP scrpt programmng?
Ans LAYOUT DESIGN AND LOGO INSERTION.
267) How do you use tab sets n ayout sets?
Ans Defne paragraph wth defned tabs.
268) How do you backup SAP Scrpt ayout sets? Can you downoad and upoad?
How?
Ans SAP scrpt backup :- In transacton SE71 goto Uttes -> Copy from cent ->
Gve source form name, source cent (000
defaut), Target form name.
Downoad :- SE71, type form name -> Dspay -> Uttes -> form nfo -> Lst -> Save
to PC fe.
Upoad :- Create form wth page, wndow, page wndow wth the hep of downoaded
PC fe. Text eements for Page
wndows to be coped from PC fe.
269) What are presentaton and appcaton servers n SAP?
Ans The appcaton ayer of an R/3 System s made up of the appcaton servers
and the message server. Appcaton
programs n an R/3 System are run on appcaton servers. The appcaton servers
communcate wth the presentaton
components, the database, and aso wth each other, usng the message server.
270) In an ABAP/4 program, how do you access data that exsts on Presentaton
Server vs on an Appcaton Server?http://abap-tutoras.com 2010
Ans Usng oop statements and Fat
271) What are dfferent data types n ABAP/4?
Ans
Eementary -
Predefned: C, D, F, I, N, P, T, X.
User defned: TYPES.
Structured -
Predefned: TABLES.
User defned: Fed Strngs and nterna tabes.
272) What s dfference between sesson method and Ca Transacton?
Ans Ca Transacton -
1. Snge transacton
2. Synchronous processng
3. Asynchronous and Synchronous update
4. No sesson og s created
5. Faster
Sesson -http://abap-tutoras.com 2010
1. Mutpe Transacton
2. Asynchronous processng
3. Synchronous update
4. Sesson og s created
5. Sower
273) Settng up a BDC program where you fnd nformaton from?
Ans
274) What has to be done to the packed feds before submttng to a BDC sesson.
Ans Feds converted nto character type.
275) What s the structure of a BDC sessons.
Ans BDCDATA (standard structure).
276) What are the feds n a BDC_Tab Tabe.
Ans PROGRAM, DYNPRO, DYNBEGIN, FNAM, FVAL.
277) What do you defne n the doman and data eement.http://abap-tutoras.com
2010
Ans Doman - Technca detas are defned n Doman ke data type, number of
decma paces and ength.
Data Eement - Functonaty detas are defned n Data eements - Fed Text,
Coumn Captons, Parameters ID, and
Onne Fed Documentaton.
278) What s the dfference between a poo tabe and a transparent tabe and how
they are stored at the database eve.
Ans Poo tabes are a ogca representaton of transparent tabes. Hence no
exstence at database eve.
Where as transparent tabes are physca tabes and exst at database eve.
Poo Tabe -
4) Many to One Reatonshp.
5) Tabe n the Dctonary has the dfferent name, dfferent number of feds, and the
feds have the dfferent name as
n the R3 Tabe defnton.
6) It can hod ony pooed tabes.
Transparent Tabe -
4) One to One reatonshp.
5) Tabe n the Dctonary has the same name, same number of feds, and the feds
have the same name as n the R3
Tabe defnton.
6) It can hod Appcaton data.http://abap-tutoras.com 2010
279) What s cardnaty?
Ans For cardnaty one out of two (doman or data eement) shoud be the same
for Ztest1 and Ztest2 tabes. M:N Cardnaty
specfes the number of dependent(Target) and ndependent (source) enttes whch
can be n a reatonshp.
280) For Saes Document: Item Data, whch tabe s used?
Ans VBAP - Saes Document, Saes Document Item, Matera Number, Matera
Entered, Batch Number, Matera Group,
Target Ouantty n Saes Document.
281) What are the types of tabes?
Ans
1) Transparent tabe 5) Poo tabe
2) Custer tabe are data dctonary tabe ob|ects 6) Sorted tabe
3) Indexed tabe 7) Hash tabe
4) Interna tabes.
282) What are pooed tabe?
Ans Tabe poos (poos) and tabe custers (custers) are speca tabe types n the
ABAP Dctonary. The data from severa
dfferent tabes can be stored together n a tabe poo or tabe custer. Tabes
assgned to a tabe poo or tabe custer are
referred to as pooed tabes or custer tabes. http://abap-tutoras.com 2010
A tabe n the database n whch a records from the pooed tabes assgned to the
tabe poo are stored corresponds to
a tabe poo. The defnton of a poo conssts essentay of two key feds (Tabname
and Varkey) and a ong argument
fed (Vardata).
Tabe Custers Severa ogca data records from dfferent custer tabes can be stored
together n one physca record n a
tabe custer.
A custer key conssts of a seres of freey defnabe key feds and a fed (Pageno) for
dstngushng contnuaton
records. A custer aso contans a ong fed (Vardata) that contans the contents of the
data feds of the custer tabes for
ths key. If the data does not ft nto the ong fed, contnuaton records are created.
Contro nformaton on the
structure of the data strng s st wrtten at the begnnng of the Vardata fed.
283) What are Hashed Tabes?
Ans Hashed tabes - Ths s the most approprate type for any tabe where the man
operaton s key access. You cannot access
a hashed tabe usng ts ndex. The response tme for key access remans constant,
regardess of the number of tabe
entres. Lke database tabes, hashed tabes aways have a unque key. Hashed tabes
are usefu f you want to construct
and use an nterna tabe, whch resembes a database tabe or for processng arge
amounts of data.
SAMPLE PROG: THIS DOES NOTHING.
REPORT Z_1 .
TABLES: MARA.
DATA: I TYPE HASHED TABLE OF MARA WITH UNIOUE KEY MATNR
284) How dd you test the form u deveoped? How dd you take the prnt of t?
285) How many maxmum number of feds can be there n a tabe?
Ans
286) How many prmary keys can be there n a tabe?
Ans
287) What are the steps to perform Performance Tunng? What w you do ncrease
the performance of your system?
Ans
288) What s mandatory n Screen Panter?
Ans
289) If u are enterng arge amount of data, and system fas, then how many
records w be entered or no records or haf
records w be entered?
Ans
290) In Screen Panter, f two feds are mandatory and user do not want to enter
anythng but he wants to come out of the
screen, then what w he do?
291) What s At-Ext and User-Ext?
Ans
292) How w you fnd the standard tabes, you ony know there names ke
Customer Master Tabe?
Ans
293) How w change Deveopment Cass?
Ans
294) How w you ca both Functon Modue and Functon Group?
Ans
295) What s ALV?
Ans
296) What s Chan-Fed & Chan-Loop?
Ans
297) What s Vaue-Ranges?
298) How w you provde hep for vaue request partcuar feds?
Ans
299) How w you fnd reatonshp between two or more tabes?
Ans
300) In BDCs, f you forget to wrte one fed, then how w you modfy that fed n
your BDC program?
Ans
301) Deta concept of Transport Organzer.
Ans
302) Whch s sower "Seect *" and "Seect fed1,fed2"?
Ans
303) What are the errors n "Ca Transacton"?
Ans
304) What s OA and producton?
305) How w you dspay ony 10 nes n Report?
Ans
306) In BDC, f out of 10 records, 7 are successfu and there are 3 records wth some
mssng feds, how w you modfy those
feds?
Ans
307) How w you set breakpont to 100 messages?
Ans
308) How w you set Reports to Background |ob?
Ans
309) Name the tabes, whch s used to see a the transacton avaabe.
Ans See tabes, TSTC and TSTCT for a the transacton avaabe
310) Lst of SAP supped Programs.
Ans
Detas (5) Program
Purchase Requstons RM06BB10
Matera Master RMDATINDhttp://abap-tutoras.com 2010
Vendor Master RFBIKR00
Customer Master RFBIDE00
Saes Order RVINVB00
SAP SCRIPT PROGRAMS (9)
Logo RSTXLDMC
Debug RSTXDBUG
Upoad / Downoad (Import / Export) RSTXSCRP
Convert Page Format RSTXFCON
Text Fe Inconsstent RSTXCHK0
Copy Tabe Across Cent RSCLTCOP
Transfer Scrpts Fes Across System (Not Cents) RSTXSCRP
Comparng The Contents Of A Tabe RSTBSERV
Change The Deveopment Cass RSWBO052
REPORTS (2)
Submt A BDC |ob Wth An Interna Batch Number RSBDCBTC
Reease Batch Input Sessons RSBDCSUB
STANDARD PROGRAM (7)
Tabe Ad|ustment Across Cents RSAVGL00
Extended Program Lst RSINCL00
Get The Orace Reease RSORAREL
Dspay A Instance Parameters RSPARAM
Substtuton / Vadaton Utty RSUGBR00
Check Passwords Of Users SAP And DDIC In A Cents RSUSR003
Last Users Last Logn RSUSR006http://abap-tutoras.com 2010
311) How to schedue a Report n background? what s the use of background |ob
pease expan about t?
Ans There are 3 ways to schedue n background:
SM36
SE38
SA38
The easest of the three s SA38.
Why background? In foreground |obs are ony aowed a certan amount of runtme.
Long runnng |obs usuay tmes out
n foreground, and have to be run background. Some customers has day-end |obs to
f custom tabes, and these ony
run ate at nght, so they are schedued as background |obs as we. There may be any
of a hundred reasons why you
want a |ob to run n background nstead of foreground, and these are ony 2 of them.
To have a better idea about what is Unicode, let us first look at what is a CodePage.
CodePage
A Code page is another name for character encoding (A character encoding system consists of a code that
pairs each character from a given repertoire with something else, such as a seuence of natural numbers,
octets or electrical pulses, in order to facilitate the transmission of data (generally numbers and!or te"t#
through telecommunication networks or storage of te"t in computers#.
Code $age
Some relevant Terms:
Character: a, b, c, A, %,&
Coded character: A'(), %'((,&
Character Set: A set of characters, to be used together (e.g. *atin alphabet#
Code page: A set of coded characters (e.g. +,-.//)0.1, ,hift.2+,#
Locale: Code page 3 properties and rules (e.g. isdigit, collation, &#
Why the Need for Unicode
4very standard code page supports only a certain group of languages (e.g 5estern 4uropean, 4astern
4uropean, 2apanese#.
5ithin one computer system only one code page can be supported in a clean way. Therefore a universal
code page that supports all letters, punctuation signs, technical symbols etc. of all languages is reuired.
Unicode Features
Unicode is a superset of all e"isting character sets. Unicode encodes plain te"t (no rendering information#. +t
defines characters, not glyphs (semantics, not visual representation#. Unicode unifies characters used in
different scripts (C267 Unification8 C26' Chinese, 2apanese, 6orean#.
+n Unicode there is a space for 1,999,999 characters. (:,999 characters coded by one 1(bit code point.
;urther characters coded by two 1(bit code points (surrogates#.
Unicode . <etailed view
Unicode Encoding Forms
UTF!
byte.based encoding scheme8 one character is coded with 1.: bytes8 compatible with =.bit A,C++.
UTF"#
1(bit units8 often used characters occupy one 1(bit unit8 further characters are coded with two 1(bit units
UTF$%
>?bit units8 fi"ed si@e for all characters
AoteB All encoding forms support the same amount of characters.
Unicode in S&P
UTF!
for e"ternal communication (e.g file, network#8 no endian problems8 minimum average data si@e8 limited backward
compatibility to non.Unicode systems.
UTF"#
internal (in memory#8 best compromise between memory usage and algorithmic comple"ity8 fits to 2ava and Cicrosoft
environment8 best way to migrate e"isting A%A$ and C programs.
4verything function that is to performed in ,A$ is represented in the form of a Transaction and to e"ecute
that Transaction, ,A$ provide a Transaction Code (T.Code#. -n the ,A$ +ntial ,creen, you can enter this T.
Code in the T.Code field provided at the top.
Dou can e"ecute the following commands in the transaction code (tcode# field
with 4nter. Dou will find some useful transaction codes below to work in
tandem with the following commandsB
To call a transaction E +n the same session (window# 4nterB !n"""" ("""" '
transaction code#. E +n an additional session, 4nterB !o"""" ("""" '
transaction code#.
+f you enter this function before any of the tcodes below, you are able to
break out of your current screen!business and begin a completely new
session. -therwise, the current business process has to be terminated, and
return to the initial user screen (the main menu# has to be initiated before
entering tcode spro#. !o tcode saves you the effort of having to do this.
To end the current transaction 4nterB !n. CautionB Unsaved changes are lost without warning
To delete the current session. 4nterB !i.
To generate a session list 4nterB !o. To log off from the system 4nterB !nend.
(-,, Aote 99?(1=1 has additional information on -6Codes in ,A$, and is a very useful read#
Aow, since + am on A%A$ module, T.Codes related to the module are marked as bold in the following list.
First Steps:
AL08 List of All Users Logged On
RZ20 CCMS Monitor Sets
SA38 ABAP Program Execution
SCC4 Display ie! "Clients#
SE11 ABAP Dictionary
SE16 Data Browser
SE38 ABAP Editor
SE80 !"ect #a$igator %ABAP &or'!enc()
SE*3 +aintain ,ransaction
SL$C%&S% SA' Li(ense Ad)inistration
SM02 Syste) Messages
SM04 User List
S+1- Se.ect /oc' Entries
SM*+ Update Re,-ests
SM2* Syste) Log
SM28 SA' $nitial Consiten(y C.e(/
SM+* Maintain 0a1le ie!s
S+30 Simp.e 1o! Se.ection
S+20 Process $er$iew
SM2* SA' Ser3ers
SM44 5lo1al 6or/ 'ro(ess O3er3ie!
SML0 Lang-age Manage)ent
SR*+ Ad)inistration of t.e SA' Li1rary
SU0* User Maintenan(e
So3tware /ogistics
SA$&0 Add7On $nstallation 0ool
SE01 ,ransport rgani4er %Extended 5iew)
S%0+ 0ransport Organi8er 0ools
S%09 0ransport Organi8er
S'AM S-pport 'a(/age Manager
SPA6 +odi3ication Ad"ustment
SPDD +odi3ication Ad"ustment Dictionary
SP7 8ustomi4ing: Execute Pro"ect
S'RO:ADM$& C-sto)i8ing; 'ro<e(t Ad)inistration
S,+S ,ransport +anagement System
8.ient Administration
=DLS 0ool; Con3ersion of Logi(al Syste) &a)es
SCC* Copy 1y 0ransport Re,-est
SCC+ Client Copy > 0ransport Log Analysis
SCC4 Display ie! "Clients#
SCC? 'ost7Client $)port Met.ods
SCC8 Client %@port
SCC9 Re)ote Client Copy
SCCL Lo(al Client Copy
SCM' ie! > 0a1le Co)parison
SCU0 C-sto)i8ing Cross7Syste) ie!er
S%0* 0ransport Organi8er A%@tended ie!B
S0MS 0ransport Manage)ent Syste)
6ser 9 Aut(ori4ation
=D82 5enerate 'artner 'rofile
L$C%&S%:ADM$& Li(ense Ad)inistration 6or/1en(.
'CC5 'rofile 5enerator > Role Maintenan(e
SCU5 Central User Ad)inistration D 0ransfer Users
SM*9 Se(-rity A-dit; Ad)inister A-dit 'rofile
SM20 Analysis of Se(-rity A-dit Log
SU0* User Maintenan(e
SU02 Maintain $nternet User
SU*0 User Maintenan(e; Mass C.anges
S6-0 +aintain Aut(ori4ation Fie.ds
S6-1 +aintain Aut(ori4ation !"ects
S6-: +aintain Assignmt; o3 Aut(ori4ation !"ects
SU22 'rofile 5enerator; Upgrade > Cirst $nstallE
SU+ Maintain User 'rofile
S623 Disp.ay Aut(ori4ation Data 3or 6ser
SUCOM' User Co)pany Address Maintenan(e
SU5R Maintain User 5ro-ps
USMM Syste) Meas-re)ent
'ac(ground Processing
FG91 2ob ,cheduling Conitor
FG9: CCC,B Caintain -peration Codes!+nstances
S)$# *efine 'ac(ground +o,
S)$- Simple +o, Selection
,C>=C 4"tended 2ob ,election
,C:0 4"ternal -perating ,ystem Commands
,C(1 %ackground Controller *ist
,C(? 4vent History
,C(: %ackground 4vents
,C() Analysis Tool E %ackground $rocessing
,C(0 4"ternal -perating ,ystem Commands
,CI 2ob -verview
Update
,C1? *ock 4ntries
,C1> Update Feuests
,C1: Update $rogram Administration
-utput Configuration J Administration
SP&* Spool &dministration
SP." /utput Controller: Spool 0e1uest Selection
,$1? Tem,e E Admin. of Temp. ,euential <ata
*ata &rchiving
A-%2 Kiew Cluster Caintenance
<%1) Tables and Archiving -bLects
;+*4 *ogical ;ile $ath <efinition
-AA< Archive*inkB Admin. of ,tored <ocuments
-AC9 Content Fepositories
-AC1 Archive*inkB Conitor
,AFA Archiv Administration
,AF+ Archive +nfo ,ystemB Central Canagement
,;91 *ogical ;ile Aames, Client.,pecific
S)$- Simple +o, Selection
*ata Transfer 2 E3change
'&P4 '&P4 E3plorer
%<=> 4rror Handlung for Aon.$osted +<ocs
%</? Menerate $artner $rofile
%<C? +<oc Tracing
%CK9 Canage <ata Transfer
+<-C +<oc and 4<+ %asisB Fepair J Check
FG1? F;C ,erver Mroutp Caintenance
SC/T S&PConnect: &dministration
S5*' Transaction 0ecorder: 0ecording /vervie6
S)$7 'atch 4nput: Session /vervie6
,C)/ Transactional F;C
,C)0 Configuration of F;C Connections
,CN1 F;C Conitor E -utbound Nueue
,CN? F;C Conitor E +nbound Nueue
,CNF F;C Conitor E N+A ,cheduler
,CT1 <isply and Caintain Trusted ,ystems
S/ST S&PConnect: Transmissen 0e1uests
,I<A <ata Transfer 5orkbench
549) +<-C *ist
54?1 $orts in +<oc $rocessing
4nstance )aintenance
FG9> ,erver ,tatuses and Alerts
FG9: Caintain -peration Codes and +nstances
FG19 4dit $rofiles
FG11 Caintain $rofile $arameters
FG1? F;C ,erver Mroup Caintenance
,C)9 $rocess -verview
,C(> <isplay!Caintain -peration Code ,et
,CM5 Mateway Conitor ! Active Connections
,C*M Caintain *ogon Mroups
,CC, Cessage ,erver Conitor
System )onitoring
A*9/ *ist of All Users *ogged -n
A*11 ,A$.<irectories
<%1> <%A CockpitB ,ystem Config. Caintenance
<%?: *ogs for Adminstrative <atabase -perations
-,9> $arameter Changes in -peration ,ystem
-,9= -peration ,ystem Conitor
FG9> <isply ,erver ,tatuses and Alerts
FG?9 CCC, Conitor ,ets
,C9: User *ist
S)"% Select Loc( Entries
,C1: Update $rogram Administration
,C?1 ,ystem *ogB *ocal Analysis
,C>) %atch +nputB ,ession -verview
,C>= ,imple 2ob ,election
S)7. Process /vervie6
,C)1 ,A$ ,ervers
,C)/ Transactional
F;C,C(( Mlobal 5ork $rocess -verview
,CM5 Mateway Conitor ! Active Connections
,C+CC +CC Conitor
,CC, Cessage ,erver Conitor
,CN1 F;C Conitor E -utbound Nueue
,CN? F;C Conitor E +nbound Nueue
,$91 -utput ControllerB ,pool Feuest ,election
,,AA Administrative Activities
ST." System Trace
,T9? Tune ,ummary
,T9>, ,T9>A 5orkload Conitor
,T9: Caintain <atabase +ntegration
ST.7 Performance &nalysis
,T9( -peration ,ystem Conitor
,T9= Application ConitorB User <istribution
,T19 Table Call ,tatistics
,T11 4rror *og ;iles
ST%% &'&P 0untime Error
,T>9 Mlobal $erformance Analysis
,TA< ,A$ 5orkloadB %usiness Transact. Analysis
TU9? $arameter Changes in ,A$,D,T4C
)onitoring &rchitecture
A*1) ,A$-,C-* <estination
-,9= -perating ,ystem Conitor
FG9: Caintain -peration Codes and +nstances
FG?9 CCC, Conitor ,ets
FG?1 ConitoringB $roperties and Cethods
SE8" )essage )aintenance
,40? ,ystem *og Cessage Caintenance
,C?1 ,ystem *ogB *ocal Analysis
,T9? Tune ,ummary
)iscellaneous TCodes
LS)W Legacy System )igration Wor(,ench
-,,1 ,A$ -nline ,ervice ,ystem
SN/TE S&P Note &ssistant
,CAT Computer Aided Test Tool
,CU9 Compare Tables
SE"! 'usiness &dd4ns: *efinitions
SE"8 'usiness &dd4ns: 4mplementations
SE%9 Class 'uilder
,4>? A%A$!: Te"t 4lement Caintenance
,4>) A%A$!: <ialog Codules
SE$# &'&P:9: Logical *ata,ases
SE$- &'&P:9 Function )odules
SE9" )enu Painter
SE9$ )aintain &rea )enu
SE7" Screen Painter: 4nitial Screen
SE-" S&PScript Layouts Create:Change
SE-% S&Pscript styles
,4=> ,A$script font maintenance (revised#
,4=: ,A$script format conversion
SE-7 S&Pscript Settings
,4=( ,A$script Translation *ayout ,ets
,4== ,A$script Translation ,tyles
SE8$ )aintain Transaction
S5*. Transaction variant maintenance
S)$. )aintain Ta,le ;ie6s
,C>) Kiew %atch +nput ,essions
,C>= Kiew background Lob
,C)9 $rocess -verview
,$F- ,tart ,A$ +CM (+mplementation Muide#
S<.. &'&P:9 <uery: Start <ueries
S<." &'&P:9 <uery: )aintain <ueries
S<.% &'&P:9 <uery: )aintain Funct= &reas
S<.$ &'&P:9 <uery: )aintain User >roups
,N9= A%A$!: NueryB *anguage Comparison
/&E0 4mage Upload
SN0/:N04; )aintain Num,er 0anges
SE79 )aintain &uthori?ation >roups
There are few formatting options available in ,A$ for te"t formatting in ,A$,cript as well as ,martforms.
,A$,cript ;ormatting
,martforms ;ormatting
;ollowing are the few useful formatting optionsB
/ffset
A left.most characters of the symbol value will not be displayed.
+f symbol has the value 1?>:)(=/0, the following will be displayedB
JsymbolJ .O 1?>:)(=/0
Jsymbol3>J .O :)(=/0
Jsymbol3=J .O /0
Jsymbol31?J .O
Jsymbol39J .O 1?>:)(=/0
/utput Length
to define how many character positions should be copied from the value.
+f symbol has the value 1?>:)(=/0.
Jsymbol(>#J .O 1?>
Jsymbol(=#J .O 1?>:)(=
The ,D,T.UAAC4 field contains the logon name of a user called 4instein. The
<ictionary entry for this field contains an output length of 1?.
J,D,T.UAAC4J& .O 4instein&
J,D,T.UAAC4(0#J& .O 4instein &
J,D,T.UAAC4(7#J& .O 4instein &
/mitting the Leading Sign
The , option can be used to ensure that the value is formatted without the sign.
The +TC<$.T<U*$-, field contains the value .199.99. The A%A$!: <ictionary
definition for this field includes a leading sign.
J+TC<$.T<U*$-,J .O 199.99.
J+TC<$.T<U*$-,(,#J .O 199.99
Leading Sign to the Left
This option enables you to specify that the leading sign should be placed to the left of the number.
J+TC<$.T<U*$-,J .O 199.99.
J+TC<$.T<U*$-,(P#J .O .199.99
Leading Sign to the 0ight
+f you used the ,4T ,+MA *4;T control command to specify that the leading sign should be output before
the value, this specification can be overridden for individual symbols to enable these to be output with the
leading sign to the right.
,ynta"B
Jsymbol(O#J
-mitting *eading Geros
Certain symbol values are output with leading @eros. +f you wish to suppress these, you may do so with the
G option.
Assuming the current date is 1.1.100:, J<ADJ .O 91
J<AD(G#J .O 1
Space Compression
The C option has the effect of replacing each string of space characters with a single space and shifting
the QwordsQ to the left as necessary to close up the gaps.
Assuming R Albert 4instein R is the symbol value,
JsymbolJ .O Albert 4instein
Jsymbol(C#J .O Albert 4instein
Num,er of *ecimal Places
A program symbol of one of the data types <4C, NUAA and ;*T$ can contain decimal place data. This option
is used to override the <ictionary definition for the number of decimal places for the formatting of this
symbol value.
The 46$-.C4AM4 field contains the value 1?>:.)(. The <ictionary definition specifies > decimal places and
an output length of 1=.
J46$-.C4AM4J .O 1,?>:.)(9
J46$-.C4AM4(.1# .O 1,?>:.(
J46$-.C4AM4J(.:# .O 1,?>:.)(99
J46$-.C4AM4J(.9# .O 1,?>)
Specifying an E3ponent for Floating Point Num,ers
The way that a floating point number is formatted depends on whether an e"ponent is specified.
$*C6.,-**54FT field is assumed to have the value
1?>:)(.=/ and to be of data type ;*T$.
J$*C6.,-**54FTJ .O 31.?>:)(=/9999999439)
J$*C6.,-**54FT(4>#J .O 31?>.:)(=/9999999439>
J$*C6.,-**54FT(4(#J .O 39.1?>:)(=/999999439(
J$*C6.,-**54FT(49#J .O 31?>:)(.=/9999999
J$*C6.,-**54FT(4#J .O 31?>:)(.=/9999999
0ight+ustified /utput
Fight.Lustified formatting can be specified with the F option. This option has to be used in conLunction with
an output length specification. +f symbol has the value 1?>:.
JsymbolJ .O 1?>:
Jsymbol(/F# .O 1?>:
Fill Characters
*eading spaces in a value can be replaced with a fill character.
The figure for customer sales in the 6AA1.UC,AT field is S=99. The <ictionary description of the field
specifies an output length /.
J6AA1.UC,ATJ .O =99.99
J6AA1.UC,AT(;7#J .O 77=99.99
J6AA1.UC,AT(;9#J .O 99=99.99
Suppress /utput of 4nitial ;alue
The + option can be used to suppress the output of symbols which still contain their initial value.
Assuming 6AA1.UC,AT contains the value 9 and the currency is <4C.
J6AA1.UC,ATJ .O 9,99
J6AA1.UC,AT(+#J .O
+f the field contains an amount other than 9, this value will be output in the normal way.
J6AA1.UC,ATJ .O =99,99
J6AA1.UC,AT(+#J .O =99,99
4gnore Conversion 0outines
,A$script conversion routines specified in the <ictionary are automatically recogni@ed and used when
program symbols are being formatted. Using the 6 option can prevent these conversions.
*ate )as(
The formatting for date fields can be defined with the ,A$script ,4T <AT4 CA,6 command. 4"ecuting this
command causes all subseuent date fields to be output using the specified formatting.
!B ,4T <AT4 CA,6 ' RdateTmaskQ
The following templates may be used in the date maskB
<< day (two digits#
<<< name of day (abbreviated#
<<<< name of day (written out in full#
CC month (two digits#
CCC name of month (abbreviated#
CCCC name of month (written out in full#
DD year (two digits#
DDDD year (four digits#
*< day (formatted as for the * option#
*C month (formatted as for the * option#
*D year (formatted as for the * option#
Time )as(
Dou can use the ,A$script ,4T T+C4 CA,6 command to format time fields in a way that differs from the
standard setting.
Assuming the current time is 19B9/B1?.
JT+C4J .O 19B9/B1?
!B ,4T T+C4 CA,6 ' RHHBCCQ
JT+C4J .O 19B9/
!B ,4T T+C4 CA,6 ' RHH hours CC minutesQ
JT+C4J .O 19 hours 9/ minutes
JT+C4(G#J .O 19 hours / minutes
/ther Standard /utputs:
J<ADJ, JC-ATHJ, JD4AFJ, JH-UF,J, JC+AUT4,J, J,4C-A<,J, J<AT4J, JT+C4J, J$AM4J,
JA4IT$AM4J.
.........................................................................................................................
ABAP AAd3an(ed =-siness Appli(ation 'rogra))ingF originally Allgemeiner Berichts-
Aufbereitungs-ProzessorF 5er)an for "general report (reation pro(essor#B is a 3ery .ig.
le3el progra))ing lang-age(reated 1y t.e 5er)an soft!are (o)pany SA' E
$t is (-rrently positionedF alongside t.e )ore re(ently introd-(ed Ga3aF as t.e lang-age
for progra))ing SA'Hs 6e1 Appli(ation Ser3erF part of its &et6ea3er platfor) for
1-ilding 1-siness appli(ationsE $ts synta@ is so)e!.at si)ilar to CO=OLE
< n t r o d u c t i o n
A=A' is one of t.e )any appli(ation7spe(ifi( fo-rt.7generation lang-ages A45LsB first
de3eloped in t.e *980sE $t !as originally t.e report lang-age for SA' R>2F a platfor)
t.at ena1led large (orporations to 1-ild )ainfra)e 1-siness appli(ations for )aterials
)anage)ent and finan(ial and )anage)ent a((o-ntingE
A=A' -sed to 1e an a11re3iation of Allgemeiner BerichtsaufbereitungsprozessorF t.e
5er)an )eaning of "generi( report preparation pro(essor#F 1-t !as later rena)ed
toAdvanced Business ApplicationProgrammingE A=A' !as one of t.e first lang-ages to
in(l-de t.e (on(ept of Logical DatabasesALD=sBF !.i(. pro3ides a .ig. le3el of
a1stra(tion fro) t.e 1asi( data1ase le3elE
0.e A=A' progra))ing lang-age !as originally -sed 1y de3elopers to de3elop
t.eSA' R>+platfor)E $t !as also intended to 1e -sed 1y SA' (-sto)ers to en.an(e
SA' appli(ations D customers can de$e.op custom reports and inter3aces wit(
ABAP programming;0.e lang-age is fairly easy to learn for progra))ers 1-t it is not a
tool for dire(t -se 1y non7progra))ersE 5ood progra))ing s/illsF in(l-ding /no!ledge
of relational data1ase design and prefera1ly also of o1<e(t7oriented (on(eptsF are
re,-ired to (reate A=A' progra)sE
A=A' re)ains t.e lang-age for (reating progra)s for t.e (lient7ser3er R>+ syste)F
!.i(. SA' first released in *992E As (o)p-ter .ard!are e3ol3ed t.ro-g. t.e *990sF
)ore and )ore of SA'Hs appli(ations and syste)s !ere !ritten in A=A'E =y 200*F all
1-t t.e )ost 1asi( f-n(tions !ere !ritten in A=A'E $n *999F SA' released an o1<e(t7
oriented e@tension to A=A' (alled A=A' O1<e(tsF along !it. R>+ release 4E4E
ABAP System Fie.ds
A=A' syste) fields are al!ays a3aila1le in A=A' progra)sE 0.e r-nti)e syste) fills t.e) a((ording to
(onte@tE 0.ey (an t.en 1e -sed in progra)s to ,-ery t.e syste) stat-sE Syste) fields are 3aria1les 1-t yo-
s.o-ld al!ays treat t.e) as t.o-g. t.ey !ere (onstantsF and only read t.e)E $f yo- (.ange t.eir 3al-esF
i)portant infor)ation for t.e flo! of t.e progra) )ay 1e lostE $n e@(eptional (ir(-)stan(esF syste) fields
)ay 1e o3er!ritten in an A=A' progra) to (ontrol t.e syste) D for e@a)pleF SI7LS$&D Afor na3igating to a
detail listBE
6it. one e@(eption t.e na)es and data types of t.e syste) fields are stored in t.e A=A' Di(tionary in t.e
SIS0 str-(t-re and reali8ed as (o)ponents of t.e predefined str-(t-re SI in A=A' progra)sE
0.e syste) field SI7R%'$D is not part of SIS0 or SIE $nsteadF e3ery progra) (ontains t.e
predefined constants SI7R%'$D and SIS07R%'$DF !.i(. 1ot. (ontain t.e na)e of t.e (orresponding
progra)E C-rt.er)oreF t.ere are t!o predefined types of t.e sa)e na)eF SI7R%'$D and SIS07R%'$DE
All syste) fields are addressed -sing SI field na)e and t.eir types -sing SIS0 field na)eE

A.p(a!etica. $er$iew
0.e follo!ing ta1le lists t.e definitions of t.e str-(t-re SIS0 in t.e A=A' Di(tionary alp.a1eti(allyE 0.e
(.ara(ter in t.e first (ol-)n indi(ates .o! yo- (an -se t.e (orresponding syste) field in A=A'
progra)sEName is t.e na)e of t.e (o)ponentF Type is t.e Di(tionary data typeF and Length is t.e field
lengt. defined in t.e Di(tionaryE 0.e Use (ol-)n s.o!s in !.i(. en3iron)ent t.e syste) fields are setE
0.e Descriptionindi(ates t.e (ontentE
#ame ,ype /engt( 6se Description
A=CD% CJAR 24 Constants Alp.a1et AAF=FCFEEEB
A''L$ RA6 2 O1solete
=A0CJ CJAR * =a(/gro-nd pro(essing'rogra) r-ns in t.e 1a(/gro-nd
=A0ZD CJAR * O1solete
=A0ZM CJAR * O1solete
=A0ZO CJAR * O1solete
=A0ZS CJAR * O1solete
=A0Z6 CJAR * O1solete
=$&'0 CJAR * =at(. inp-t 'rogra) r-ns -nder 1at(. inp-t
=R%'4 CJAR 4 O1solete
=S'LD CJAR * O1solete
CALLD CJAR * A=A' 'rogra) Call )ode of A=A' progra)
CALLR CJAR 8 'rinting Lists $D for print dialog f-n(tion
CCURS D%C 9 O1solete
CCUR0 D%C 9 O1solete
CDA0% DA0S 8 O1solete
CC6A% CUKI 2 $nternal
CJ6A% CUKI 2 $nternal
COL&O $&04 *0 Creating Lists C-rrent (ol-)n in t.e list
C'A5% $&04 *0 List pro(essing C-rrent page n-)1er
C'RO5 CJAR 40 A=A' 'rogra) %@ternal pro(ed-re (all
C0A=L CJAR 4 O1solete
C0I'% CJAR * O1solete
CUCOL $&04 *0 S(reens Jori8ontal (-rsor position at 'A$
CURO6 $&04 *0 S(reens erti(al (-rsor position at 'A$
DA0AR CJAR * S(reens Displays -ser inp-t
DA0LO DA0S 8 Date and ti)e Lo(al date of -ser
DA0UM DA0S 8 Date and ti)e C-rrent Aappli(ation ser3erB date
DAIS0 CJAR * Date and ti)e Daylig.t sa3ing ti)e flag
D=C&0 $&04 *0 Data1ase a((esses &-)1er of pro(essed ta1le ro!s
D=&AM CJAR 20 A=A' 'rogra) Lin/ed logi(al data1ase
D=SIS CJAR *0 R>+ Syste) &a)e of (entral data1ase syste)
DCSIS CJAR 4 O1solete
D%=U5 CJAR * $nternal
DS&AM CJAR 8 $nternal
DI&5R CJAR 4 A=A' 'rogra) S(reen gro-p of (-rrent s(reen
DI&&R CJAR 4 A=A' 'rogra) &-)1er of (-rrent s(reen
%&0RI CJAR ?2 $nternal
CDAI6 $&0* + Date and ti)e Ca(tory (alendar !ee/day
CD'OS $&04 *0 C.ara(ter strings Offset in (.ara(ter strings
CC$L% CJAR 8 $nternal
CL%&5 $&04 *0 $nternal
CMK%I CJAR + O1solete
COD%C $&04 *0 $nternal
COL%& $&04 *0 $nternal
C0I'% CJAR * $nternal
5ROU' CJAR * $nternal
JOS0 CJAR 8 R>+ Syste) &a)e of appli(ation ser3er
$&D%L $&04 *0 Loops C-rrent loop pass
$&'U0 CJAR * $nternal
LA&5U LA&5 * R>+ Syste) C-rrent lang-age
LD='5 CJAR 40 A=A' 'rogra) 'rogra) of logi(al data1ase
L$LL$ $&04 *0 List pro(essing Sele(ted list ro!
L$&C0 $&04 *0 Creating Lists 'age lengt. of list
L$&&O $&04 *0 Creating Lists C-rrent ro!
L$&SZ $&04 *0 Creating Lists Col-)n !idt. of list
L$S%L CJAR 222 List pro(essing Content of sele(ted ro!
L$S0$ $&04 *0 List pro(essing $nde@ of sele(ted list
LOCD= CJAR * O1solete
LOCO' CJAR * O1solete
LOO'C $&04 *0 S(reens &-)1er of ro!s 3isi1le in ta1le
L'ASS CJAR 4 $nternal
LS$&D $&04 *0 List pro(essing $nde@ of detail list
LS0A0 CJAR *4 List pro(essing $D for list le3els
MACD= CJAR 4 O1solete
MACOL $&04 *0 'rinting Lists Col-)ns fro) S%0 MAR5$& state)ent
MA&D0 CL&0 + R>+ Syste) Client n-)1er fro) logon
MARKI CJAR * O1solete
MARO6 $&04 *0 'rinting Lists Ro!s fro) S%0 MAR5$& state)ent
MOD&O CJAR * R>+ Syste) $nde@ of e@ternal )odes
MS5$D CJAR 20 Messages Message (lass
MS5L$ CJAR 40 Messages Message line
MS5&O &UMC + Messages Message n-)1er
MS50I CJAR * Messages Message type
MS5* CJAR 20 Messages Message 3aria1le
MS52 CJAR 20 Messages Message 3aria1le
MS5+ CJAR 20 Messages Message 3aria1le
MS54 CJAR 20 Messages Message 3aria1le
&%6'A CJAR * $nternal
&R'A5 CJAR * $nternal
O&COM CJAR * $nternal
O'SIS CJAR *0 R>+ Syste) Operating syste) of appli(ation ser3er
'AAR0 CJAR *4 'rint para)eters 'rint for)atting
'A5C0 $&04 *0 O1solete
'A5&O $&04 *0 Creating Lists C-rrent page;
'AU0J &UMC 2 $nternal
'D%S0 CJAR 4 'rint para)eters O-tp-t de3i(e
'%L'$ &UMC * 'rint para)eters Retention period
'CK%I CJAR 20 S(reens C-rrent 5U$ stat-s
'LAIO CJAR 2 $nternal
'LAI' CJAR * $nternal
'L$S0 CJAR *2 'rint para)eters &a)e of spool re,-est
'&6'A CJAR * $nternal
'RA=0 CJAR *2 'rint para)eters

'art of (o3er s.eet
'R=$5 CJAR * 'rint para)eters Sele(tion (o3er page
'RCO' &UMC + 'rint para)eters &-)1er of (opies
'RDS& CJAR 4 'rint para)eters &a)e of spool dataset
'R%CL CJAR + O1solete
'R$40 CJAR * $nternal
'R$MM CJAR * 'rint para)eters 'rint i))ediately
'R$&$ &UMC * $nternal
'RLO5 CJAR * $nternal
'R&%6 CJAR * 'rint para)eters &e! spool re,-est
'RR%C CJAR *2 'rint para)eters Re(ipient
'RR%L CJAR * 'rint para)eters Delete after print
'R0L0 CJAR 48 'rint para)eters 0e@t for (o3er s.eet
R%'$2 CJAR 40 $nternal
R%'$D CJAR 40 A=A' 'rogra) C-rrent )ain progra)
RS0R0 CJAR * $nternal
R0$0L CJAR ?0 'rint para)eters 0itle of printing progra)
SA'RL CJAR 4 R>+ Syste) Release stat-s R>+ Syste)
SCOLS $&04 *0 S(reens &-)1er of (ol-)ns
SC&AM CJAR +0 O1solete
SCOCC $&04 *0 $nternal
SLS%0 CJAR *4 Sele(tion s(reens &a)e of 3ariant
S'O&O &UMC *0 'rinting Lists Spool n-)1er
S'O&R &UMC *0 O1solete
SRO6S $&04 *0 S(reens &-)1er of ro!s
S0ACO $&04 *0 List pro(essing Cirst displayed (ol-)n
S0ARO $&04 *0 List pro(essing Upper)ost displayed ro!
S0%'L $&04 *0 S(reens $nde@ of (-rrent ta1le ro!
SU=CS CJAR * $nternal
SU=RC $&04 *0 Ret-rn 3al-e Ret-rn 3al-e after A=A' state)ent
SU=0I RA6 * $nternal
SIS$D CJAR 8 R>+ Syste) &a)e of R>+ Syste)
0A=$D CJAR 8 $nternal
0A=$L $&04 *0 $nternal 0a1les C-rrent ro! inde@
0COD% CJAR 20 A=A' 'rogra) C-rrent transa(tion (ode
0CDS& CJAR 8 O1solete
0C$LL $&04 *0 $nternal 0a1les C-rrent n-)1er of ro!s
0$MLO 0$MS 4 Date and ti)e Lo(al ti)e of -ser
0$0L% CJAR ?0 S(reens 0e@t in .eader line
0L%&5 $&04 *0 $nternal 0a1les Ro! si8e
0LO'C $&04 *0 $nternal
0MALL $&04 *0 O1solete
0&AM% CJAR +0 O1solete
0OCCU $&04 *0 O1solete
0'A5$ $&04 *0 O1solete
0S0$S $&04 *0 $nternal
00A=C $&04 *0 O1solete
00A=$ $&04 *0 O1solete
0AR0 CJAR 20 Creating Lists 0e@t 3aria1le for .eaders
0AR* CJAR 20 Creating Lists 0e@t 3aria1le for .eaders
0AR+ CJAR 20 Creating Lists 0e@t 3aria1le for .eaders
0AR? CJAR 20 Creating Lists 0e@t 3aria1le for .eaders
0ZO&% $&04 *0 Date and ti)e 0i)e differen(e to 5reen!i(. Mean 0i)e
UCOMM CJAR ?0 S(reens C-n(tion (ode t.at triggered 'A$
UL$&% CJAR 222 Constants Jori8ontal line !it. lengt. 222
U&AM% CJAR *2 R>+ Syste) Logon na)e of -ser
UZ%$0 0$MS 4 Date and ti)e C-rrent Aappli(ation ser3erB ti)e
L$&% CJAR * Constants erti(al line
6A%RS CUKI 2 O1solete
6$LL$ $&04 *0 O1solete
6$&CO $&04 *0 O1solete
6$&D$ $&04 *0 O1solete
6$&RO $&04 *0 O1solete
6$&SL CJAR ?9 O1solete
6$&L* $&04 *0 O1solete
6$&L2 $&04 *0 O1solete
6$&I* $&04 *0 O1solete
6$&I2 $&04 *0 O1solete
60$0L CJAR * Creating Lists Clag for standard page .eader
LCOD% CJAR ?0 $nternal
LCORM CJAR +0 $nternal
L'RO5 CJAR 40 $nternal
ZO&LO CJAR 4 Date and ti)e 0i)e 8one of -ser
Key;
0.e syste) field is set 1y t.e r-nti)e en3iron)entE $ts (ontent (an 1e e3al-ated in t.e A=A'
progra) 1-t not (.angedE
0.e syste) field is set 1y t.e r-nti)e en3iron)entE $ts (ontent (an 1e (.anged in t.e A=A'
progra) to infl-en(e t.e r-nti)e en3iron)entE
0.e syste) field )-st 1e set in t.e A=A' progra)E $t (an t.en 1e e3al-ated 1y t.e r-nti)e
en3iron)ent or t.e progra)E
0.e syste) field is only for internal -se and )-st not 1e -sed in A=A' progra)sE
0.e syste) field is o1solete and its (ontent is not setE $t (annot 1e -sed in A=A' progra)sE
ABAP System Fie!s
System fields are filled by the ABAP runtime environment and can be used in an
ABAP program to query system statuses. With one exception (sy-repid) system
fields are variables but they should only be accessed on a read!only basis. "ther#ise
important information for further program execution often gets lost. System fields in
ABAP programs can only be over#ritten in a fe# cases to control system behavior.
With the exception of sy-repid the data types of the system fields are defined in the
structure S$S% in the ABAP &ictionary (as of release '.()) and are instantiated in
ABAP programs as components of the predefined structure sy. %he structure sy exists
only once in an internal session and is used by all programs of an internal session.
%he structure sy can also be addressed via syst. %here is also a predefined data
type sy #hich can be used instead of the data type S$S% of the ABAP &ictionary.
%he follo#ing table sho#s the system fields that can be used in ABAP programs. All
other components of the structure sy are either intended for internal use by the ABAP
runtime environment or are obsolete.
"#me $y%e &ontent
sy-abcde c(26) Contans the Latn aphabet. Can be used to access ndvdua etters drecty
by specfyng the offset/ength, regardess of the code page.
sy-batch c(1) Set to "X" n an ABAP program that runs n the background, otherwse nta.
sy-binpt c(1)
Set to "X" durng processng of batch nput sessons, and n ABAP programs
caed usng CALL TRANSACTION USING. Otherwse nta.
sy-cad c(1)
Contans a bank character n the frst program n a ca sequence, otherwse
contans the vaue "X". Is set to "X" after cas usng CALL
TRANSACTION, CALL !IALOG, or SU"#IT $$$ AN! R%TURN. Empty f the
program was started usng L%A&% TO TRANSACTION or a transacton from
the screen. A ca usng SU"#IT (wthout AN! R%TURN) assumes the vaue of
the cang program.
sy-car c(')
When prntng sts, contans a vaue that dspays where prntng was started
- for exampe, N%(-)AG% for program-controed prntng, or RSDBRUNT for
prntng from the seecton screen.
sy-c*n* i
Current poston durng creaton of a st n the st buffer. Countng begns at
1. In non- Uncode systems, ths poston aso corresponds to the coumn n
the dspayed st. In Uncode systems, ths s ony guaranteed for the ower
and upper output mts appcabe to each output, as one character may
take up more coumns n the st than postons n the st buffer.
sy-cpa+e i
Page number of the page dspayed at the top of the st for whch a st event
was trggered. Countng begns at 1.
sy-cpr*+ c(,-)
In procedures caed externay, the name of the cang program, Otherwse
the name of the current program. If a procedure caed externay cas
another externa procedure, sy-cpr*+ contans the name of the framework
program, and s not set to the name of the framework program of the
subsequent cang program.
sy-c.c* i
Horzonta cursor poston n the dspay on a screen. Countng begns at
coumn 2.
sy-c.r*/ i
Vertca cursor poston on the screen dspay of a screen. Countng begns at
ne 1.
sy-datar c(1)
At PAI, contans "X" f at east one nput fed of a screen has been changed
by a user or by further data transfer, otherwse nta.
sy-dat* d
Loca date of the user - for exampe, "19990723". Can be set usng G%T
TI#%.
sy-dat.0 d Loca date of the ABAP system. Can be set usng G%T TI#%.
sy-dayst c(1) "X" durng summertme, otherwse nta.
sy-dbcnt i
SOL statements set the content of sy-dbcnt to the number of processed
tabe nes.
sy-dbna0 c(2-) In executabe programs, the nked ogca database.
sy-dbsys c(1-) Centra database system - for exampe, "ORACLE", "INFORMIX".
sy-dyn+r c(,)
Screen group of the current screen. In the Screen Panter, severa screens
can be assgned to a common screen group, whch can be used, for exampe,
for makng modfcatons to a screens n the group at once.
sy-dynnr c(,)
Number of the current screen. Durng seecton screen processng, ths s the
current seecton screen. Durng st processng, the number of the subscreen
contaner. Durng processng of a subscreen screen (ncudng n tabstrps),
ths screen number.
sy-1day/ b Factory caendar weekday, Monday = 1, ..., Frday = 5.
sy-1dp*s i Found ocaton for search n byte-type and character-type data ob|ects.
sy-h*st c(22)
Network name of the computer on whch the current appcaton server s
nstantated - for exampe, "KSAP0001", "HS01234".
sy-inde3 i
Loop ndex. In !O and (4IL% oops, contans the number of the oop passes
ncudng the current pass.
sy-an+. c(1)
Snge-character anguage key - for exampe, "D", "E", "F" - for the
current text envronment. Set accordng to the ogon anguage of the user or
by usng the statement S%T LOCAL%.
sy-dbp+ c(,-)
In executabe programs, the database program of the nked ogca
database.
sy-ii i
Lst ne for whch a st event was trggered. Countng begns at 1 and
ncudes the page header.
sy-inct i
Page ength of the current st durng st creaton. sy-inct s 0 for a
standard st of any ength, and has a vaue that s not 0 for sts wth a
defned page ength.
sy-inn* i
Current st ne durng st creaton. Countng begns at 1 and ncudes the
page header.
sy-ins5 i Lne wdth of the current st n the st buffer durng st creaton.
sy-ise c(266)
Content of the st ne n the st buffer, on whch the cursor was postoned
whe a st event was trggered (restrcted to the frst 255 nes).
sy-isti i Lst eve of the st for whch a st event was trggered.
sy-**pc i Number of nes currenty dspayed n a tabe contro.
sy-sind i
Lst eve of the st that s currenty beng created (basc st: 0, detas sts:
greater than 0). For every nteractve st event, sy-sind s automatcay
ncreased by an ncrement of 1. sy-sind can ony be changed n ABAP
programs for navgatng between detas sts.
sy-0ac* i When prntng sts, contans the number of coumns on the eft edge.
sy-0andt c(2)
cent dentfer wth whch the user has ogged on - for exampe, "401",
"800".
sy-0ar*/ i When prntng sts, contans the number of nes on the top margn.
sy-0*dn* i
Indexng of externa sessons. Contans the vaue 0 n the frst sesson. In
new sessons that are opened usng the Create Sesson functon or by cang
a transacton wth /o n the nput fed of the standard toobar, ths vaue s
ncreased by 1.
sy-0s+id c(2-) After the statement #%SSAG%, contans the message cass.
sy-0s+n* n(2) After the statement #%SSAG%, contans the message number.
sy-0s+ty c(1) After the statement #%SSAG%, contans the message type.
sy-0s+71
$$$ sy-
0s+7,
c(6-)
After the statement #%SSAG%, contan the contents of the feds that were
used as pacehoders n the message.
sy-*psys c(1-)
Operatng system of the current appcaton server - for exampe, "SOLARIS",
"HP-UX".
sy-pa+n* i Current page n st creaton.
sy-p18ey c(2-) GUI status of the current screen.
sy-prdsn c(6) When prntng sts, contans the name of the spoo fe.
sy-repid c(,-)
Name of the current ABAP program. For procedures caed externay, name
of the framework program of the procedure. sy-repid when transferrng
actua parameters to an externa procedure, before reease 6.10, the forma
parameter was not set to the name of the caer, but to the name of the
procedure nstead. As of reease 6.10, sy-repid can be transferred to
procedures wthout hep feds.
sy-sapr c(,) Reease status of the ABAP system - for exampe, "46D", "610".
sy-sc*s i Number of coumns of the current screen.
sy-sset c(1,) Varant that was used for fng a seecton screen.
sy-sp*n* n(1-) When prntng sts, contans the name of the spoo number.
sy-sr*/s i Number of nes of the current screen.
sy-stac* i
Number of the frst coumn dspayed n the st for whch a st event has
been trggered. Countng begns at 1.
sy-star* i
Number of the st ne dspayed at the top of the page at the top of the st,
for whch a st event was trggered. Countng begns at 1 and does not
ncude the page header.
sy-step i Index of the current ne n a tabe contro. Ths s set for every oop pass.
sy-s.brc i
Return vaue that s set by many ABAP statements. In genera, the vaue 0
means that the statement was executed wth no probems. Dependng on
whch statement was used to set sy-s.brc, the cause of any errors can be
derved from the correspondng vaue.
sy-sysid c(')
Name of the ABAP system - for exampe, "S01", "K99"
.
sy-tabi3 i
Tabe ndex. Last addressed ne of a standard tabe or sorted tabe. Is set to
0 f hashed tabe s accessed.
sy-tc*de c(2-)
Name of the current transacton code. Inta n background processng,
uness a transaton was caed durng background processng.
sy-t1i i
In the statements !%SCRI"% TA"L%, LOO) AT, and R%A! TA"L%, sy-t1i s
fed wth the number of nes n the nterna tabe that has been addressed.
sy-ti0* t Loca tme of the user, for exampe "152557". Can be set usng G%T TI#%.
sy-tite c(9-) Text that appears n the tte bar of the screen.
sy-ten+ i
In the statements !%SCRI"% TA"L%, LOO) AT, and R%A! TA"L%, sy-ten+ s
fed wth the ne sze of the nterna tabe that s beng addressed.
sy-t7ar-
$$$ sy-
t7ar:
c(2-)
These system feds can be assgned vaues n the program. At the
event TO)-O;-)AG%, the content of sy-t7ar- to sy-t7ar: repaces the
pacehoders "&0" to "&9" n the st and coumn headers of the text
eements of the program.
sy-t5*ne i
Tme dfference to the UTC reference tme n seconds - for exampe, "3600",
"10800".
sy-.c*00 c(9-) Functon code that trggered the event PAI.
sy-.ine c(266) Contans a horzonta ne of ength 255 for dspayng n sts.
sy-.na0e c(12) User's ogon name - for exampe, "KELLERH".
sy-.5eit t Loca tme of the ABAP system. Can be set usng G%T TI#%.
sy-7ine c(1) Contans a vertca ne (|) for dspayng n sts.
sy-/tit c(1)
In the statements R%)ORT, )ROGRA#, and ;UNCTION-)OOL, set to "N" f the
addton NO STAN!AR! )AG% 4%A!ING s used, otherwse nta.
sy-5*n* c(6) Tme zone of the user - for exampe, "CET", "PST".
%he data type and length of the system fields are specified in the second column in the
notation type(en+th).
As of release '.() the system field sy-repid is no longer a part of the
structures S<ST or sy. *nstead each program contains the predefined constants sy-
repid and syst-repid #hich both contain the name of the relevant program. %here are
also t#o predefined types #ith the same names sy-repid and syst-repid of
type c and length +).
"otes
As of Reease 7.0, the statc methods of the
cass CL_ABAP_SYST aso return mportant system statuses.
There s no possbty of a prevous overwrtng n the program.
If possbe, a system fed shoud be evauated drecty foowng
the statement that set t, so that t s not overwrtten by other
statements. If necessary, store the vaues of system feds n
auxary varabes.
A system fed shoud ony be used as an operand at a read
poston f ts content s not set by the same statement.
Otherwse, the system may behave unexpectedy.
System feds and the correspondng structure SYST have a
purey programm-nterna sgnfcance. No dynpro feds shoud
be created wth reference to system feds, snce the
correspondng fed hepsare not ntended for end users.
Interna system feds are ntended soey for nterna use wthn
the ABAP runtme envronment and n the kerne. They must not
be overwrtten n ABAP programs and shoud not be read
processed ether.
The obsoete system feds were coped n the transton from
R/2 to R/3 and are no onger supped. These system feds must
no onger be used.
An extended st of system feds s avaabe n the appcaton
hep.
1. Preparation o3 t(e data records !y t(e /;D;B and reading o3 t(e data records in t(e actua. report are
accomp.is(ed wit( t(e command pair Put and =et;
2. ,(e t(ree main e.ements o3 /DB are Structure> Se.ections> and Data!ase Program;
3; <n /DB w(at determines (ierarc(y o3 t(e ta!.es?
Str-(t-reE
:; <n genera. w(at are t(e two ways in w(ic( one can retrie$e data 3rom ta!.es?
Using Sele(t state)entsF Data1ase 'rogra)E
2; &it( /DB one can modi3y t(e pre@generated se.ection screen to t(eir needs %,AF);
IesE
6. /ogica. data!ases are programs t(at read data 3rom Data!ase ta!.es %Dictionary Structures);
0; ,(e e$ent =etBta!.e nameC /A,E process a.. ta!.es t(at are (ierarc(ica..y superior to t(e Bta!.e
nameC; %,rueAFa.se)
CalseE $t pro(esses all ta1les t.at are .ierar(.i(ally inferior to t.e Mta1le na)eNE
8E 0.e Data1ase 'rogra) of LD= is a (olle(tion of SU=ROU0$&%SF !.i(. sele(ts data and passes it to t.e
reportE
9. ,(e .ayout o3 t(e Data!ase program is determined !y !ot( Structure andSe.ections;
10. ,(e order in w(ic( data is made a$ai.a!.e to t(e report depends on Structureo3 t(e /DB;
11.Apart 3rom t(e structure and se.ections o3 t(e /DB t(e =E, statements in t(e report determines t(e
!e(a$ior o3 t(e data!ase at runtime;
12.#ode at t(e (ig(est .e$e. in t(e structure is 'nown as 7oot;
13; ,(ere can !e more t(an one node at t(e (ig(est .e$e. in t(e structure; %,AF)
CalseE One (an define only one node at t.e .ig.est le3el in t.e str-(t-re on LD=E
1:; A.. nodes in t(e structure o3 /DB need not !e de3ined in t(e ABAPA: Dictionary %,AF);
CalseE One .as to define all nodes in t.e Di(tionary or one .as to sele(t all nodes t.at are defined in t.e
Di(tionaryE
12; <t is not possi!.e to use ABAPA: Dictionary Structures wit(out an under.ying data!ase using /DB;
%,AF)
0r-eE One (an -se additionally related ta1lesF along !it. t.e ta1les defined in t.e str-(t-re of LD=E
16.Dynamic se.ections a..ow t(e user to de3ine 3urt(er se.ections 3or data!ase access in addition to t(e
se.ection criteria a.ready de3ined in t(e /DB se.ections;
17.8(ec' statement can !e used a.ong wit( t(e e$ent =E, in t(e report 3or c(ec'ing t(e se.ections>
w(ic( are not ta!.e@speci3ic $a.ues;
18; <n sense o3 Data!ase +anagement System %DB+S) /=<8A/ DA,ABASE is a data!ase Structure;
%,AF);
CalseE
1*; <t is not necessary to maintain t(e Parent@8(i.d re.ations(ip !etween t(e ta!.es in /ogica. Data!ase
Structure; %,AF)
CalseE One .as to )aintain t.e 'arent7C.ild relations.ipE
-0; <s it possi!.e to extract data 3rom ta!.es wit(out using t(e e$ent D=E,E in t(e report wit( an
appropriate /DB; %,AF);
CalseE One (an e@tra(t data fro) ta1les -sing Sele(t state)ents in a reportF t.o-g. t.e report is .a3ing a LD=
attri1-teE
-1; &(at sorts o3 ta!.es one can se in designing t(e (ierarc(y o3 a /DB?
0a1lesF !.i(. are .a3ing Coreign Key relationsE
22.A report program> w(ic( uses on.y SE/E8, statements> is ca..ed SF/ 7eport;
-3; ne cannot use SE/E8, statements in a report program .in'ed to a /ogica. Data!ase %,AF); Fa.se;
-:; <s it true t(at t(e /ogica. Data!ase reads t(e data 3rom t(e data!ase ta!.es using Se.ect Statements
%,AF);
IesE 6e are (oding t.at in Data1ase part of LD=E

-2; <n a report wit( an /DB attri!ute> you do not (a$e to de3ine (ow t(e in3ormation s(ou.d !e retrie$ed
3rom t(e data!ase ta!.es> !ut on.y (ow t(e data s(ou.d !e represented on t(e screen; %,AF);
0r-eE
-6; ne can use t(e e$ent =E, in a report wit(out /DB attri!ute; %,AF);
CalseE
27.,(e .ast c(aracter o3 t(e /DB name denotes App.ication;
28.,(e structure o3 /ogica. Data!ases re3.ects t(e Foreign Gey dependencies o3 (ierarc(ica. ta!.es in
t(e SAP system;
-*; <t is mandatory t(at 3or eac( ta!.e in t(e /DB (ierarc(y t(ere s(ou.d exist one =E, statement in t(e
report; %,AF);
CalseE $t is not ne(essaryE
30; &(at (appens i3 a report does not contain a =E, statement 3or a particu.ar node o3 a /ogica.
Data!ase;
'ro(ess !ill transfer to t.e ne@t e3entE
31.<n a /ogica. Data!ase> one can de3ine input 3ie.ds on t(e se.ection screen wit(Se.ect@
ptions and Parameters statements;
3-; Suppose a .ogica. data!ase program contains t(e 3o..owing .ines:
S%L%C07O'0$O&S CO&&$D COR S'CL$7CO&&$DE
'ARAM%0%RS CARR$D L$K% SCL$5J07CARR$D COR 0A=L% SCL$5J0E
6.at !ill 1e t.e o-tp-tF for t.e a1o3e t!o state)entsO
Only sele(t7options (onnid for spfli7(arrid !ill 1e displayed on t.e s(reenE

33; 8onsider a report wit( F1S attri!ute> w(at wi.. !e t(e output 3or t(e 3o..owing code; &(et(er you wi..
get t(e data 3rom sp3.i and s3.ig(t or not> wit( corresponding ta!.es statement>
5%0 S'CL$E
5%0 SCL$5J0E
6rite;> spfli7(arridF spfli7(onnidF sflig.t7fldateF s1oo/71oo/idE
IesF yo- !ill get t.e data fro) spfli and sflig.tE

3:; 8onsider a report wit( F1S attri!ute> w(at wi.. !e t(e output o3 t(e 3o..owing code; &(et(er you wi..
get t(e data 3rom s!oo' or not> wit( corresponding ta!.es statement;
5%0 S'CL$E
5%0 SCL$5J0E
6rite;> spfli7(arridF spfli7(onnidF sflig.t7fldateF s1oo/71oo/idE
Io- (annot e@tra(t data fro) s1oo/E

32; <denti3y any errors in t(e 3o..owing code and correct t(e same> and w(at wi.. !e t(e output; <3 t(ere
exists corresponding ta!.es statement> 3or sp3.i> s3.ig(t> s!oo';
5%0 S'CL$E
5%0 S=OOKE
6rite;> spfli7(arridF spfli7(onnidF sflig.t7fldateF s1oo/71oo/idF s1oo/7(lassE
&o synta@ errorsE Io- !ill get data fro) all t.e t.ree ta1lesE

36; Does t(e 3o..owing two statements do t(e same tas'? <3 so w(ic( one ta'es .ess time and w(ic( one
is recommended;
Sele(t P fro) spfli !.ere spfli7(arrid Q RLJH and spfli7(onnid Q R400HE
%ndsele(tE
Sele(t P fro) spfliE C.e(/; spfli7(arrid Q RLJH and spflid7(onnid Q R400HE
%ndsele(tE
7Ies t.ey !ill do t.e sa)e tas/E Se(ond Sele(t state)ent ta/es less ti)e and is re(o))endedE

37.<3 you want to impro$e t(e response time %time to access data) /ogica. Data!ases permits you to
ac(ie$e t(is using 5<E&S;
38; <s t(ere any upper .imit %max) to t(e possi!.e num!er o3 nodes in a .ogica. data!ase structure? <3 so
w(at is t(e .imit?
IesF t.ere is an -pper li)it for defining n-)1er of nodes in a Logi(al Data1ase Str-(t-reE
Ma@i)-) nodes Q *200 > lengt. !.ere lengt. Q )a@E Lengt. of na)e in t.e str-(t-reE

3*; <n t(e structure o3 /ogica. Data!ase nodes at di33erent .e$e.s are disp.ayed in t(e same co.umns;
%,AF) <3 3a.se w(at types o3 nodes are disp.ayed in t(e same co.umns; <3 true w(at type o3 nodes are
not disp.ayed in t(e same co.umns;
CalseE &odes at sa)e le3els are displayed in t.e sa)e (ol-)nsE

:0; &(at are t(e ad$antages o3 /ogica. Data!ases?
$t offers an easy7to7-se sele(tion s(reensE Io- (an )odify t.e pre7generated sele(tion s(reen to yo-r needsE $t
offers (.e(/ f-n(tions to (.e(/ !.et.er -ser inp-t is (o)pleteF (orre(tF and pla-si1leE $t offers reasona1le data
sele(tionsE $t (ontains (entral a-t.ori8ation (.e(/s for data 1ase a((essesE %n.an(e)ents s-(. as i)pro3ed
perfor)an(e i))ediately apply to all report progra)s t.at -se t.e logi(al data1aseE

:1; ,(oug( a.. t(e ABAPA: Dictionary Structures t(at exists in t(e structure o3 t(e /DB> !eing de3ined in
Data!ase Program> we are de3ining t(e Dictionary Structures in t(e 7eport; &(at is t(e reason 3or
suc( dec.aration?
=y de(laring so !e are pro3iding !or/ areas for data passing 1et!een Logi(al Data1ase and ReportE $n
additionF t.e logi(al data1ase (onfig-res t.e sele(tion s(reen depending on t.e sele(tion of data1ase ta1lesE

:-; <s it mandatory to dec.are a.. t(e ta!.es in 7eport !y t(e 'ey word ta!.es 3or a.. t(e ta!.es t(at exist in
t(e structure o3 /DB> and are !eing de3ined in t(e Data!ase part o3 /DB;
&oF $t is not )andatory to de(lare all ta1les in reportE

:3; <3 one wants to access data using /ogica. Data!ase> t(e use o3 e$ents is una$oida!.e; %,AF); ,rue;

Abap Interview Questions

Загружено:

Сведения о документе

Оригинальное название

Авторское право

Доступные форматы

Поделиться этим документом

Поделиться или встроить документ

Параметры публикации

Этот документ был вам полезен?

Это неприемлемый материал?

Авторское право:

Доступные форматы

Abap Interview Questions

Загружено:

Авторское право:

Доступные форматы

ABAP Interview Questions & Answers

Вам также может понравиться